Search results

(121 - 140 of 216)

Pages

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1993
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Starting April 19 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course scheduled must be accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is applied to designated course tuition and is non-refundable except when a...
Show more Starting April 19 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course scheduled must be accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is applied to designated course tuition and is non-refundable except when a course is cancelled. When this happens, you may elect to receive a deposit refund or substitute another course. To avoid disappointment in course selection, schedule as soon as you can. Many courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before the first day of the term. Students must confirm registration in person at the Business Office or they will be dropped from the course. Term I Summer School students are required to finalize their registrations on June 1 or 2. Term I1 registrations must be finalized on June 28 or 29. This procedure applies to all courses, including internships and independent studies. Finalizing registration will take place at the Business Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on June 1 or 2, and June 28 and 29. The balance owing for tuition must be paid before registration is finalized. Augsburg students please note: (Balance due on Augsburg account from previous termls must be paid in full before you can finalize registration.) A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 3. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 30. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To change your registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $50.00 for changing a registration after the second day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 3 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 30 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy." @ Printed on recycled paper Summer 1993 Term I Beginning of scheduling Registration (must be confirmed in person at the Business Office) April 19 June 1-2 April 19 June 28-29 Classes begin Balance of tuition due June 1 June 1-2 June 28 June 28 June 14 June 3 June 3 July 16 June 30 June 30 May 31 June 18 June 25 June 30 July 5 July 23 August 6 August 11 Last day to: *Change grading option *Drop class without notation *Register with late fee of $50 (no registrations will be accepted after this date) Holiday Last day to withdraw from class (W) Classes end Grades due in Registrar's office NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices The tuition charge for 1993 Summer School courses is as follows: $725.00 for full-credit courses, $362.50 for half-credit courses, and $181.25 for fourth-credit courses. Audits are charged at the tuition rates listed above. Tuition Refund Policy The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds: *Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 100%of the refundable portion of the fee. *Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 75% of the refundable portion of the fee. .Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50% of the refundable portion of the fee. Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled class sessions will use a prorated version of the schedule of refunds. Financial Aid Financial aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for Financial Aid for Summer School is April 15,1993. You must have a complete file in the Financial Aid Office by April 15 in order to receive an award for Summer. Please pick up a Financial Aid Application from the Financial Aid Officer. 13 Ice Arena K. Student/Cornrnuter Parking Accessible Entrance Campus Location 35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left of Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. I Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America and is located in the heart of Minneapolis. The small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sport and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. An active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. Augsburg in the Summer- fi Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships and independent studies. Term I runs from June 1 -June 25, Term I1 runs from June 28 - August 6. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. L Summer students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, tlie equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution and perspective requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. v Course levels are indicated by the first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sopliomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. Courses regularly taught during the academic year are more fully described in the Augsburg College Catalog. If you need more information about a special summer offering, please contact the Summer Scl~oolOffice. Independent study and internships, i,, addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships iiivolve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students who need liousing may obtain information from tlie Director of the Right to cancel listed courses. Information and For-ulzs Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Murpliy Place 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 Call 6121330-1786 or call toll-free 1-8001788-5678 Elizabeth Bruch, Director Barbara Pappenfus, Secretary Eligibility Persons in good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities. graduates of sucli institutions, anc students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies tlia t the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other persons wishing to take summer school work should contact tlie Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. , Acceptance as a summer student c' not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Tliosc wisliing to begin a degree program at the College should 'ipplv tor acl~nission tl~ouglitlie Office of Aclmissions or Weekend Collcgc. mw - ART 389-A AMERICAN ART Anderson A study of early Colonial through contemporary American art, architecture, and folk arts. M,T, W,TH Foss 43 1:OO-4:OO p.m. BIOLOGY - - BIO 101-A HUMAN BIOLOGY Mickelberg Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes a human just another member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence d o humans have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on humans? (Three-hour lectures. A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Persp: Natural World 1 or 2; Dist.: Biology/Chemistry M,T, W,TII,F Sci 205 8:30-11:30 a.rt1. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS 221-A PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I Stoller Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Dist.: None M,T, W,TII OM 10 8:30-10:50 fl.111. BUS 242-A PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager. Dist.: None M,T, W,TII 6:OO-9:OO p.111. MIS 279-A QUANTITATIVE METHODS Morgan An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, samplillg distribution, inference and estimation. Emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. Students will use a computer-based statistics program to analyze data as part of a required statistical analysis project. (Prereq.: MIS 175 and either Math Placement Group 111or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104). 9:30-11:50 a.111. M,T, W,TII,F Foss 43 I 1 BUS 322-A ACCOUNTING THEORY Kader AND PRACTICE 1 An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222 and ECO 113) M,T, W,Th OM 23 6:OO-9:00 p.m. BUS 331-A FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT LaFave Theory of acquisition, allocation, and mauagcment of funds within thc firm. Sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, levcrage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prcreq.: BUS 222, ECO 113)Dist.: None 8:30-I 0:50 n.rt~. M , T ,W,TIr,F O M 11 ECONOMICS ECO 110-A ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problcms facing a metro-urban environment. This course will be taught on an arranged basis. Contact with students will be mutually arranged. By independent study. Students nccd signature of instructor beforc Term One begins (call 330-1152). P / N only. Dist.: Urban/Minority/ Women's Studies, Persp.: Social World 1 or 2, or City Arrnr~gcd ECO 112-A PRINCIPLES OF MACRO-ECONOMICS Gupta Introduction to macro-economics, national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, inter~iatio~lal tradc, eco~lomicgrowth. Dist.: Economics/Political Science; Persp: Western Heritage 1 or 2 6:OO-9:00 y.rn. M,T, W,Th O M 17 EDUCATION EDU 282-A INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL EDUCATION Metcalf Introduction to the field of special education. Examines the nature, causes, and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mcntal retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. Dist.: None. 12:OO-3:OO p.rrr. M,T, W,Tlr O M 25 EDE 382-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY Drewlow CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS Examination and preparation of materials and rcsources for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and clemcntary levels. Dist.: None (1/ 2 course) 6:OO-9:00 p,~rr. T,Tlr 1. 4 EDU 388-A HUMAN RELATIONS Mueller Emphasis on thc study of values, of communication techniques, and of tlie major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal rclations skills applicable to teaching and othcr professional vocations. Required for all Elcmentary and Secondarv Education maiors. Owen to all. P / N only. Dist.: None (1/2 course) 5:30-8:30 y.rtr. M ,W O M 78 1 L ENGLISH ENG 245-A INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Swanson In this course students are initiated into the formal study of narrative, drama and poetry in order to appreciate more fully thc pleasures of literature. The course aims to expand students' exposure to literature and therefore draws on works from several periods, from different cultures and raccs, from male and female writers. As tlie prerequisite for all upper courscs in literature, Introduction to Literature aims in particular to devclop studcnts' critical and analytical skills in reading about literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics 9:30-71:50 o.111, M,T, W,TIr,F O M 18 ENG 282-A TOPICS IN LITERATURE: FILM ADAPTATIONS OF FICTION Schmit This course is designed to consider narrative fiction as a genre and tlic novel as a literary form. To do this we will look at what happens whcn novels arc recast in the strict thrce-act form of a scrccnplay and translated into thc medium of film. By focusing on differcnces with respect to point of view, narrative time, and modes of representatiml (linguistic vs. physical representation, for example), we will see what a novel does and llow it does it. We will read four novels as a class and view a film adapted from each. In addition, cnch studcnt will read a novel and view a film, then make a presentation to the class about tllc adaptation. In addition to thc prcsentatiou, there will be a six to cight page paper and a final exam. 6:OO-9:00 p.rrl. M,T, W,TIr MP 3 ENG 282-8 Griffin TOPICS IN LITERATURE: THE CITY In tlic city, remarks Alexis de Tocquevillc, "humanity attains its most complete development and its most brutish; herc civilization works its miracles, and civilized man is turned back almost into a savage." The powcr of the city to nourish or corrupt the human soul is a persistent theme in western tradition. This course will study primarily American novels, pocms, essays and films that explorc this theme. Texts will be supplemented by the resourccs of thc Twin Citics. Course work will i~lvolvediscussion of texts, papers, exams, and an out-of-class cxpcric~~tial component. 6:00-9:OO ~ . I I I . A4,T, W,TIr O M 29 ENG 265-A1365-A UNDERSTANDING AMERICA THROUGH LITERATURE AND FILM Palosaari Introduction to significant works of American litcraturc and film. Selections will be studied as cultural documents as wcll as works of art. Dist.: Literature (Prereq.: ENG 111) 8:30-10:50 fl.111. M,T, W,TIi O M 17 MODERN LANGUAGES GER I l l - A Quanbeck BEGINNING GERMAN I Classroom practice speaking, understanding and reading basic German for studcnts witli no previous background in German. Dist.: Language Lcvel 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 Language Level 1 8:30-10:50 n.111. M , T , W,Tlr,F SPA I l l - A BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I) O M 27 Kingsley SPA I l l - P BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11) Kingsley Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Lcvcl 1; Persp.: Intcrcultural Awareness 2 - Language Level 1 8:30-10:50 n.11i. 5:30-750 p.111. M , T , W,Tlr,F (Sectioli 1) M,T, W,TIr,F (Sectioii 11) O M 25 INS 225-A Kader INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM This course is designcd by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to uon-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Sliari'ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also bc a consideration of tlie diffcrcnces between tlie Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with tlie similarities and differenccs between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of tlie mosques in the Twin Cities. Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women's Studies; Persp,: Intercultural Awareness 1 8:30 - 10:50 n.111. M , T , W,Th,F 1. 4 INS 264-A AMERICAN INDIANS Allery IN THE CINEMA This coursc will bc an historical survey of Hollywood movies that created and continue to foster images of the North American Indian in Amcrica~isociety. Movies will include: Dr~rlris HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION Alorig tlle Molmruk; Shndoru Cntclier; Broke11Arrow; Little Big Mnrr; nlid Pozu-zuozu Highruny. Issues to bc HPE 499-A Staff INDEPENDENT STUDY Independent study for Upper Division credit. discussed will be authenticity, misreprcscntation, stereotypes and the usc of Indian and uon-Indian actors. Arraiiged 8:30-10:50 o.111. M , T , W,TII OM 29 HISTORY HIS 348-A RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET Kimball UNION IN THE 20TH CENTURY Tlic course offers an introductory historical survey of tlie Soviet Union. It begins with a brief examination of Russian liistory before t ~ ~ r n i ntog tlie Russian Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and Lcnin's consolidation of power. Latcr topics include: tlie rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World War 11, the Cold War and tlie slow rcjection of Stalinism culminating in an examination of recent events since the emergence of Gorbacllev. Tlie coursc will empliasize political, diplomatic, economic and cultural liistory by focusing on Soviet political practices and institutions. 9:30-17 :50 n.1r1. M , T , W,Tlr,F O M 23 PHI 120-A Apolloni ETHICS Ethics studies our moral beliefs and lielps students considcr the basis for making moral judgments. Tlie course explores the major philosopliical approaches to evaluating moral actions and then applies these approaches to contemporary personal and social moral issucs. This enablcs stude~itsto be aware of tlie nature of value disputcs, the different perspcctives taken and tlie reasoning used to resolve them. Throughout the course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking PHI 120 may not take PI-I1 125. Dist.: History/Pliilosopliy, Persp.: Christian Faitli 3 8:30-70:50 n.111. M , T , W,TII,F L1 INTERDISCIPLINARY PHYSICS INS 1991399-A Hesser INTERNSHIP A work-based lcarning experience in wliich a student designs a learning agreement witli a faculty member wliich links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunitics found in the placement, Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: City PHY 106-A INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY Jasperson A study of the science and wonders of the atmosphcre. The course is designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather and climate. Laboratory exercises arc included as an integral part of the course. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution/gcncral education requirement for the liberal arts student. Plcase contact Bill Jasperson for schcdulc of additional lab sessions. (Prercq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) Dist.: Matli/Pliysics; Pcrsp.: Natural World 1 or 2 Arrnlrgcd 1.00-4:00 p.111. M , T , W,Th SC1205 PSY 325-A SOCIAL BEHAVIOR Attridge Social factors which influence individual and group bchavior in naturalistic and experimental settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition, affiliation, conformity and attitudes. (Prereq.: 102 or 105) 1:00-4:00 p.111. M,T, W,TIi,F OM 18 REL 369-A THE RELIGIOUS IMAGINATION IN MODERN LITERATURE Skibbe "Particillarities of religious discerliment, symbolism, and world view. Reading and discussion of nine novels." Students who take this course must do work of 2.0 or better to get credit. Dist,: Religion, Persp.: Christian Faith 3 8:00-10:15 n.!n. M,T, W,TIi,F MP 1 SOC 199-Al399-A INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member) wliicli links the ideas and methods of sociology to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly scminar is expected. Persp.: City Arrnrrged SWK 260-A HUMANS DEVELOPING Brennan This course provides tlie knowledge basic to an understanding of liun~angrowth through the life cyclc and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological and psychological factors wliicli influence the growth of iiidividuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is tlie role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to liuman growtli, the impact of "sustaining environment" and other special stresses rclevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent racial, disability and sexual minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through usc of their own experiences. Persp.: Human Identity 9:3il-11:SO ~ . I I I , M,T, W,TIi,F L 17 SWK 399-A SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP Brown Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor) Arrn~~ged SWK 499-A SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives, methodology and evaluation of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor). Arrnllged SPC 323-A EFFECTIVE BUSINESS SPEAKING Olson The course is designed to increase studcnts' understanding of communication, theory and principles, and to improve presentation skills as they pertain to an organizational setting. Format of the class will include: text reading, lecture, individual and group presentation, and class participation. (Prereq.: SPC 111) 5:30-8:00 p.111. M,T, W,TII MP 1 SPC 347-A DOCUMENTARY VIDEO Bart A video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production and editing. 9:30-11:50 n.~!!. M,T, W,TII,F Foss 170 1 JUNE 28 TO AUGUST 6 w :4 4:,a,.:-â¢ ART 107-A DRAWING Bollman An introduction to and definition of drawing methods and media. Drawing is presented as a diverse art form which can be experienced in a variety of ways. Traditional and non-traditional media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th OM 17 ART 118-A1355-A PAINTING Bollman Painting in opaque and transparent color. A variety of subjects and approaches illustrate the versatility of paint as an expressive medium. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th OM l 7 ART 132-AISPC 132-A PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION I) Friederichsen ARTl32-PISPC 132-P PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION11) Fciederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression using black and white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single iens reflex camera. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp: Aesthetics. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $175-$200. (Class size limited to 14.) 1:30-5:00 p.ln. M,W (Section I) OM 6 M,W (Section 11) OM 6 6:OO-9:30 p.m. BUSINESS MIS 175-A COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS, ECONOMICS AND MIS Schwalbe An introduction to computing concepts and microcomputer-based information systems. Study features of hardware, operating systems, languages and current applications. Learn to use MS-DOS, Word Perfect, Lotus 123, and dBase III+. May study other applications (Microsoft Word, Excel). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG I1 or else a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced course). 530-9:OO p.ln. M ,W Foss 20 BUS 222-A PRINCIPLES or ACCOUNTING 11 Solnick Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. Dist.: None (Prereq.: BUS 221) 10:05-ll:30a.111. M,T, W,TII,F OM 10 BUS 340-A HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242) 6:OO-9:30 p.irr. M,W OM 10 BUS 440-A OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Cerrito Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, non-profit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or consent of instructor) 6:OO-9:30 p.111. T,TII OM 10 ECO 110-A ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study. Students need signature of instructor before Term Two begins (call 330-1152).P/N only. Dist.: Urban/ Minority/Women's Studies; Persp.: City and Social World 1 or 2 Arrflnged ECO 113-A PRINCIPLES OF MICRO-ECONOMICS Sabella Introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, lirm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/ Political Science; Persp.: City and Social World 1 or 2 6:OO-9:30 p.t!l. M ,W OM 29 ECO 315-A MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION I) Gupta ECO 315-P MONEY AND BANKING (SECTION 11) Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory and policy. Dist.: None (Prereq.: Eco 112,113) M , W (Sectioll I) 6:OO-9:30 p.nr. 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,TIi (Sectio~i11) Foss 42 EDU 341-A MEDIA TECHNOLOGY Hackney Psycliological and philosopliical dimensions of com~nunicationthrough the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teacIiing/lear~~ing situation. Computer training will be included in this course. Dist.: None; Persp.: None (L2 course) 5:30-9:OO ~ . I I I . T,TIi Foss 175 EDE 364-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES Drewlow Examination and preparation of materials and resources for integration specific skill developments througli various subjects at tlie kindergarten and elementary levels, (V4 course) 530-7:30 ~ . I I I , M , T , W,Th MP-1 Dntes: [ I J I I C28 - / r ~ l y8 EDE 375-A DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Graves Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches. Lab. arr. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Dist.: None ( l / 2 course) (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) 11:30-1:30 p.111. I. 1 Dotes:/rr~le28,29,30;/11ly1 , 6, 7 , 8, 13, 14, 15 EDE 377-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: SCIENCE Stangl Examination and .preparation of materials and rcsources for science at the kindergarten and elementary level. (1 /4 course) 1:30-3:30 p.111. M,W OM4 Dotes: 1111y7,12,14,19,21,26 EDU 388-A HUMAN RELATIONS Clemmons Emphasis on the study of values, communication tecliniques, and the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professions. Required for all elementary and secondary education majors. Ope11 to all. P / N only. Dist.: None (1/2course) 70:05-11:30 n.111. M ,W L 77 EDS 390-A COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN THE ENGLISH CLASSROOM LaDuca This course is for English-Education majors who plan to teach high scliool Englisl~.It is designed to improve students' skills in public speaking, oral interpretation, listening, and small group discussion as well as to explore methodologies for teaching and incorporating these skills in tlie high school English curriculum. 6:00-9% p.r11,, T,TII 1. 17 EDS 391-A TEACHING MASS MEDIA LaDuca This course is for English-Education majors who plan to teach lug11 school English. Students will explore tlie nature of tlie niedia as "consciousncss uid~~shies," examining the whys of teaching tlie media, how to effectively go about it, what kind of assuniptions mcdia education has been based on in the past, and liow to i~icorpratemcdia education into the English curriculum. The students will become familiar with all forms of mass media and will understand the impact of media 011 their lives. Students will learn how to be discriminating users of Inass media and liow to teach others to be the same. (1R course) 6:fJU-9:30 ~ . I I I . M L 17 A EDE 386-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Parker Examination and preparation of materials and resources for cliildren's literature at tlie kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab experiences. Dist.: None (1 /2 course) 530-9:00 p.~rl. T EDE 387-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS Therres Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Labora torv cxoeriences. Graduate > ~ c v eSkill: l writink (P;ereq.: EDE 255 or EDS 265) (1/2 course) 17:30-1:30 P,III. 1. 4 Dntes: / I I J I ~28,29,.30; Jlrly 1,6,7,8,13,14,15 'GLISH ENG I l l - A EFFECTIVE WRITING Castor Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is givcn to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. Minimum passing grade for credit is 2.0. Dist.: Entry level skill: Writing (separate) 6:OO-9:00~ , I I I . T,TII O M 27 ENG 241-AISPC 241-A INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART Mitchell An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and historical evolution of tlie film medium. The cmphasis is on film as an audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of both feature length and short films illustrating the i~lternational development of film form and selected aesthetic movements such as tlie American studio film and its genres, German cxprcssionism, Soviet ~nontagc, Italian neorealism and the French new wave. Bccausc of film lcngtlis, some classes will go to 10 p.m. Dist.: None,: Persp.: Acstlietics 6:OO-9:30y.111. T ,7h L4 ENG 361-A Miskowiec STUDIES IN MODERN FICTION Significant works of selected prose writers of the 20th century, chiefly Europcan and non-Wcstcm. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) Foss 20 9:00 rr.111.-12:00y.111. M,W ODERN LANGUAGES GER 112-A Quanbeck BEGINNING GERMAN I1 Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Dist.: Language Lcvel 2; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3, Language Level2 8:10-955 a.rlr. M,T, W,TIi Foss 42 SPA 112-A BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I) Kingsley SPA 112-P BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) Kingsley Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Language Level 2; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3, Language Level 2 8:10-955 n 111. M,T,W,Tli fSrctio11I ) OM 25 5:30-7:15 p.111. M,T,W,TIi (Sectior~!I) OM 25 HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 410-A ADMINISTRATION & SUPERVISION OF THE SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health programs and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: HPE 320) CI. ROOIII 711 530-8:30 y.~n,,, T, W,TIi HIS 115-A Zehnder MODERN MIDDLE EAST This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from the rise of ~~ationalism and the decline of the Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th Century to the current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and the Levant. The goal is a better understanding of how the Middle East reached its contemporary complexity, its role in the wider world. M,W OM 13 6:00-9:30 ~ . I I I . MAT 173-A Kaminsky MATH OF INTEREST Ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits? Or why women pay less for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums and installment loan payments are calculated? Or how much money to invest to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a future date? Tl~eseand other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes. This course is useful for students in business and economics or those students interested in careers in finance-related fields. Course will satisfies the General Education quantitative reasoning requirement. Math Placement Group 111. Dist.: Math/Physics 6:00-9:30 p.nr. M, W HILOSOPHY - PHI 175-A PHILOSOPHY OF LOVE AND SEX Apolloni What is thc nature of romantic love, sexual desire and friendship, both healthy and dysfunctional? This course, will consider the following ethical sexual issues: Is there such a thing as sexual immorality? Is promiscuity bad? What strengths and weaknesses does the institution of monogamy have? Is adultery immoral? Is sexual perversion a viable concept? Are homosexuality and 1.esbianism sexual perversions? Or are they merely alternative sexual preferences? Language intensive. Discussion and term paper required. Dist.: History/Philosophy; Persp.: Human Identity M,T,W,TIl,F L1 8:30-10:50 O.III. PHY 101-A ASTRONOMY Stenstrom A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. The course also traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of 12 inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron and a three-inch Questar Night viewing and lab sessions are important components. Students need to contact instructor at 330-1039 to schedule additional viewing and lab sessions. (Prereq.: Mathcma tics Placement Group 11) Dist.: MatIilPhysics; Persp.: Natural World 2 6:00-9:30 y.1~. M,W SC1205 'ICAL SCIENCE INS 199-A1399-A Hesser INTERNSHIP A work-bascd learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member) which links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: City A rro~iged POL 329-A Walcott PUBLIC POLICY This coutse will introduce the student to both substantive public policy and policy analysis by simulating of a congressional committee where stude~ltswill play roles of both legislative policy makers and administrators defending their programs. Students will not only read about public policy, but will also apply their knowledge of policy issues and the governmental proccss. 6:00-9:30 p.111. T,Tlr OM 23 SOCIAL WORK PSY 373-A/ SPC 373-A ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY Attridge Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectivencss, and social influences. (Prereq.: PSY 105) Persp: None 6:00-9:30 p.111. M, W Foss 43 REL 373-A Bensan RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan that are usually associated with religion, i~lcl~iding the popular religious traditions of China, Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Japanese Shintoism. Dist.: Yes 6:OO-9:30 p.111. T,TII OM 29 REL 483-A CHRISTIAN ETHICS Olson The bases of Christian social respmsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics, Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3 11 :40-1:25 p.111, M,T, W,TIi OM 10 SOC 199-AI399-A INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement (with a faculty member) which links the ideas and methods of sociology to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. Persp.: City Arm~lged SOC 265-A CULTURE ETHNICITY, GENDER AND RACE Bloom Some dime~lsionsof gender, race and other intergroup relations. Major attention is focused upon the role of society's values.and self-understanding. (P/N only) Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women Studies; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness I 6:OO-9:30 p.111. M,W OM 27 SOC 356-A ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to prisons, half-way houses, courts, etc. Dist.: None 1:30-590 p.111. T,TIi Foss 20 - SWK 257-E/399-E1599-E EXPLORING FAMILY HEALTH & SOCIAL SERVICES IN THE '90s, U.S.A.-U.K. COMPARISONS Egas Identifies, analyzes and evaluates different approaches in the U.S.A. and U.K. through interdisciplinary dialogue, classroom and field cncounters. First week - Orientation at Augsburg (6/21-24); Second and third weeks -Work with British professionals and students at Bristol University, England (6/25-7/9). British tutors and group leaders. Cost: $3,500 (approx.) includes air fare, ground travel, accommodations, most meals. Call Blanca Rosa Egas at 330-1713 for information. Dist.: None; Persp.: City. Arrairged Foss 43 SWK 399-A SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP Brown Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of majors (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Arm~rged SWK 499-A SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives, methodology and evaluation of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.:SWK 257 and consent of instructor) Armrrged - SPEECHXMN THEATRE A nTC SPC 352-A PERSUASION Holmquest Theory of how people arc influenced to change attitudes and behavior. Topics include obstacles to persuasion; logical and psychological appeals; empirical research; persuasion in politics, sales, advertising and interpersonal contexts; mass movements and campaigns; impact of the mass media; and ethical issues. Includes speech and promotional projects. M,T, W,Th Foss 42 2:30-4:15 p 111. SPC 414-A/INS 414-A FEMINIST RHETORIC Nilsson The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical perspective on American feminism, and 2) to develop skill in rhetorical criticism. Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women's Studies. 5:30-9:30 p.~tr. T,Th OM 18 Augsburt College Summer School
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1994
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Introduction ..................................................................... 2 Calendar .......................................................................... 3 About This Catalog ........................................................... 4 Options ..................................
Show more Introduction ..................................................................... 2 Calendar .......................................................................... 3 About This Catalog ........................................................... 4 Options ........................................................................... 4 .................................. 5 Visiting Students .................... Interim Courses ................................................................ 6 UMAlE Courses............................................................... 48 Other Courses ................................................................ 49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ................................................ 51 . . . Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 41-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the PIN system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the Distribution requirements is required to complete three Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are required. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thornsen, 33@1025 Interim Director, Dr. David Gabrielson, 330-1025 October 25 - October 29 ............................Interim Registration November 29 ....................................Late Interim Registration January 3 .................................................... First Day of Interim Time I - 900a.m. (first day only) Time I1 - 1:00p.m. January 4 Last Day for Cancel/Add January 14 ...........Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 14 ..............Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 26 ..............................................................Interim Ends January 31 ............................................ Spring Semester Begins February 4 ................................................Interim Grades Due The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be obserued at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, ]anuay 17, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. .......................................... The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and infomation about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships deadline - Friday, December 10. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed Internship Learning Agreement Plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 10). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study -Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 29. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement.Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's general education require ments. This qualification particularly affects courses offered in religion. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 41-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition dors not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will bc charged $1,050 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. It should be noted that both ACTC exchange students and visiting students may not register for 299 or 499 courses. Art 24 7-A Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $40 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 17 BIO 107-A lnstructoc Ralph Sulerud The development of the concept of evolution, arguably the single most important unifying biological principle, will be traced in this course from preDarwinian times to the present. In so doing the massive body of evidence in support of evolution will be addressed as will the pathway of the evolutionary process and the proposed mechanisms of that process. Notwithstanding its acceptance by the vast majority of biologists, evolution continues to be surrounded with controversy. The antievolution movement including its newest form, "scientific creationism," will be studied as will the ongoing scientific debate concerning evolutionary mechanisms. Finally the course will focus on some of the reciprocal relationships between evolution and society. There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist primarily of lectures and discussion. Some audieslide presentations and videotapes will be utilized. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests, but participation in discussion will also be a consideration. Prerequisite: High school biology Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 2 1 3 BIO 7 40-A BIO 340-A lnstructoc Dale Pederson The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. Most of the approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The Institute offers laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow bays, mangrove swamps, sea-grass communities, and tide pools. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated on site and in the laboratory. A marine biologist from the Institute will be available to lead all field trips and conduct specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the Institute, there will be a short t i p to the Florida Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment. Preparation for the excursion to the Keys will be made during the week prior to the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the completion of the course requirements. Cost is $1,350. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a detailed journal based on daily experiences, and a final examination. Upper division students will also do a special research project which will be the basis of an extensive paper. Prerequisites: Biology 1I I; 112 for upper division credit Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: ' Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Science 205 610 185-A lnstructoc Robert Herforth With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in and research on the biological basis of the aging process has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes which occur in the body with age, dysfunctions and diseases associated with aging, and studies on what causes these changes, including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental animals. Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for arriving at grades. Distribution: Biology/Chembry Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 205 BUS 295-A lnstructoc john Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and performances on small business case studies. Business majors may not take this course for credit; course is applied toward the major. Distribution Requirement: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 BUS 302-A lnstructoc Milo Schield Examines micro-ethical issues involving individual choices in business. Reviews critical thinking skills in moral reasoning. Students will describe, analyze and evaluate business practices and policies. In addition to written papers, students will select and investigate a current topic and give a written and oral presentation. The class will visit several local businesses to discuss various perspectives on business ethics. This course is being submitted for a graduation-level critical thinking skill and for a Human Identity perspective. Check on status with the Registrar. Prerequisites: BUS 39 1 (now BUS 30 7) or PHI 120 or PHI 125 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 10 BUS 368-A lnstructoc Steven LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20-minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-tern and final examination.This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of Instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 7 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 BUS 495-A Instructor Thomas Morgan What is "quality"? Do you "know it when you see it"? How and what should organizations learn? Searching for answers to these and other questions will be the central focus of this Special Topics course. Participants will develop and refine "systems thinking" skills and learn how to apply them to real strategic situations. Altemative perspectives on "the Quality Movement" and "Continuous Process Improve ment" will be explored through reading, discussion and field trips to local organizations involved in the pursuit of quality. Working in collaborative teams, participants will develop a hands-on project based on actual organizations. Evaluation will be based on two short papers and a group presentation. Prerequisites: BUS 242 & ECO 1 13, or permission of instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 43 BUS 495 lnstructoc Dr. Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp The events currently taking place in Central & Eastern Europe represent one of the most important changes of the post Cold War era. They cany major implications for world trade and certainly for U.S. bilateral interests. This course will provide an understanding of these events and will identify the most effective ways of doing business with Russia, Central & Eastern Europe. Prerequisite: ECO 1 12 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 323 CHE 100-A lnstructoc Arlin Gyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the Pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supple ments, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Prerequisite: Math Placement 111 Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: 11 Room: Science 3 15 CSC 270-A Instructor Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with previous knowledge of computer programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. Students are expected to know how to do computer programming in some programming language (such as Pascal) before entering this course. This course will involve lectures and several programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the successful completion of assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course which includes programming Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 42 ECO 1 10-A Instructor Ed Sabella Study of economic implications of the many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Fundamental microeconomics tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. health issues, discrimination, education, etc. Course does not apply toward an Economics, Business Administration, or MIS major. Does not apply toward an Economics minor. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2, or The City Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 ECO 1 1 3-A lnstructoc Satya Cupta An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of 110 or 112. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 7 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 7 6 EDE 295-A lnstructoc Carolyn Levy This is a class for both education and theatre students. The main objective will be to introduce the use of theatre with elementary children. One particular avenue of exploration will be the use of theatre in a multicultural environment. There will be a certain amount of theoretical discussion of why to use theatre with children, but the main thrust will be experiential learning: trying out various exercises, games and programs. The last part of the month will include five days of practice teaching in a local elementary school. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 EDE 375-A Instructor Mary Endorf The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy though the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: PPST Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Library 17 EDU 353-A lnstructoc Rich Cermundsen This seminar-style course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigation of possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian and Central American models. There will be lectures, discussions, presentations by students, and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on class presentations and investigative projects. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-A lnstructoc loseph Erickson Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisites: junior or Senior standing Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 23 ENC 282-A ENC 482-A lnstructoc john Mitchell This course will provide an introductory survey of contemporary American poetry by poets whose work has come into prominence since World War I1 or mid-century. Emphasis will be given to the vision and sensibility of each poet and to the themes of their poems, especially those images and statements that concern philosophical, historical, psychological and cultural values. Through comparison and contrast, students will be expected to formulate reasonable interpretations of selected poets and poems and to express their discoveries in class discussion and short papers. A final examination will be given, and two interpre tive papers about three to five pages in length will be assigned. For upper division credit, the student must also read and give a written class report on a book that discusses contemporary poetry; this choice must be approved by the instructor. Prerequisite: lntro to Literature - for students enrolling for upper division credit Distribution: English/Speech Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum ~nrollment:I5 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 ENC 24 9-A lnstructoc Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are vitalizing both contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late 70s, the 80s, and the 90s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension to sexual preference. (We sometimes survey current drama on several such topics, like class, gender and language in 1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like homosexuality in 1990 and 1991.) For comparative purposes, we will also view a few films on related topics and hy to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for the local productions. Prerequisite: ENC 1 I 1 (Effective Writing) is strongly recommended Distribution: English/Speech Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 2 1 FRE/CER/NOR/SPA 350-A lnstructoc Roman Soto An inboduction to the critical reading of a broad range of texts (short stories, novels, films and comic strips) through the understanding of their structural properties as well as the social contexts of communication they presuppose or create and/or transform. Selected theoretical readings (in English) prepare students to analyze representative texts (in a second language of their choice).Both the aesthetic and social-historical aspects of literary analysis will be explored, with special emphasis given to analytical approaches from outside the U.S. Workshops and discussions are key features of the course andevaluation will be based on classroom presentations, short papers, and a final examination. Lectures, class discussion and all written work in English. Students may register under their particular major/ minor language. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 23 HPE 1 16-A Instructor Ed Saugestad This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on the prevention of childhood health problems, and the promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 202 (MWF) HPE 232-A Instructor: Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall: North Court (TITH alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/7, 1/7 1, 1/13, 1/18, 1/20, 1/21, 1/25 - 9 meetings) HPE 250-A Instructor: Lisa Broek, Richard Borstad Designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course provides a foundation for education, assisting and a p proaching fellow students about personal health issues. Students will apply student development models to peer education and peer helping. Topics include human develop ment theory, empowerment, communication skills, multicultural issues, referral sources and procedures, and decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies which promote a healthier campus environment. This course utilizes many interactive experiences combined with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations will include objective tests, journal entries, and a group project. This course should be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who desire learning practical skills such as communication and negotiation, group facilitation, program development, and public speaking. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 HPE 475-A lnstructoc Paul Kriegler Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisite: BIO 103 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 119 (M/W alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5, 1/10, 1/72, 1/14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings) HPE 478-A lnstructoc Ed Saugestad Theory, techniques, and administrative aspecls of coaching hockey. This is a onehalf credit course. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 7 19 (T-R) HIS 162-A Instructoc Don Custafson This area on the other side of the world has produced the world's largest working democracy. From this people has come one of our centuqs greatest individuals (Gandhi)as well as some intriguing charlatans. It is a prime example of 20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this - and much more. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-Western subjects. The heart of the course will be a wide assortment of readings (including at least one novel) and at least two really good movies, but there will also be lectures, time for discussion and perhaps some slides. Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and a final exam. Distribution: History/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 4 HIS 220-A HIS 320-A Instructor Khin Khin lensen This course will focus on Asian immigration to the United States in the mid-19th century and the turn of the 20th century. The Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Filipino experience will receive special attention. The course concludes with a component on the changes in the U.S. immigration laws in the post-World War I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene, and the role of new Asian immigrants since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Inter-active videos will be used. There will be a mid-tern and a final project (a paper, topic to be selected the first week of term in consultation with the instructor). Prerequisite: None for lower division; more for upper division (see asterisk below) Distribution: Histo~y/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 "Upper division students will be required to complete a longer paper than for lower division credit. They will also be expected to complete a book review on a book related to the course theme and provide an oral progress report of their paper to the class. TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: A HISTORY OF HIS 33 1 -A lnstructoc Chris Kimball The poet Walt Whitman once called baseball "America's game." In the century since Whitman uttered those words, baseball has occupied a prominent (and permanent) place in American life in some ways equivalent to business, politics, religion, and race. In this course, then, we will examine the relationship between the United States and its national pastime. Our focus will not be on the game between the lines, the great players and teams. Instead, we will take up several topics which can illuminate the historical evolution of this country. Some of these include: professionalization and its impact on amateur baseball, the role of ethnicity and ethnic rivalry, the color line, the emergence of the "big" leagues at the expense of the "minor" leagues, women's baseball, labor relations and the empowerment of the players, the impact of television, and the ballpark as an urban place. Special attention will be paid to baseball in the Twin Cities and students will be asked to do a short research paper on some aspect of baseball history in this region. Grading will be based on the research paper, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisite: One ( 1 ) history course or consent of instructor Distribution: History/Philosophy Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 3 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: LEGALHISTORY HIS 331-A lnstructoc Bill Green This course will examine the social, economic, and intellectual factors in American history that contributed to the emergence of a modem national legal system from English and colonial antecedents. Some of the topics covered in this course are the evolution of the roles of judges, lawyers, and juries; the criminal justice system; property, contract, and tort law; legal education; family law; civil rights (for women, African Americans, Native Americans, and children); and business and labor law. Requirements: Discussions, attendance required, research paper. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Old Main 2 1 HON 407-A Instructor: Larry Crockett This course will consider radical black American writers on the left and the right, most notably exemplified by Malcolm X and Angela Davis on the left and Norma Sowell and Walter Williams on the right. Course will feature several guest speakers. Students will write two small papers and one large paper. Restricted to junior and senior honor students or permission of instructor. Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss Center 42 INS 120-A Instructor Ann Fleener Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates. Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia seminars. Students will also view selected films for seminar discussions; develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe seminars conducted in a St. Paul Public School; evaluate their own behaviors during seminars and lead seminars. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 3 7 9 INS 197-A Instructors: Kristin Anderson, lulie Bolton, Merilee Klemp How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is the nature of art? How are ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music, and theater always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of their time. Using examples of music, art, and theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material comected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra, the Minnesota Opera, or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $20. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 75 Time: I (The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to attend a limited number of offcampus events (some evenings and/or weekends) as a part of the class work.) Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theatre/SaterenAuditorium INS21 1-A Instructoc loan Kunz Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists. This course satisfies the General Education Graduation Skill in speaking. Prerequisite: One year of an introductory science course Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 7 6 Time: I Room: Science 3 15 INS 264-A lnstructoc Virginia Allery This course will be an historical survey of Hollywood movies that created and continue to foster images of the North American Indian in American society. Movies will include: "Drums Along the Mohawk," "Shadow Catcher, Broken Arrow," "Little Big Man," and "Pow-Wow Highway." Issues to be discussed will be authenticity, misrepre sentation, stereotypes and the use of Indian and non-Indian actors. Upper-class students will be expected to do a project related to any of the issues discussed in class. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 LIN 290-A lnstructoc Don Steinmetz Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young children learning their native language seem to be having fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean. This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main I 1 MIS 376-A Instructor Kathy Schwalbe This course develops practical project management skills by combining theories, techniques, work-group skills, and computer tools. Students will participate in numerous inclass activities to determine projects to be done during class, estimate required resources, motivate people to successfully complete projects, use project management software to track progress and develop alternatives, etc. Evaluation will consist of individual and team presentations, participation, and a final exam. Prerequisites: BUS 227, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 2 7 MAT 173-A Instructor Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Prerequisite: Math Placement Level 111 Distribution: Math/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 1 12 MAT 253-A lnstructoc Steve Zheng Our objectives are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it reveals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and experience it as a form of artistic expression via computer graphics. The class will observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of selfsimilarity regardless of the power of magnification used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in three dimensional rendition. Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals and do a major creative project. There will also be a final project. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 111 or higher Distribution: Math/Physb Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 7 SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE (UMAIE COURSE) MU5 179-A lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler Much of American history and culture is derived from that of continental Europe and the cities of Amsterdam, Paris, Munich, and Vienna. This course provides an opportunity to visit and experience important cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Students will gain an appreciation of the role of art and music in the history of the Netherlands, France, Austria, and Germany. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course-related group activities, a daily journal, art/music critique sheets, and exams (oral and written). No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,895 includes all air and surface travel, accomrnodations, several cultural performances, continental breakfast daily, and five group dinners. Registration for this interim must be made before October 22 at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 331655. Offered on a P/N basis only. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 MUS 204-A lnstructoc 0. Nicholas Raths, An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of Rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s)periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a compre hensive term paper, exam and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I/ Room: Music 3 MUS 295-A Instructor Stephen "Cabe" Cabrielsen The program "Finale" will be explored. This computer program makes it possible for music students to generate professional level musical scores. Daily assignments will be given with the end goal of developing proficiency at printing music at the computer. Prerequisite: Note-reading ability Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 12 Time: I Room: Music Library ( I st floor Music Bldg) MUS 394-A lnstructoc Mark Thomsen This course combines the study and performance of opera and music theater as well as study of the techniques of singing for the stage. Student participation will include reading, discussion, performance of opera/musical theater scenes, going to performances of other artists, and visiting some of the performing organizations in the Twin Cities area to see how they are run. Exercises devoted to release of tension and acting technique for the singerlactor will also be explored. Opera! Opera! will culminate in a performance of opera/ music theater scenes at the end of Interim that will be open to the public. Prerequisite: Permission of private voice instructor Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Sateren Auditorium NOR 1 1 I-A lnstructoc Nancy Aarsvold This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main I 1 PHI 146-A lnstructoc David Apolloni Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war? These questions and the various answers proposed arouse deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these issues. This course will utilize readings on these complex and burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical problems which lie behind the controversies surrounding abortion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war. The course will combine lecture and class discussion on some contemporary philosophical readings on killing. Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to 3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics) and class participation. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: old Main 29 PHY 151-A Instructor: leff lohnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using highpowered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve prob lerns in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisite: Math Level I 1 1 Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 30 PHY 337-A Instructor: Stuart Anderson The quest to understand how light and matter interact is at the heart of modem physics, and lasers are probably the most ubiquitous technical product of these ideas. "Making Light of Matter" will begin with an overview of optics needed for understanding imaging, beam control and dispersion, including the nature of light, reflection, refraction and interference. This sets the stage for treating the physics of superradiant devices and lasers, and the impact of cavity design on output characteristics. The course will conclude by applying these concepts to the study of atoms and simple molecules by the emission, absorption and scattering of light. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences; only onethird of the class period will be used for formal lectures and discussion, with the balance spent in the laboratory. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, two onehour exams, and a formal research paper. Prerequisites: PHY 121, 122, 245; MAT 145, 146, 245 (or consent of instructor) Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 9 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 POL 140-A lnstructoc Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice, and conditions in the United States will be measured against these standards. This course will stress the exchange of ideas, and students will be expected to be very actively involved in this exchange. The goal of the course will be for students to develop their own thinking about social justice, and to have a much greater awareness of values which may conflict with the pursuit of social justice. In addition, students should be able to use their ideas to evaluate and critique conditions in America today. Evaluation will be based on participation in class discussions and structured class activities, on two short (46 page) essays, and on a final exam. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 35 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 WORLD POLITICS: CONFLICT AND CRISIS IN THE 90s POL 160-A Instructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten By examining current crises and patterns of negotiations in places like Bosnia, South Africa, Israel, and the former Soviet Union, this course highlights the changing political structures and processes in the world of the 90s. Students will discuss new international economic patterns, security issues such as nuclear proliferation, United Nations efforts at peacekeeping, and environmental protection. Lectures will supplement readings from two textbooks. Students will give brief oral presentations of prepared materials on world crisis topics and they will prepare a final essay. The course will offer an opportunity for students to simulate how national leaders negotiate among themselves. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 1 or 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Foss Center 20 POL 220-A POL 320-A Instructor William Morris This course will examine the impact of the American political system upon public policy making in the United States. Three topics of major policy importance will be selected for examination in the way they are addressed by particular political practices and/or institutions. The class will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light of the scholarly literature and other information available on each subject. It will then assess the interplay between these choices and their handling by the political system. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemma of decision-making in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluations of the success and/or failure of the policymaking process in addressing these problems. These, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The papers, a test on the assigned readings outlining the policymaking process in the United States, and class participation will determine final grades. Students taking the course for lower division credit will be expected to complete papers on two of the three policy issues addressed in the course. Those taking the course for Upper Division credit must complete an additional paper on a policy issue of their choice not covered in class. Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one lower division social science class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science General Education Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 POL 250-A POL 450-A Instructor: Einar Vetvik The course objective is to give knowledge of the political systems and the most important policy issues in modem Scandinavia. This will include party systems, elections, political institutions, public administration, and the welfare state. The course will include a comparative approach linking the Scandinavian system to the development within the European Community. Reference to the situation in the U.S. will also be made. The model of teaching is based on lectures, but emphasizes student participation in discussion and group work. Assignment 250: Readings, short essay paper, and a final exam. Assignment 450: More demanding exam, additional reading, and a more extensive paper. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Library 1 PSY201-A lnstructoc Victoria Littlefield The methods of psychology are used to study behavioral and social influences on health, including the interaction of behaviors, thoughts, emotions, and biological systems. Consideration is given to life styles, stress management, illness prevention and treatment, and the role that proactive behaviors play in health. Evaluation is based on class participation, homework assignments, papers, and quizzes. Prerequisites: PSY 10 1, 102, or 1 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 2 12 PSY 335-A Instructor: Nancy Steblay U.S. law and the legal system will be investigated from the perspective of psychological theory and practice. A speclfic focus will be on the social psychology of courtroom procedures with consideration of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation, and jury decision-making. Class readings and discussion will also cover such broader areas as morality, justice, ethics, and victimization. Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to class discussion. Prerequisites: PSY 7 02 or 1 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 73 PSY 340-A lnstructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about how they function as representations of the "self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of "self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and five short (600-900 word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 1 Room: Foss Center 43 PSY 370-A lnstructoc Duane lohnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. +â-h This course will be conducted as a wmina&th h,+I~i!: level of student contribution and participah. i\~I&il~rI ~ ,ltF each class session is required. Ppf!kIu 1 t wi l I inr-tucic class discussion frequent s h ~ r $ ~ ~ i l ~ i < f r ~v <n oral l reports. Typewriting or quiylcfil w o ~ png~.cxv,ing l will be r e quired. ~ ' ? U R As i*lrkl)rau&pl. 111%i i hrm1students are required lo read r The Mnr,rf Lifi I?t '/rilllnj~I by Robert Coles before the start of the i n l ~ ~ l ' book l t i ~(in paperback) will be available in the Augsburg Ik~okstore by November 1.An additional text may be required and Iibrary reference work will be a part of the course process. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PS Y I 02 or PS Y 7 05 Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 REL 330-A lmtructoc Philip Quanbeck I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in the Grawo-Roman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons, and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of Paul (Romans and I Corinthians) and First Peter. Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper. Prerequisites: REL I 1 1 or REL 22 7 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 2 1 3 REL 343-A lnstructoc Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books will be required. Prerequisites: REL 7 7 7 or REL 221 or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 REL 345-A Instructoc Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century, its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used. Some important readings will be done from the reserved shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams. Prerequisites: Religion 1 1 1 or 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 REL 374-A Instructors: john Benson, Mark Engebretson For some in our society, science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life and the basis for a philosophy of life. For others, science and its associated technologies, along with its invitation to become a global world view, constitute a grave threat. Some Christians particularly feel threatened by science. This course will address these matters in two ways. First, it will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy, and the reevaluation of science and nature in the 20th century. Second, it will study systematically the world views of science and religion to see how they compare. Class time will be divided among a variety of activities including lectures, whole class discussions, small group tutorials, and an extended simulation exercise in developing a space colony, drawing from the ideas developed in the course. Course evaluation will be based on two short exams, participation in small group tutorials based on assigned readings, a group project presentation, and a major synthe sis paper based on the group project and course materials. Prerequisites: One religion course, one science course, and junior or senior standing Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 60 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 8 REL 385-A lnstructoc Lynne Lorenzen This course is an introduction to process theology which is based on the philosophy of A.N. Whitehead and is a critique of "Classical Christianity." Issues such as theodicy, christology, sin and salvation will be considered. An 8 to 10 page paper will be written and presented to the class. Class sessions will include video and discussion. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Science 3 19 SWK 257-A lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams Experiential learning occurs as stydents volunteer 80 hours (in a services agency or institution which students select). The placement must be approved by course faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience students have opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economic status, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.).The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The three-hour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms." Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 7 S WK 4 66-A (full course) SWK 4 6 6 4 (.5course) Instructor Vincent Peters This is a continuation of Field Work I1 -educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social work students Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 SOC 232-A lnstructoc Rita Weisbrod In American culture, we have gone from nostalgia and romanticism regarding children in the early decades of this century to an increasingly widespread neglect of child welfare. We will examine the social status of children in Western society focusing on understanding problems in the current social relationships of children in American society. Students will develop a journal of their readings and complete an individual project selected from several options, including a child observation assignment or a libray research assignment, and give an oral report to the class followed by a written summary of their findings. Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: 11 Room: Old Main 25 SOC 265-A lnstructoc Jerry Cerasimo The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) Distribution: Minority/Women/Urban Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss Center 20 SPA 777-A lnstructoc Cabriela Sweet Beginning Spanish I introduces the student to basic vocabulary and grammar. The emphasis is on spoken Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and writing skills as well. After Interim, students will be prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring. The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented, and grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter, and a written and oral final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 SPC 348-A lnstructoc Deb Bart This course is an advanced television production course which combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program. Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I or consent of instructor Distribution: Liberal Arts Perspective: Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 175 (Media classroom) Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Additional information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office, 620 2 n d Avenue S. (Tel. 33@1655)or from the Interim Office (Tel. 330-1025). Registration for these Interims ends October 29,1993. These courses are offered on a P/Nbasis only and generally cany a lower division number. Ancient Greece:Myth and Monuments Art and Architecture of Ancient Egypt China and Its Artistic Heritage The Church in Brazil: Comforting the Afflicted, Afflicting the Comfortable contemporary European Business and Economic Systems Coral Reefs in The Philippines and Hawaii Cultural Conflict in Renaissance ltaly English School and Family Environmental Issues: East and West Europe and The Rise of Modern Science Hawaii: Cross Cultural Transmission and lntegration Literary Ventures by Train: England and Scotland Nairobi and Arusha: The Tale of the Church in Two Cities The Natural History of the Galapagos Islands and an Ecuadorian Rainforest Post-Colonial Namibia: A land of Liberation and Peace Making Readings of the Bible ReJections in a Clouded Mirror: The Performing Arts and Iapanese Culture Russia, Ukrania and Poland after Communism Social Work and Social Welfare in Sweden Sounds and Sights of Europe Spanish Art and Culture of the Siglo De Oro Work Life in the Information Age: Action Research in Nonoay and Sweden These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most cany a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. SAILING IN THE VIRGINISLANDS (JANUARY 4 - 20, 1994) HPE 455-A Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat mising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot fixed keel sailboat with 5 to 6 other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include mises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,600, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 41-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department (6 12) 330- 1247. Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit. Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports OUTWARD BOUND HPE 212-A Check for information in thehterim Office on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for whitewater canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). POL 398-A POL 398-A POL 398-A Students are required to take the full three week program (January 3-21). Segments I and I1 meet from January 3 to January 14,1994. Segment I11 meets from January 17 to January 21,1994. Campus liaison is Professor Milda Hedblom. Applications for financial assistance from the college are available i n Memorial Hall 117A; telephone is 33B1197. The following activities are available to students during interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. HPE 002-A lnstructoc Wayne Niles The form, basic techniques, and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree M K A Black Belt inshctor. Fee of $30. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited Time: 12:OO-1:00 p.m. Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of badminton. Grading: P I N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I M, W/alternate Fridays (1/3, 1/Sf 1/lo, 1/12, 1 /14, 7/17, 1/19, 1/24, 1/26 - 9 meetings) Room: Melby, north court HPE 002-A lnstructoc Brian Ammann Practice and playing of racquetball. Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 8 Time: I T, Th/alternate Fridays (1/4, 1/6, 1/7,1/7 1,1/13, 1/78, 1/20, 1/2 1, 1/25 - 9 meetings) Room: Melby, north court HPE 002-A lnstructoc leff Swenson Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I M, W,F - all term Room: Melby, weight room HPE 002-A lnstructoc ]eff Swenson Grading: PIN only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 M, W,F -all term Room: Melby, weight room
Show less

Title: Master of Social Work (MSW) Catalog, 1993-1994
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: MAST.ER 0 F SOCIAL WORI( AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1993 1994 .. . .'· 11rr. .L he good we secure for ourselves is precarious and uncertain ... until it is secured for all of us and incorporated into our common life." -Jane Addams Augsburg College 731 21st A venue South Minneapolis, MN 5...
Show more MAST.ER 0 F SOCIAL WORI( AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1993 1994 .. . .'· 11rr. .L he good we secure for ourselves is precarious and uncertain ... until it is secured for all of us and incorporated into our common life." -Jane Addams Augsburg College 731 21st A venue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1307 Introduction to the Master of Social Work Program .............. .4 Curriculum Design ...................................................................... 6 Course Descriptions ..................................................................... 9 Library ......................................................................................... 15 Accreditation and Affiliations .................................................. 15 Student Rights ............................................................................ 16 Admission Requirements .......................................................... 17 Application Procedures ............................................................. 18 Evaluation Standards ................................................................. 20 Academic Policies ....................................................................... 21 Fee and Payment Schedule ....................................................... 22 Financial Aid ............................................................................... 24 About Augsburg ......................................................................... 27 Campus Guide ............................................................................ 28 Campus Location ....................................................................... 29 Faculty and Administration ...................................................... 30 .mntroduction to the Master of Social Work Program Philosophy The Master of Social Work program at Augsburg College is based on the following: ..- Understanding of and respect for diverse people and cultures ..- A tradition of excellence in its programs, faculty and students ..- Its metropolitan location which attracts students from diverse backgrounds ..- Access to many challenging and rewarding field placements I. ..- A commitment to educate the whole person ..- A solid foundation in and integration with the liberal arts ..- Responsibility and service to and with the broader community in the interests of social justice ..- Commitment to oppose oppression ..- A focus on client empowerment ..- Preparation for ethical, competent, professional practice ..- A framework for practice of problem-solving within a systems perspective. Dual concerns of the Augsburg Master of Social Work Program are the delivery of service to families in all their diverse forms and the planning, development and administration of services. Social justice is a particular focus throughout the program, while individuals are recognized as capable of adaptation, growth and change. Intellectual, physical, spiritual, emotional and psychosocial issues are addressed with clients in relation to their locus, be they within the individual, the family, the community or the larger societal systems. Client self-determination, growth and empowermen t (personal recognition of one's ability, rights and place in the social change process) are recognized and fostered through support and education. In the interests of constructive social change that promotes social justice, students are educated to address institutional oppression (e.g. , age, gender, race, disability and religion). Professional preparation at the Master of Social Work level at Augsburg is founded on the following assumptions: .., Analysis and presentation of complex social issues and solutions must be based on solid research. Augsburg MSW students will develop competencies to conduct, analyze and present practice-based research . .., The world is interdependent in all areas, including human needs and the services to address them. Students will become knowledgeable of social welfare policies and programs that address changing needs of the world community. Accommodating the Needs of Adult Learners The Master of Social Work Program is designed to meet the needs of adult students, (e.g. ,students who are employed, have family obligations and/or must travel distance to obtain graduate social work education). Augsburg College takes pride in its focus on adult learners throughout its programs. TI1e College is committed to education for experienced working people. The Weekend College now equals the size of the traditional day program. The library, student center, computer center, counseling, parking, food service and many other support services are open to accommodate students. Faculty arrange office hours to meet student needs. Inexpensive oncampus accommodations are available for students who travel to attend the program and wish to stay overnight. Classes meet during alternate weekends in four hour blocks: Friday evening, Saturday morning and Saturday afternoon. Students meet one Sunday afternoon per trimester for a program seminar that addresses specific professional issues related to ethics. The MSW Program builds on the liberal arts base of the College and supports the College's mission statement: To dt.>velop future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities wl11'ch are based in tlie liberal arts and shaped by tlte faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. The courses of study include the Core, the Concentration, one elective and the Thesis seminar. Students must complete 18 courses (twelve, if the Foundation Core is waived). The complete program includes: nine core courses (six Foundation; three Advanced) seven Concentration-related courses; one elective and a Master's Thesis Seminar. This includes 900 hours of professionally supervised, MSW Program-approved social work field experience. The Foundation Core begins the Augsburg MSW Program. These six courses, including 420 hours of MSW Program approved field work, must be successfully completed prior to enrollment in the Advanced Core or concentration courses. These courses may be waived for persons who hold a baccalaureate degree in Social Work from a CSWE accredited program. • I The Pre-Concentration Core consists of three courses, which are required of all students. These courses are the enrry point in the program for persons with baccalaureate degrees in social work from institutions accredited by the Council on Social Work Education. Concentrations Concentrations are in two areas: Family Practice and Prognm Development, Policy and Administration. These concentrations include six courses beyond the Pre-Concentration Core, including 480 hours of college approved, professionally-supervised field work. Research II focuses on practice of the concentration. Family Practice Family, in its diverse forms, is central to society. ''Pamily,"in this context, is interpreted broadly as the nurturing system surrounding people. It is inclusive of many areas of need. As a growing number of family-related challenges face society, there is an ever-increasing need for professionals who base their professional practice on in-depth study of the broad spectrum of issues that confront the family. In the Family Practice concentration, students will concentrate on promoting empowerment of the family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective. Program Development, Policy and Administration Social change is necessary for fostering policies and service that respond to human need. Tile Program Development, Policy, and Administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration. Effective services require participative development, competent practitioners, strong leadership and effective administration. Students following this concentration will develop the abilities and skills necessary to promote and achieve needed change, and develop, lead, guide and administer programs that will serve diverse people in a variety of settings. Electives Students must select a minimum of one elective in their course of study toward the MSW degree. Students are encouraged to select other electives to develop special interests. Master's Thesis and Seminar The thesis is intended to represent the capstone of the student's work. All students complete a Master's thesis based on practice in their area of concentration. A thesis seminar supports students in developing their theses. .A. SWK 589 THESIS SEMINAR I \ ELECTIVES A SWK 560 TOPICS CONCENTRATION IN PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT, PouCY & ADMINISTRATION CONCENTRATION IN FAMILY PRACTICE .A. SWK 540 FAMILY PRACI1CE I • SWK541 FAMILY PRACTICE ... SWK 550 PROCESSES OF PROGRAM PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT II .A. SWK 551 ORGANIZATIONAL DEVELOPMENT • SWK 542 F AMJLY ThvERSITY • SWK 543 CREATNE PROBLEM SoLVING FOR SUPERVISION ... SWK 552 INTER-ORGANIZATIONAL, COMMUNITY AND POLITICAL RELATIONS .A. SWK 553 ADVANCED SocIAL POLICY III AND SWK 524 FIELD WoRK IV SWK 527 REsEARCH II A SWK 523 FIELD WORK • I \ CORE PRE-CONCENTRATION A SWK 520 INTRODUCI10N TO FAMILY PRACTICE • SWK 504 REsEARCH I A SWK 521 INTRODUCTION TO PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT, POLICY AND ADMINISTRATION FOUNDATION • SWK 500 HUMAN BEHAVIOR IN THE Soc!AL ENVIRONMENT A SWK 501 HISTORY OF SocIAL WELFARE POLICY .A. SWK 502 FIELD WoRK I AND SWK 503 FIELD WoRK II A SWK 505 METHODS AND SKILLS OF Soc!AL WORK I .&. swK 506 METHODS AND S1<1LLS OF SocIAL WoRK II .Dourse Descriptions Core Foundation SWK 500 Human Behavior In The Social Environment This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of the "sustaining environment," and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is a focus. Students gain self-understanding through use of their own experiences. SWK 501 History of Social Welfare Policy This course emphasizes the dynamic nature of social welfare history and current social systems and social policy as they relate to all our lives and especially to the lives of clients, communities and social workers. Comparisons are made internationally, with a focus on England's influence on early U.S. "poor law''and social welfare. Special emphasis will be placed on analyzing the major assumptions, ideas and events which contributed to the rise of the welfare state and the profession of social work. The profession's values, ethics and historical development are also reviewed. Both theoretically and practically, this course enables students to assess the development of social welfare with an understanding of the influence of social work and of the development and impact of social policy. SWK 502 Field Work I Students select their own field placement from a list of Programapproved agencies. Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work setting focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. Supportive seminars coordinate integration of theory and practice, as well as providing the supportive setting for raising social work practice issues with peers. SWK 503 Field Work II Continuing supervised professional experience in the same social work setting, consecutive to Field Work I, focuses on refining previous skills and understanding and moving into new tasks. Initiative and progressively more independent work over time is supported. - ·_. ·:-.. SWK 505 Methods and Skills of Social Work I This course identifies basic features of the helping process: theoretical foundation, principles and techniques of Social Work intervention. It provides role play and simulation experience necessary for social work practice with individuals, families and groups. Throughout the course, work with a diversity of professional, natural helping networks and client groups is stressed. SWK 506 Methods and Skills of Social Work II This course emphasizes systems and social change through a focus on community organization, social planning and social change and their connection to social policy. A focus on group work continues into the macro setting with task oriented groups. Other theories and methods appropriate to these macro approaches are studied. Skills are developed using role plays and actual work with a community group. Throughout, the focus is on work with diverse groups. Pre-Concentration SWK 504 Research I Research plays an important role in building knowledge for social work practice. This course provides an overview of methods commonly used in social science research, in addition to the ethical and applicability concerns in social work research. Research design is studied using both qualitative and quantitative approaches. Methods of program evaluation are discussed. Students have beginning hands-on experience with the use of computers to analyze data statistically. SWK 520 Introduction lo Family Practice Theories and concepts underlying holistic professional social work practice with families are explored. This course addresses concepts of families in their diverse forms and function in the context of the life cycle of their members, family systems theory, the dual perspective, and stressors which may shape or alter family development. Ethical issues of professional social work practice with families are integral to this course. SWK 521 Introduction to Program Development, Policy and Administration Social services are commonly carried out through organizations; thus social workers are usually members of organizations. Organizations and the effective functioning of social workers within them is the focus of this course. With an assumption of "organizations as communities," an overview of theories of organizational development, maintenance and communication are presented. The contributions of diversity in the agencyI community is an important focus. Social workers' important roles in agencies, as well as professional, ethical, effective functioning in organizations are explored. Concentrations SWK 523 & 524 Field Work III & IV The purposes of the Field Support Seminars are (1) to provide the student opportunities to share experiences from his/her practice in a confidential setting; (2) to give and get support, honest feedback, and valid encouragement on issues regarding field placements, in particular, and social work practice with families or in administration/program development, in general; (3) to discuss and help the student integrate theories and methods from other social work classes into the practice experience; and (4) to promote the development of students' leadership roles in organizations. These seminars accompany the 480 hours of professional supervised field work in the area of concentration. SWK 527 Research II This course offers a practice-oriented exploration of the range of research methods used in social work, a critique of the role of research in assessing effectiveness in the social service delivery, and identification with the responsibility of social workers "to expand the knowledge base" of social work. Building on the basic research skills developed in Research I, students actively adopt the researcher's role in relation to both their current agency experience and their preferred practice setting. The course will enable students to use basic statistical methods for organizing, interpreting and analyzing quantitative data, plus creative techniques for qualitative data. Family Practice SWK 540 Family Practice I This course builds on content initiated in the Introduction to Family Practice course, focusing in-depth on the "normal" developmental crises of the family across the lifespan, and in relation to the larger environment. Problem-solving methods and cross-cultural models of practice are studied as well as policies that affect families and practice. This course is a prerequisite to SWK 541 Family Practice II and must be taken prior to or concurrent with SWK 523 Field Work III. SWK 541 Family Practice II This course is a continuation of Family Practice I. It further explores the family as cause and effect in the community in benefitting from or changing social policy. Students will study issues for further discussion, culminating in development of their own service delivery models. Ethical and religious dilemmas (e.g. abortion, euthanasia) will be raised. Advanced study of family developmental issues focuses on catastrophic events and on empowering families and the profession to take leadership in developing appropriate intervention strategies and policies. SWK 542 Family Diversity This course examines the various theories underlying professional practice with families in their many diverse forms. Recognizing that the family is the basic institution through which one is socialized, this course will also examine how family membership shapes one's understanding and appreciation of ethnicity, gender roles, sociological script. The course also explores the impact of policies, discrimination and political, social, and economic disorder on diverse families. SWK 543 Creative Problem Solving for Supervision This course examines how social workers can discover their own creative abilities in relation to innovation in social work supervision and practice. The course examines the relationship of creativity and self-esteem. This course also explores ways to help others, e.g. workers, clients, agencies and communities to eliminate barriers which inhibit creative responses to problemsolving and practice. Program Development, Policy and Administration SWK 550 Processes of Program Planning and Development Building on the community organization and research foundation (including needs determination and program evaluation), the primary processes of program development study in this course are: techniques of program planning and budgeting, development of necessary community and larger public support, identification and mobilization of resources, and funding proposal preparation. SWK 551 Organizational Development and Administration The activities and skills necessary for effective program administration are studied including short- and long-range planning; leadership; program implementation and management; personnel recruitment, allocation, supervision and management; social work values and ethics in the workplace; analysis of financial statements; administrative policy, board relations and agency policy implementation. SWK 552 Interorganization, Community and Political Relations The development and maintenance of constructive relationships with external organizations in both the public and private sectors are critical to successful implementation and management of social service programs. An organization's power to influence social policy is related to such relationships. The development and maintenance of these relationships so critical to the provision of services that address community needs, and the influence of social policy to effect social change are the foci of this course. Among topics included are: interorganizational relations, public relations, public information, political activity and leadership. SWK 553 Advanced Social Policy All social workers have impact on the development and modification of social policy whether intentionally or unconsciously. This course provides an in-depth focus on the development and implementation of social policy at the various levels of the public and private sectors. The various means by which social workers can have intentional impact on policymaking and exercise leadership roles is studied. Reading, seminars and an internship in the policy area are included. Topics Topics 560 Topics such as the following are offered for students to choose as electives: SWK 560 Old Age: Identifying and addressing creatively, the physical, psychological and socioeconomic needs of elderly people, their families and the communities in which they live. A variety of racial, cultural and life-style perspectives are studied. Values and ethical considerations which accompany geriatric knowledge and its technological advances are explore together with existing and proposed public policies. Methods of developing and changing social policy related to this population to promote social justice are studied. SWK 560 Child Welfare: History Policy and Practice. An overview of child welfare services. Permanency planning and family-based services are the underlying themes through which current child welfare policies and practices are examined. The course will concentrate on ethnically sensitive practice to address the disproportion of oppressed groups and persons represented in the child welfare system. SWK 560 Dual Diagnosis: Mental Health and Substance Abuse. Focusing on individuals who suffer from both addictive behaviors and mental health disorders, a broad array of related topics are considered. The challenges involved with assessment; comparisons and contrasts; psychopathology and the outcome of psychoactive substances abuse; management approaches in the human services delivery system; the effects of and response to dual diagnosis cross-culturally; and available services are among topics explored . ..· '. . . SWK 560 Poverty, Equality and Income Support Policy: Program and policy issues around poverty, income distribution and social welfare reform are examined. Among issues explored are equality and income distribution, the changing composition of the poverty population, causes and politics of poverty, existing and proposed strategies. Current federal, state and local approaches as well as new initiatives are studied such as the social insurance program, child support policies, the Earned Income Tax Credit concept, etc. SWK 560 Contemporary Practices in Developmental Disabilities: The nature of developmental disabilities and services needed by persons with developmental disabilities and their families are studied. Current systems of services, legal perspectives, responsibilities and roles and functions of the various disciplines which provide services are explored. SWK 560 Social Work with Involuntary Clients: Clients who are required by legal mandates or other forces to have contact with social workers and the involuntary transactions therein are the foci of this course. Social work theory, ethical principles, research findings and practice skills needed to help involuntary clients are studied and applied. Thesis SWK 589 Master's Thesis and Seminar The study of research, like all of social work, comes alive in the implementation. A thesis is required of all Master of Social Work candidates so they may experience and learn the utility of research to social work practice, and so they can contribute to the knowledge of social work practice and to the building of social work theory. The thesis is based on an area of the student's practice focus. The research- selected by the student in consultation with the thesis advisor - focuses on an area of social need, practice, service and/or policy. The thesis seminar is described in the Thesis Guidelines, which all students must review. The seminar provides a forum for students to develop their thesis plans, consult with each other and the faculty leader, present research methodology and identify how they will accomplish completion of the thesis. The Augsburg library houses over 160,000 books, periodicals, records, tapes and films. Music, Chemistry and Art History libraries are located within the departmental areas. Access to over 1,000,000 volumes is available via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Through Minitex, the statewide network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. Alccreditation and Affiliations The Augsburg Master of Social Work program is in candidacy with The Council on Social Work Education (CSWE), part of accreditation by CSWE. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The college is a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), the Lutheran Education Council in North America and the Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. ~tudent Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for a complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs (330-1160). The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office (except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have a right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. m amission Requirements The Augsburg Master of Social Work Program promotes the widest possible diversity within its student and faculty populations and across its curriculum content. Therefore, the admissions policies ensure educational opportunities that include persons from a range of abilities, backgrounds, beliefs and cultures. Because of the particular nature of the Master of Social Work Program, a strong liberal arts background in the behavior sciences is required. A course in biology, physiology or anatomy that includes studies of the human systems is required. A course that includes basic statistics is strongly recommended. Applicants who have completed majors in areas other than the behavioral sciences are encouraged to apply and will be given consideration based on their composite assets. Students who do not hold a Bachelor's degree in social Work should apply as Foundation Level students. Students who meet all of the criteria for Advanced Standing may apply for PreConcentration consideration. Applicants to the program will be assessed on an individual basis according to the following guidelines. Strengths in some areas may balance other areas for development. Foundation Core: Admissions deadline: March 1 Notification of Admission: Early May Matriculation date: Early September Requirements: Bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university; a minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale (B average) for the last two years of an undergraduate program; a minimum of two years employment or volunteer experience, one of which is in the human service area; a course in human biology, physiology or anatomy; a solid foundation in the liberal arts. Pre-Concentration Core: Admissions deadline: October 1 Notification of Admission: Early December Matriculation date: Early April Requirements: Bachelor's degree in Social Work from a CSWE accredited college or university; a minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale (B average) for the last two years of an undergraduate program; a course in human biology, physiology or anatomy. Alpplication Procedures To apply, students must submit the following materials to the Master of Social Work Program: 1. Completed application form with $25 (non-refundable) application fee. .·. · 2. Written personal statement, the length of which is open (typically 3-8 pages in length), that addresses: why the applicant is interested in social work as a profession; the reasons for seeking an MSW, at Augsburg, in particular; what strengths the applicant brings to the Augsburg community; and what the applicant intends to do with the MSW once the degree has been completed. 3. Three letters of reference, including checklists, that address the application evaluation criteria in relation to the applicant. 4. Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work, which indicate degrees conferred, from each institution attended. 5. Possible interview with admission committee members. Application Evaluation Criteria Applicants will be evaluated on the following criteria: 1. Academic strengths and potential 2. Professional, volunteer and life experience 3. Professional orientation a. Understanding of social work, including values and ethics b. Motivation for pursuits of the Masters degree in Social Work c. Relationship of past experience to decision to enter the field d. Applicant's perception of relationship of MSW to longterm career plans 4. Understanding of roles and functions of diversity in a multicultural society and global environment 5. Commitment to social action and social justice 6. Ability to cope successfully with the stress inherent in a graduate professional program. lllvaluation Standards Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Social Work degree will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence P Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point average) N Does not meet minimum passing standard (no credit and non-punitive -not computed in grade point average) W Grade given when course is dropped I Incomplete grade given in case where student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the student's control. (To receive an incomplete, a student must file a petition with the Graduate Program staff stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor, and any other necessary documentation.) Achieves above basic course standards Achieves the minimum passing standard No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. No more than two courses with a grade below 2.0 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. A)cademic Policies Academic Probation and Dismissal Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of Nin a course, the student must petition successfully with the MSW Program Committee before being permitted to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismi ssed from the program by the MSW Program Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the MSW Program Committee for behavior d etrimental to the program such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. Credit and Contact Hours Each graduate course in the Master of Social Work program is the equival ent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 32 hours and are responsible for a significant amount of individual study and preparation. An additional four-hour Sunday Seminar is required each trimester. Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence Students may take either two or three courses each trimester. All students are required to complete the program within four years. Students who leave the program for more than one term must request a leave of absence in writing from the MSW Program Committee. Residency Each student must be enrolled in the MSW program for the equivalent of the last year or nine courses. Transfer Students Up to eight courses from a C.S.W.E. accredited MSW program may be transferable if the grades are 3.0 or better. Transfer students must meet the admissions and residency criteria. Advisement The Augsburg Social Work Program Director assigns advisors whose purpose it is to promote student growth, development, and the achievement of personal goals and professional education. Faculty office hours are posted on office doors; students may meet with faculty at other times by appointment. In addition to to the academic advisor, all social work faculty are accessible to students. Social Work faculty consider advising time a high priority and work to be available. m ee and Payment Schedule Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) ................ $25.00 Tuition (per trimester course) .............................................. $884.00 (one course= 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable) ......... $100.00 late Fee ...................................................................................... $25.00 (charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date.) Late registration per day includes incomplete registration as defined: a. Unsigned Registration Form or b. Unapproved Payment Plan Registration Change after First Class Meeting ..................... $5.00 (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ................ $2.00 Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Fees The application fee ($25) is due on or before the application deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable deposit reserves a place in the program in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition is due at the time of registration. Refund Schedule A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (In order to be eligible for the refund, students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100% Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No refund after third scheduled class meeting. Payment Options* 1. Payment in Full: Due Day of Registration. 2. Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3. Company Reimbursement: Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 45 days after the end of the term. A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any amount with an open balance of 30 days or more. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. *A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. m inancial Aid Students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program costs in a number of ways. Enrollment in three courses per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time. Two courses is considered part-time enrollment. The Office of Student Financial Services (330-1046) will assist students in assessing financial aid eligibility and offering financial aid from available alternatives, including the following: Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to graduate students who show academic potential and have financial need. Funded Scholarships Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships enables the participation of individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-related college programs. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in applying please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency. Federal and State Aid Programs The Office of Student Financial Services determines eligibility for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to graduate students. Determination of eligibility is based on standard nationally accepted methodology. Federal Perkins Student Loan -A joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The maximum which may be borrowed for combined undergraduate and graduate study is $30,000. The Federal Family Education Loan Program 1) Federal Stafford Loan. Available to students based on a financial eligibility determination. Annual loan limits are up to: $2,625 per year for first year undergraduates $3,500 per year for second year undergraduates $5,500 per year for third year and beyond $8,500 per year for graduate students. Aggregate loan limits are $23,000 for undergraduates and $65,000 for graduates (including undergraduate borrowing). Interest rates for new borrowers with loan periods beginning 10/1/92 or later are determined annually by the 91-day T-Bill+3.1 %, with a cap of 9%. Students with outstanding balances on Stafford Loans (Guaranteed Student Loan) will continue with the interest rate on the previous loan. No interest accrues to the student borrower while enrolled at least half-time in an eligible program. The federal government subsidizes the interest during this time. 2) Federal Stafford Loan - Unsubsidized. Program characteristics (loan limits, interest rate, etc.) are the same as the above subsidized Stafford Loan, except that the interest accrues to the student borrower while enrolled. This loan is available to those who do not qualify for the subsidized Stafford Loan. A normal financial aid application is required. 3) Federal Supplemental Loan for Students (SLS). Available to independent students who are enrolled at least half-time. Variable interest rate is set annually (on July 1) with a cap of 11 %. Payment usually begins within 60 days of disbursement. Annual loan limits are $4,000 for first and second year students and $5,000 for third year and beyond. Graduate students may borrow up to $10,000 per year. Aggregate loan limits are $23,000 for undergraduates and $73,000 for graduates (including undergraduate borrowing). SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund) -A Minnesota State loan program. Students may borrow up to $4,000 per year ($16,000 cumulative) as an undergraduate and $6,000 per year for graduate students with a $25,000 aggregate maxiumum when graduate study is included ($1,000 minimum). Interest rate is variable, paid by the borrower quarterly while in school. Principal payment begins 13 months after leaving school. Students must apply for financial aid and be enrolled at least half-time. To Apply for Financial Aid 1. Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2. The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the necessary application and financial statement form (or you may pick them up in the Office of Student Financial Services, 152 Science Hall, or the Graduate Program Office). 3. All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if you did not receive aid. Forms are available from the College. 4. Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5. Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. .B)bout Augsburg College History Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Mipneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Location Augsburg's 23-acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are the Riverside Medical Center, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways. Campus Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 10 of the 15 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library, Music Hall and Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Accessibility We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of 10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. About 51 percent of the students are Lutheran, 15percent other Protestant and 15 percent Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. D ampus Guide 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Admissions House George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main West Hall Mortensen Tower Urness Tower Christensen Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. 2222 Murphy Place 12. Si Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage II Theatre 15. College Relations 16. Nordic Center 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 18. Center for Global Education 19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 20. Youth and Family Institute 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership 22. Site of new residence hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty /Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only K. Student/Commuter Parking 6. Accessible Entrance N I • I I I I ...... ...... DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... ...... From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and on Butler Place between 24th and 25th Avenues South. Most street parking is four hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available for a fee in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U ofM parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue. Aicultyand Administration Anthony Bibus, Assistant Professor of Social Work B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Vern Bloom, Assistant Professor of Sociology, MSW Fieldwork Coordinator B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Nancy Brennan, Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work, BSW Program Director B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. '· Elizabeth Bruch, Associate Dean of Graduate and Non-traditional Programs B.A., Elmhurst College; M.S., Indiana University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work, MSW Program Director B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Patrick Clemens, MSW Program Coordinator B.A., Macalester College; M.T.S., Harvard University. Blanca-Rosa Egas, Associate Professor of Social Work M.D., M.Ed. and Psychiatry Residency, Universidad de Guayaquil; M.P.H and Substance Abuse Fellowship, University of Minnesota. Kathy Enger, Reference Librarian B.S.W., College of St. Catherine; M.L.I.S., University of Iowa. Edwina Hertzberg, Professor of Social Work, Director of Faculty Development A.B., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rosemary Link, Associate Professor of Social Work, Department Chair B.A. Southhampton University; C.Q.S.W., London University (Bedford College); Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sharon Patten, Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., M.A. (Public Affairs), Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Curt Paulsen, Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., The Fielding Institute. Douglas Perry, Assistant Professor of Social Work B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Vincent Peters, Assistant Professor of Social Work B.A., Loyola College; M.S.W., University of Madras. Edward Skamulis, Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Mary Lou Williams, Assistant Professor of Social Work B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. 12/92/5.SM Augsburg College_; 731 21ST AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS , MN 55454
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog Supplement, 1993-1994
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: A ACADEMIC CALENDAR A INFORMATION SESSIONS A TUITIONAND FEES A CLASSSCHEDULES Academic Calendar.....................................................................................2 ..................................................................3 1993-1994Tuition and Fees ................
Show more A ACADEMIC CALENDAR A INFORMATION SESSIONS A TUITIONAND FEES A CLASSSCHEDULES Academic Calendar.....................................................................................2 ..................................................................3 1993-1994Tuition and Fees ........................................................................4 Program Information Sessions General Education Guidelines .................................................................. 5 Graduation Requirements ......................................................................... 6 Class Schedule, Fall 1993-1994..................................................................7 Class Schedule, Winter 1993-1994...........................................................ll Class Schedule, Spring 1993-1994.. .........................................................15 NOTE: Class schedule changes may occur after this schedule is published. Students should consult the course list each term for the most current schedule of classes. Fa12 Trimester Winter Trimester Spring Trimester Aue 27 Dec 3 Mar 14 Applicant File Completion Deadline Sept 3 Dec 17 Mar 28 New Student Orientation Sevt 11 Tan 3 Aur 4 Registration Begins Ends June 4 July 30 Oct 29 Nov 24 Jan 28 Feb 28 Payment & Registration Conhation Mail Deadline Aug 27 New StudentsIMake-up Sept 11 Dec 17 Jan 3 Mar 25 Apr 4 Classes Begin Jan 7-9 Apr 8-10 Application Deadline Sept 17-19 Last Day to Add or Drop Class Without Record Notation Sept 19 Jan 9 Apr 10 Last Day to Change Grade Option Oct 31 Feb 13 Mav 23 Last Day to Drop a Class Nov 15 Feb 21 Tune 6 Classes End Dec 10-12 Mar 25-27 Tun 24-26 Final Grades Due Dec 20 Apr 4 July 5 Classes Meet Sept 17-19 Oct 1-3 Oct 15-17 O d 29-31 Nov 12-14'' Nov 19-21 Dec 3-5, Dec 10-12 Jan 7-9* Jan 14-16 Jan 28-30 Feb 11-13* Feb 18-20 Mar 14-6 Mar 18-20* Mar 25-27 Apr 8-10 Apr 22-24 May 6-8 May 2@221Y June 3-5 June 17-1Y June 24-26 + One week between classes ** Classes scheduled on Sunday, May 22, will meet Monday night, May 23,from 6-10 p.m. to allow students to participate in graduation ceremonies. The college reserves the right to change one or more of the above dates should it be necessay. In such cases, suficient adwnce notice will be given. Program Information Sessions Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Ofice (330-1782) to receive further details on these information sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates: For Fall Trimester, 1993-1994 -- Tuesday, May 25 Saturday, June 12 Tuesday, June 29 Saturday, July 17 For Winter Trimesteq 1993-1994 Tuesday, October 12 Saturday, November 13 For Spring Trimester, 1993-1994 Tuesday, January 25 Saturday, February 26 For more information write or call: Augsburg Weekend College Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Phone: 6121330-1782 FAX. 6121330-1649 - 5:30 p.m. 9:00 a.m. 1993 - 1994 Tuition and Fees Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per course) ($221.25 per semester credit) Tuition (per summer course; 1993) Activity Fee (per trimester) Audit a Course Lifetime Sports: Fee for course Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning Nursing Clinical Fee Student Teaching Fee (per course) Late Fee (per day) Registration change after first class meeting (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (first is free, per copy after first) Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Augsburg College resmes the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. General Education Guidelines Students who entered Augsburg during the 1991-1992academic year and transferred in seven or more Augsburg course equivalents will follow the General Distribution requirements; students who transferred in less than seven Augsburg course equivalents will follow the Liberal Arts Perspectives along with the requirements for their major. Students who entered Augsburg during the 1992-1993academic year and transferred in 16 or more Augsburg course equivalents will follow the General Distribution requirements; students who transferred in less than 16 Augsburg course equivalents will follow the Liberal Arts Perspectives along with the requirements for their major. Students who entered Augsburg during the 1993-1994academic year and transferred in 25 or more Augsburg course equivalents will follow the General Distribution requirements; students who transferred in less than 25 Augsburg course equivalents will follow the Liberal Arts Perspectives along with the requirements for their major. A list of courses that fulfill Liberal Arts Perspectives is made available with registration materials or may be obtained from the Registrar's office. Graduation Requirements Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's Office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). 1. Students under general education distribution requirements must complete 35 courses? 2. Students under Liberal Arts Perspectives requirements will follow the guidelines listed below: If you matriculated at Augsburg between September 1,1991, and December 31,1992, you must complete 34 courses: meet the full Liberal Arts Perspectives requirements, Entry Level Skills Assessments, and Graduation Skills Requirements. If you matriculated at Augsburg on or after January 1,1993, and transferred fewer than 14 Augsburg equivalent courses, you must complete 33 courses: meet the full Liberal Arts Perspectives requirements, Entry Level Skills Assessments and Graduation Skills Requirements. If you matriculated at Augsburg on or after January 1,1993, and transferred in 14 or more courses, you must complete 33 courses*, meet the advanced-transfer Liberal Arts Perspectives, Entry Level Skills Assessments, and Graduation Skills Requirements. * At least 11 course credits must be Uppe~Division, numbered in t he 300s or 400s. Included in the number of courses requiredfirgraduation must be the completion of a major. Fall Trimester 1993-1994 Friday Evening, 6:00-9:30 ART 240 BIO BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC ECO EDE 102 242 355 362 391 271 112 350 EDE 379 EDE 382 EDS EDU EDU ENG ENG GST HPE NUR NUR NUR PHI PHI PHY PSY PSY PSY REL REL SOC SOC SPC SPC S W 350 210 264 331 271 140 114 305 350 403 230 350 101 105 361 399 356 472 231 265 111 345 260 Art History Survey Biological World* Principles of Management Marketing Communications International Business Business Law Cobol Principles of Macroeconomics Creating Learning Environments:Kindergarten-Elementary (9117-11/12) 5 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art (9117-10115) 2.5 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (10129-12/10) .5 Reading in the Content Areas (9117-11/12) .5 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (9117-11/12) .5 British Literature: Medieval to Elizabethan European Literature: Homer to Dante Introduction to Liberal Arts (9117-11112) .5 Safety Education (9117- 11/12) .5 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication * Introduction to Nursing Research Contemporary Nursing 111: Families Logic Philosophy of Religion (same as REL 350) Astronomy * Principles of Psychology Personality Psychology Internship History of Religions Theology of Paul Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Public Speaking Organizational Communication Humans Developing Saturday Morning, 8:30-1200 BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology * BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS BUS CHM CSC ECO ECO ECO EDE EDE 331 391 100 330 112 113 313 377 387 EDE 388 EDE 389 ENG ENG ENG INS MAT MAT MIS MIS PHI POL PSY REL REL SOC SPC SWK 111 227 245 232 103 124 175 279 110 342 381 221 440 211 355 463 Financial Management Business Law Chemistry for Changing T i e s Theory of Computation Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Science (9/1&10/16) -25 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (10/30-12/11) .5 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Health (11/20-12/11) .25 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Physical Education (9/18-11/13) .5 Effective Writing Journalism Introduction to Literature African American Experience in America Basic Mathematics (no credit toward graduation) * Calculus I Computer for Business, Economonics and MIS Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Introduction to Philosophy Mass Communications in Society Psychology in Historical Perspective Biblical Studies Varieties of Christian Spirituality Human Community and the Modem Metropolis Small Group Communication Community Organization and Development Saturdav Afternoon, 1:15-445 BIO BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC ECO EDE EDS EDU EDU The Biology of Aging Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Managerial Cost Accounting Human Resource Management Structured Programming Intermediate Macroeconomics Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Music (11/20-12/11) .25 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (10/3@12/11) .5 Media Technology (9/18-11/13) .5 ENG ENG HIS HPE PHI POL POL REL REL SOC SOC SPC SWK SWK 251 350 103 116 120 160 342 111 370 121 375 354 257 466 Readings in America Literature American Literature to 1920 The Modern World Health Concepts for Educators (10/3&12/11) .5 Ethics World Politics Mass Communications in Society Introduction to Theology American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought Introduction to Human Society Social Psychology Interpersonal Communication Exploring Human Services Field Work 111 Sunday Afternoon, 1:15-445 ART 132 Photography BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 322 Accounting Theory & Practice ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics EDE 351 Techniques for Teaching Reading EDE 495 Topics: Kindergarten-ElementaryInterdisciplinary StudiesISocial Studies (9119-11114) .5 EDU 388 Human Relations (10-31-12112) .5 ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (10131-12/12).5 HPE 482 Coaching Theory of Sport INS 233 Women in Cross-Cultural Perspective MIS 175 Computers for Business, Economics, and MIS MIS 279 Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS MIS 375 Management Information Systems in Organizations REL 441 Feminism and Christianity SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender, Race SPA 111 Beginning Spanish I SWE 111 Beginning Swedish I SPC 352 Persuasion SWK 361 Social Response to Human Needs To Be Arranged EDE 263 Kindergarten-ElementaryClinical Experiences .5 EDS 252 Clinical Experience .5 Evening Classes (meet weekly, September 8 through December 16) CSC CSC ECO ENG EDS EDS EDS HPE MIS PHY POL POL POL SPA 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts, Thurs 6-9 pm 340 Digital Communication and Computer Networks, Thm 6-9 pm 414 Labor Economics, Tues 6-9 pm 345 Introduction to English Language, Tues 6-9 pm 364 English Methods, Thurs 4:50-8:00 pm 366 Foreign Language Methods, Thurs 4:50-8:00 pm, .5 374 Natural Science Methods, Thurs 4:50-8:00 pm .5 002 Racquet Sports, Tues 5:30- 7:30 pm (9121, 9/28, 10/5,10/12,10/19,10/26) Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics 479 and MIS, Thurs 6-9 pm 116 Introduction to Physics, Thurs 6-9 pm 325 Public Administration, Thurs 6:30-9:30 pm 370 Constitutional Law, Tues 630-930 pm 421 Topics in American Politics, Wed 690-9:30 pm 111 Beginning Spanish I, 6-9 pm, evenings TBA Student Teaching (Prereq: Approval and Placement by Education Dept.) * ** EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDS EDS EDS EDS 481A K Student Teaching 481B K-El Student Teaching 481C El Student Teaching 482A K Student Teaching 482B K-El Student Teaching 482C El Student Teaching 48341 K Student Teaching 483B K-El Student Teaching 4 8 X El Student Teaching 484 El Student Teaching 481 Student Teaching 482 Student Teaching 483 Student Teaching 484 Student Teaching * Extra class or lab sessions required **Additionalclinicalfee required Winter Trimester 1993-1994 Friday Evening, 6:OO-9:30 ART BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC ECO EDE 102 242 252 331 340 391 345 113 364 EDE 495 EDS EDU ENG HPE MUS NUR NUR PHI PHY POL PSY PSY REL REL SOC SOC SPC SWK SWK 477 341 226 116 130 306 310 380 106 122 105 373 263 343 121 265 354 260 363 Design Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Financial Management Human Resource Management BusinessLaw Principles of Computer Organization Principles of Microeconomics Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum:InterdisciplinaryStudies (3143125) .25 Topics: Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts/Childrenls Literature School and Society Media Technology (117-2/18) .5 Introduction to Creative Writing Health Concepts for Educators (2111-3/25) .5 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Contemporary Nursing I1 Community Health Nursing Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Introductory Meteorology Metropolitan Complex Principles of Psychology Organizational Psychology World Justice and Hunger Theology of Marriage Introduction to Human Society Culture: EthnicityIGender and Race Interpersonal Communication Humans Developing Methods and Skills of Social Work Saturday Morning, 8:30-12:OO BIO BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC 231 221 222 352 425 433 320 The Biology of Women Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Marketing Research and Analysis Advanced Accounting Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Algorithms ECO ECO ECO EDE EDE 112 313 318 351 376 EDE EDE EDU EDU ENG ENG INS MAT POL 379 382 264 388 223 438 320 104 342 B Y 105 REL 353 REL 363 SPC 111 SPC 355 SWK 465 Principles of Macroeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics Management Science Techniques of Teaching Reading Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies (118-1/29) .25 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art (118-1129) .25 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Math (2112-3126) .5 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (2112-3126) .5 Human Relations (21123126) .5 Writing for Business and the Professions Shakespeare American Indian Women Intermediate Algebra (no credit toward graduation) * Mass Communications in Society Principles of Psychology Denominations and Religious Groups Religion in America Public Speaking Small Group Communication Social Policy Saturday Afternoon, 1:15-4:45 BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC ECO ECO ECO EDE 222 252 323 465 210 113 312 415 350 EDE EDS EDU ENG ENG HIS HPE MAT MIS MIS PHI 377 375 370 245 351 222 115 121 175 279 120 Principles of Accounting I1 Principles of Marketing Accounting Theory & Practice I1 International Management Data Structures Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Macroeconomics Managerial Economics Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary (118-2119) .5 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Science (118-1129) .25 Social Studies Methods (2112-3126) .5 Classroom Management (118-2119) .5 Introduction to Literature American Literature since 1920 U.S. History since 1877 Chemical Dependency Education (2112-3126)-5 Finite Mathematics Computers for Business, Economics and MIS Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Ethics PSY REL REL SPA SPC SPC SWK SWK 362 Behavior Disorders 111 Introduction to Theology XXX Upper division -to be announced 111 Beginning Spanish I * 329 Intercultural Communication 351 Argumentation 364 Field Work1 469 Field WorkIV Sunday Afternoon, 1:15-445 ART BUS BUS BUS ECO EDE EDU EDE EDE EDE ENG FRE GER HIS HPE HPE INS MIS MIS REL SOC SPA SPA SWE SWK 118 Painting 242 Principles of Management 326 Tax Accounting 440 Operations Management 315 Money and Banking 375 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (2113-3127) .5 282 Introduction to Special Education 380 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Music (119-1130) .25 388 Kindeqarten-Elementary Curriculum: Health (316-3127) .25 389 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education (119- 2/20) .5 111 Effective Writing 111 Beginning French I * 111 Beginning German I * 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization 114 Safety Education (2113-3127) .5 353 Kinesiology & Physiology 105 Introduction to American Indian Studies 175 Computers for Business, Economics and MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design 221 Biblical Studies 375 Social Psychology 111 Beginning Spanish I * 112 Beginning Spanish I1 * 112 Beginning Swedish I1 * 260 Humans Developing To Be Arranged EDE EDS HPE REL 263 252 489 366 Kindergarten-Elementary Clinical Experiences .5 Clinical Experience .5 Coaching Practicum .5 The Church and Social Change in Latin America Tentative trip date to Mexico: January 1522 - - - - -- - - Meets Weekly, WEC Winter Trimester, Jan 7- March 30 ENG HPE NUR SPA 337 002 423 112 British Literature: Romantic to Victorian, Tues 6-9 pm Lifetime Fitness, Thurs 5:N-7:N pm, 8 weeks Pradicum in Nursing I, Thurs 6-9 pm Beginning Spanish 11, Thurs, 6-9 pm Meets weeklapring Day Schedule Jan 31-May 19 ART ENG ENG ENG ENG ENG HIS 225 101 216 341 399 480 370 Communication Design, Tues 6-9 pm Developmental Writing, Tues 6-9 pm American Indian Literature, Wed 6:N-9:30 pm Advanced Creative Writing, Wed 6-9 pm Internship (DevelopmentalWriting), Tues 6-9 pm Criticism, Thurs 6-9 pm The Late Middle Ages to 1560, Wed 6-9 pm student Teaching W e q : Approval and Placement by Education Dept) * " EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDE EDS EDS EDS EDS 481A K Student Teaching 481B K-El Student Teaching 481C El Student Teaching 48241 K Student Teaching 482B K-El Student Teaching 482C El Student Teaching 483A K Student Teaching 483B K-El Student Teaching 483C El Student Teaching 484 El Student Teaching 481 Student Teaching 482 Student Teaching 483 Student Teaching 484 Student Teaching * Extra class or lab sessions required **Additionalclinical fee required Spring Trimester 1993-1994 Friday Evening, 6:OO-10:OO ART BUS BUS BUS CSC EDE 290 242 270 466 445 350 EDE 376 EDE EDS EDU ENG ENG HPE MUS 380 353 388 272 361 114 272 MUS 472 NUR NUR POL PHI PHY PSY REL REL SOC SPC SPC SWK 330 404 158 241 101 105 111 XXX 121 111 480 260 Tribal Arts and Culture Principles of Management Business Ethics International Marketing Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary (418-5120) .5 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies (613-6124) .25 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Music (418-516) .25 Creating Learning Environments Human Relations (418-5120) .5 European Literature: Renaissance to Modern Modern Fiction Safety Education (418-5120) .5 Human Identity through the Creative Arts (meets concurrently with MUS 472) Human Identity through the Creative Arts (meets concurrently with MUS 272) Trends and Issues in Nursing * Contemporary Nursing IV:Leadership and Management * ** Political Patterns and Processes History of Philosophy Astronomy* Principles of Psychology Introduction to Theology Upper Division to be announced Introduction to Human Society Public Speaking Publication/ Promotional Communication Humans Developing Saturday Morning, 8:OO-1200 BIO BUS BUS BUS CHM 101 252 331 391 100 Human Biology Principles of Marketing Financial Management BusinessLaw Chemistry for Changing T i e s CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO ECO EDE EDE EDS EDU ENG ENG HIS HPE MAT MIS PHI POL PSY REL REL SOC SPC SWK SWK 313 318 351 377 350 341 111 423 104 115 114 175 125 342 485 231 339 211 351 461 467 Intermediate Microeconomics Management Science Techniques for Teaching Reading Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Science (419-517) .25 Reading in the Content Areas (5121-61251 .5 Media Technology ( 419-5121) .5 Effective Writing British Novel The Modern Non-Western World Chemical Dependency Education (419-5121) .5 Elementary Functions * Computers for Business, Economics and MIS Ethics and Human Identity Mass Communication in Society Counseling Psychology Religion in African American History Television and Religion Human Community and the Modern Metropolis Argumentation Advanced Methods and Skills of Social Work Social Worker as Professional Saturday AÂ£ternoon, 1:OO-500 BIO BUS BUS BUS BUS CSC ECO ECO ECO EDE EDE EDU ENG ENG INS MIS PSY REL REL SOC SOC 105 221 222 355 438 170 112 311 360 379 386 264 223 245 260 370 493 221 345 231 349 Biology and Society Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Marketing Communications Investments Structured Programming Principles of Macroeconomics Public Finance International Trade and Finance Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art (614-6125) .25 Children's Literature (419-5121) 5 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (419-5121) .5 Writing for Business & Professions Introduction to Literature Contemporary American Indians Advanced Computing for Business, Economics and MIS Psychology Seminar Biblical Studies Lutheran Heritage Family Systems: A Cross Cultural View Complex Organizations SPA 112 Beginning Spanish I1 * SPC 352 Persuasion SWK 462 Field Work I1 Sunday Afternoon, 1:OO-500 ART 250 Ceramics BUS BUS BUS EDE 242 423 450 364 EDE 375 EDE 388 EDE 389 ENG 225 FRE 112 GER 112 HPE 116 INS 233 MAT 131 MIS 279 MIS 476 REL 221 REL 483 SOC 265 SPA 112 SPA 211 SWK 365 Principles of Management Auditing Marketing Management Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Interdisciplinary Studies (4110-518) 2.5 Discovery in the World of Kindergarten (5122-6126 ) .5 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Health (4110-518) .25 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education (51224126) .5 Intermediate Expository Writing Beginning French I1 * Beginning German I1 * Health Concepts for Educators (4110-5122) .5 Introduction to Women's Studies Math for the Liberal Arts Quantitative Methods for Business, Economics and MIS Information Systems Projects Biblical Studies ChristianEthics Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Beginning Spanish I1 * Intermediate Spanish * Quantitative Methods and Program Evaluation To Be Arranged EDE EDS NUR NUR 263 252 311 427 K-El Clinical Experience .5 Clinical Experience .5 Community Health Nursing I1 * ** Practicum in Nursing I1 * Meets Evenings HPE 002 Lifetime Fitness, Thurs pm, meets weekly for eight weeks HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (Thurs., 6-10 pm 4/14,4/28,5/12,5/19) .5 Student Teaching (Prereq:Approval and Placement by Education Dept) * ** EDE 481A K Student Teaching EDE 481B K-El Student Teaching EDE 481C El Student Teaching EDE 482A K Student Teaching EDE 482B K-El Student Teaching EDE 482C El Student Teaching EDE 483A K Student Teaching EDE 4838 K-El Student Teaching EDE 4 8 X El Student Teaching EDE 484 El Student Teaching EDS 481 Student Teaching EDS 482 Student Teaching EDS 483 Student Teaching EDS 484 Student Teaching * Extra class or lab sessions required **Additional clinical fee required Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehbilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices
Show less

Title: Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) Catalog, 1993-1995
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: . . .. . .. . ~.,. .·~ . .,. ., .' r" • ., ·~J. :.... I' ·. ~· :. . ... f • • •• • • =u ~ 1 .,·:: 0~ :-. 1 .· ~ '·. ., ~ . . . .. ~. . ·:·z. : '. t ~ • • : • . ...... .,, . . . . en··t· .. · . \ '.· . . ... . : .... ." ·· ~ ~- · . '· "" . . ~ · · ~ "...
Show more . . .. . .. . ~.,. .·~ . .,. ., .' r" • ., ·~J. :.... I' ·. ~· :. . ... f • • •• • • =u ~ 1 .,·:: 0~ :-. 1 .· ~ '·. ., ~ . . . .. ~. . ·:·z. : '. t ~ • • : • . ...... .,, . . . . en··t· .. · . \ '.· . . ... . : .... ." ·· ~ ~- · . '· "" . . ~ · · ~ "'. <..' . ' .. ·.JI..( ~ .:· ·P ·· • ·..~· .. . . . . I •• .. · ~ .. .~~b .· .oo_·:. . . • .. • . . ... • • •• 1 .. ..,. .. .. .' ..• . !• . .... .,. .... ·. .•., ~ ~ ,. .. . I • . • rationally and intuitively the people who might be ? • their followers, and the society in which they we embedded. They had better comprehend the values of our common ... culture, past and present, know how our political and j ·.. economic systems work, and understand how and why .• science has changed the world. .. Leaders need specialists :.. ~ . .. . t' • -~ 1• • . .. ~ as advisers and staff members. But leaders themselves are .... generalists . .. At higher levels of leadership they cannot achieve their full potential without considerable breadth of '• . knowledge. Only this way can they shape the contexts for decisions where expert knowledge is used. • •" • .. ' . .. - . .. • •• John Gardner , .. :. ~· .. I. . . . ,' . ... . llf I .tl-UGSBURG C•O•L•L•E•G•E Graduate Programs Office 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1786 ....., .. ·."', ' I . . I .. . .. . ·1 '• .. . ... : •· .. .. .."·~ . .. ,.. '• . .. • ~ ~· .· '• ·.·-. · . : %~LE OF CONTENTS j . ~ ..... . .· : ,. ;~ : I ' ..:.. . . .. , I .... Introduction to the Master of Arts in Leadership ......................... 3 Leadership Development Model ................... ............................... 5 .•' I Curriculum Design ..................................................... ..................6 ' • Thesis/Leadership Application Project Requirement.. ................. ? Course Descriptions ...................................... ............... ................. 8 •• t I• .... .'I'.':.~ · ·:. ' ... .•••. · .. ·'· .. ' ' •. !>'•' . . . ' . . •:.: .· " ., : .~ • I .·..... "'· •\ .. •• . .. .. ~ Accreditation and Affiliations .................................................... 12 Student Support Services ....................... ........................ ............. 13 Student Rights ................................... ...... ..... ............... .. .... ... ....... 13 Admission Requirements ........... ................... .... .. ....... .... .... ......... 14 Attendance Policies ............. .... .... ............. ....... ..... ...... ................ 16 .. •· International Applicants ......................... ....... ............ ................. 15 Evaluation Standards ................... .. ............... .. ..... ....... ................. 16 ',:.." •: Library ..................................................................... .. ................. 12 Application Procedures ................................. ...... ..... ................... 14 ~ ,, Graduate Faculty ....................................... ....... .. .. .. .. ................... 12 Academic Policies ........................................................... ........... 17 ' '.; ~· Fee and Payment Information ..................................................... 18 .,., ....... .. :'· •. '; ..... . • . • •4 · ·:·. ... '. . .. ~ .··:··.... ...... .f,. : .. ·~· ; . •' .. j :::.~ ~ ' ·,. · : . .. ~ ·' . About Augsburg .......................................................................... 22 Campus Location Map ................................. ~ .............................. 23 •: '•-,. -. Financial Aid .............................................................................. 19 ' Campus Map ............................... ..... ..... .. ........... ... ................... ... 23 Faculty and Administration .............. ............... ............... ... .........24 . ·... . .... . ·- ·. •"' • ~TRODUCTION •, • • I ..:· ' ' . .. I . Developing Leaders for Organizations and the Community The Master of Arts in Leadership responds to the leadership development needs of profit and not-for-profit organizations. While different in structure and purpose, most organizations seek leaders with the following qualities: • a vision which is ethically and morally responsible, extending beyond immediate concerns; • an understanding of how change occurs and affects the immediate environment; • a sensitivity to the complex problems organizations face, and an ability to achieve solutions consistent with an organization's mission; • the ability to motivate and inspire individuals and groups to work toward a common goal; and • the ability to effectively represent the organization both internally and externally. The Master of Arts in Leadership provides a means by which individuals may discover and refine these and other abilities and awareness fundamental to effective leadership. Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule The Master of Arts in Leadership program is designed .. . .. .... to meet the needs and preferences of working adults. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll are employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals who seek a balance of classroom experience, group interaction and individual study. Each course is, therefore, divided into periods of study, group efforts and class preparation. To accommodate this format for learning, each class meets on alternate Saturdays for three-and-one-half hours and alternate Thursday evenings for one-and-one-half hours. Leadership Development Model . • t . The Master of Arts in Leadership program promotes leadership as a process which I) inspires cooperation among people who must compete for limited resources, 2) promotes productivity within and beyond the organization, and 3) works toward progress for the individual and the organization. To accomplish this, individuals aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key attributes: a sense of vision, the ability to persuade, and the ability to direct action. ... .. '. ...... ·:·. .. ...·· . t .. . 1· f ~· ·: · : ., •' • ; I ' -1 ' • • • I , ' .~ . .. . l., . 4 ... . :.;' . •. ·. ... . . ...,• . • .. -.• ·, . ·. ' •I ~TRODUCTION Underlying these attributes is a broad range of abilities and awareness. These abilities and awarenesses, outlined in the diagram on page 5, serve as specific outcomes for the Master of Arts in Leadership. Augsburg's model of leadership development is designed to assess, promote, enhance and refine these capabilities within the individual. Community of Learners . .. ~ ' ; ..,..•'•· , - .. ', I. ·• .. ·.. ~. .•. • .. . ' ·• ·'·" . , Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in Leadership is participation in a community of learners gathered together on the Augsburg campus. Learning is enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement for active participation both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of men and women who bring to the program a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages graduate students to make use of college facilitates such as the library, computer labs and the Christensen Center; to take the opportunity to share meals and coffee breaks; to participate in optional lunch time seminars; and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations, and athletic events. Individual Professional Development Master of Arts in Leadership students enroll in a half course called Leadership Practicum. Students are required to enroll in this professional assessment and development course for six tenns during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon completion of the entire practicum, students receive a half course credit. In each tenn, specific activities related to the practicum are scheduled. Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a full-day professional assessment to determine students' abilities and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership Development Model (see page 5). Assessment instruments include paper and pencil exercises, and simulation and group experiences. Following the assessment, students meet individually with a trained assessor who provides guidance in personal goal-setting and in the creation of a professional development plan or "blueprint". Augsburg has contracted with Personnel Decisions, Inc. (PDI) to organize and facilitate the practicums. PDI is a professional consulting firm providing the full range of psychological and human resource services to enhance individual and organizational effectiveness. The practicums work on a rotating series of six, one per trimester. The practicums are designed to meet the needs of the students in the following areas: effective persuasion, communication techniques, identifying and defining problems, decision making, interpersonal skills required for leadership and other professional development topics. Each practicum will focus on a specific topic and use mini-lectures, small group exercises and experiential learning. Students are required to participate in the practicum workshop with PDI during the same term they participate in the professional assessment. • r • ;·, .._.,. '. ·.. ~ADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT MODEL • ' ' :\ .•.•: . . .. ·~ • ·. ... •. ' Leadership Sense of Vision Orientation Toward Action / Ethical • Social awareness • Environmental awareness • Tolerance of religious and philosophical differences • Appreciation of situational complexity .• . Facility for Persuasion / Creative Communicative + Long-term perspective + Flexibility • Adaptability • Innovativeness • • • • Effective listener Effective speaker Effective writer Diplomatic ability • Effective team member • Interpersonal sensitivity ..... Culturally Aware ' : .. , • Appreciation for cultural differences • World-view perspective • Tolerance of individual differences .. ' IJ • .,. ·. ~ .. .... .. I ' .. .. J Risk Assumptive \ l . Decisive I •.... • Curiosity + Achievement motivation • Self-esteem • Self-confidence • Analytical ability + Ability to think critically • Understanding of research • Ability to manage conflict . ". . . .;' ..... "· .. ' .. . • .. · • • •• I '· •"'•. ,, ~ ~ I ,• • .. ..·:. ··. . . ·"' .: . .... ,• .... ·. WuRRICULUM DESIGN ,• l- ·' • ~ f • .. .. ... J •• •• .. • : .~ • . l 'f • .... ... ·- • ·~ .. ....··. - ' ' .. ' '· . . ... ' .·'·. ,' -.. t . ~ ,. . .. ... . •! • • ...... . .,.• .. ' ~ The Master of Arts in Leadership program is comprised of 12 course credits made up of 10 full credit courses and four half credit courses. Unless otherwise indicated, each course is equivalent to one course credit. Elective Courses (6 - 8 course credits) The. following core courses are required of all students in the Master of Arts in Leadership program: The Master of Arts in Leadership program requires that a minimum of six of the required eight elective courses be selected from the following ML 500 Leadership Practicum (A half course which spans six trimesters.) ML 5 I 0 Foundations of Leadership (To be taken during one of the first three trimesters.) ML 514 Research Methods OR EDU 514 Evaluation and Documentation (To be taken during one of the first three trimesters, preferably after the student has taken ML 510 Foundations of Leadership.) course list: ML 51 l Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process (Student may not receive credit for both EDU 515 and ML 511.) ML 520 Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought ML 530 Ethics in Communication ML 531 The Dynamics of ML 593 Leadership Research Seminar I (.5 course) Ml 594 Leadership Research Seminar II (.5 course) (These Change ML 540 Politics, History, and Leadership two seminars are to be taken in a student's last two consecutive terms or when the student has completed at least six electives.) ML 545 Decision Making I: ML 592 Thesis/Project Technology Consultation (.5 course) (To be taken simultaneously with ML 594 and in the term in which the thesis/project is completed.) ML 560 Developing a Multi- Qualitative Process and Application ML 550 Decision Making and Cultural Perspective (Student may not receive credit for both EDU 513 and ML 560.) ML 596 Women and Leadership ML 598 Independent Study Other courses as added . ; .'..-.. have had demonstrated success in advanced courses, develop targeted leadership abilities and understandings. Continual reinforcement occurs as students employ these capacities in multiple courses. Students are encouraged to see abilities and understandings as cross-disciplinary and to see content areas as integrated. The very form of the program reflects the view that the world in which we operate is complex and that dealing with it successfully requires well-developed integrative ability. Core Courses (4 course credits) ML 599 Special Topics .. . ·:-. The Master of Arts in Leadership students are required to complete 12 course credits and a thesis or leadership application project. Each course unites two or more liberal arts disciplines, encourages pursuit of the designated outcomes, and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to adult learners. Instructional techniques are varied, such as case study, debate, written and oral presentations, and group activity. These techniques, which ··.. ~ , : :··' . .. . . . .: . . ,·. Master of Arts in Education - Leadership Elective Courses (0 - 2 course credits) The Master of Arts in Leadership program will allow for the selection of up to two electives from the Master of Arts in Education - Leadership program. The electives can be selected from the following list: EDU 510 Ethics and Leadership EDU 511 Legacy of Education EDU 512 Models of Teaching and Learning EDU 513 Diversity and Education (Student may not receive credit for both EDU 513 and ML560.) EDU 515 Creativity and Problem Framing (Student may not receive credit for both EDU 515 andML511.) EDU 516 Models of Educational Process EDU 517 Politics and Public Policy of School Offerings EDU 599 Special Topics (.5 or I course) Please see the Master of Arts in Education - Leadership program bulletin for detailed descriptions of these courses. Thesis/Leadership Application Project Requirement At, or near, the completion of the course work for the Master of Arts in Leadership program, students are required to develop and carry out a study of some aspect of leadership or leadership related topic. This research based study affords the student the opportunity to "tie together" what has been learned from the study of leadership in the course work, course related activities and the practicum sessions. Students in the Master of Arts in Leadership program have the option to do either a Thesis or a Leadership Application Project for completion of the Master of Arts in Leadership degree. The decision as to which of these capstone alternatives is selected depends on the interests and orientation of the student. Some students express a theoretical interest in the study of leadership and identify topics which lend themselves to a more traditional thesis project. Other students express interest in a more applied approach to leadership and wish to pursue investigations which are not appropriate for more traditional thesis topics. Students with more practical topics in mind are likely to select the Leadership Application Project. Both the Thesis and the Leadership Application Project should be seen as the culmination of the Master of Arts in Leadership program, offering participants the opportunity to either investigate some aspect of leadership in depth or explore the application of what has been studied. The principal distinction between these two options lies in their underlying orientation. The Thesis will have a more theoretical orientation, while the Leadership Application Project will be based on a more practical applied orientation. The difference between these two options will be explored in more detail in the ML 514 Research Methods course, taken during the first year of the student's program. ·~ . ' ~· .. . ., 1 ·,. • '· ( · t '. .. I .~. ~ : ~ , . .. " .. ' > " .. - ~: •.· . ... . ·- ·. ·' .. ~t • t.' , . t. . . ... : . WouRSE DESCRIPTIONS .. •• variety of disciplines and perspectives. The role of the liberal arts, various learning styles, methods of research and inquiry, student outcomes and program expectations are examined. Must be taken during one of the student's first three trimesters. ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional aesthetics as well as contemporary organizational thinking. This course uses creativity as a method and it examines techniques for solving problems in organizations, for enhancing innovation and for seeking an integrative world-view. (Students cannot receive credit for both this course and EDU 5 I 5 Creativity and Problem Framing.) , .. . ·. · . ·. . .ii. ' • . • ' .. t .... ·., i.· '· • ' . .•. .· . , ': ~ ~ . . ....1 .. · : .. .......' ~ . ·. ; . ... ' ;: ' ML 500 Leadership Practicum A professional assessment and development course which spans six terms. This course includes a full-day professional assessment and six workshops in the following areas: Leader as Communicator, Leader as Problem-Solver, Leader as Diplomat, Situational Leadership, Leader as Coach/Counselor and Leader as Adaptor/ Achiever. The workshops are offered in conjunction with Personnel Decisions, Inc . Students are expected to participate in both an Assessment Center and a workshop during their first term of registration. Half credit. Graded on a P/N basis. (Students in the Master of Arts in Leadership program are required to take this course. Credit will not be granted for EDU 500 Assessment and Leadership Practicum.) ML 510 Foundations of Leadership Introduction to the concept of leadership, providing an historical and philosophical framework for the program. This course views the nature and purpose of leadership from a ML 514 Research Methods Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects and ideas as they relate to leadership theories and practice. Qualitative and quantitative tools will be discussed. Must be taken during one of the first three trimesters, preferably after the student has taken ML 5 I 0 Foundations of Leadership. (Students can not receive credit for both this course and EDU 514 Evaluation and Documentation.) .'. . .. .-· •. ; ., ,. ~ . .. ·, ·. ·, . ' .. .. ML 520 Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth sensitivity to ethical conflicts which arise in social and organizational settings. ML 545 Decision Making I: Qualitative Process and Application Study of the concepts of self-identity, values and personal growth ML 531 The Dynamics of Change Decision making is fundamental to all human endeavor, particu- as related to professional and personal life. This course may employ psychological, philosophical and theological perspectives to explore the role of the individual in the larger social context. Major topics include the acquisition, development and evolution of self-identity and values, the influence of sex roles and the relationship to spiritual growth. ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought Investigation of the processes of critical thinking drawing from philosophy and other disciplines. This course focuses on the relationships between ideas and the expression and application of ideas. Students apply dialectical processes in the effective formation, presentation and use of ideas in organizational structures. ML 530 Ethics in Communication Interdisciplinary study of ethics and communication through the investigation of a variety of ethical perspectives within human communication. This course places particular attention on the use and abuse of communication in politics, advertising and interpersonal relationships. It emphasizes a This course offers an exploration of the context of social change and varying responses to diverse human needs. Ways of achieving well-being may be viewed differently by leaders in public and private domains and across cultures. The course explores these various perspectives including areas of conflict and opportunities for leadership in social and organizational change. Sociological, human development and economic theories are applied to contemporary public and private sector issues for social change. ML 540 Politics, History, and Leadership Analysis of the political aspects of nation-states and other organizations. This course focuses on the process of achieving individual, group or national goals. Drawing on a variety of cultures and nations, it examines significant historical events and the leaders who shaped them. larly in leadership. Leaders, regardless of their field, are continually held accountable for decisions in settings characterized by incomplete information and limited time. The constrained nature of the typical decision making environment necessitates the use of a systematic and objective decision making process. Drawing on various disciplines, course participants will examine the different stages of the decision making process including: analysis of the decision setting and its relevant boundaries, identification of acceptable decision outcomes, definition of the implementation of the decision and appraisal of potential contingencies. While emphasis is given to the qualitative rather than quantitative aspects of decision making, about 20 percent of the course will include the development of some basic analytical concepts: data collection, graphs and charts, measuring central tendency and dispersion, and association. .... .. .. ..., . ... . . . .. .. ...: . . ..:. .. . . . . .. ... ... ·• . ·. •' ~ ~, ....... I • . ,. : ... ·. .,. .. ... ... . .. . .· •.'• ' •I .. .. ' '•. . . . ::· ·- '• . ~,,, ... .,1 .. .· '. . .... : ' . ··.! I . •.. ... . .. .. "' . •. \ . ~. ,.,' . .....•.. ...·~ ~ ... ••.. ' ·, ~ ' f> WouRSE DESCRIPTIONS ML 550 Decision Making and Technology • .11 : Historical analysis of the decision making and problem solving process. This course focuses on the development of technology as both the cause and the solution of problems by investigating various cases. ML 560 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective ... . ,fl ~ . ' ..... .. . • I • ··~ . " •· ••• .: 4.. .. Investigation of inter-cultural issues. This course enhan~es the ability to lead and work more effectively with people of different cultural backgrounds through the study of diverse values, beliefs and traditions within the global community. (Students can not receive credit for this course and EDU 513 Diversity and Education.) ML 592 Thesis/Project Consultation A series of meetings with a faculty thesis/project adviser simultaneous with ML 594 Leadership Research Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings and during the trimester in which the thesis/project is being prepared for final submission. Half credit. Graded on PIN basis. Students not completing the thesis/project during the same term in which they are enrolled in ML 594 are required to pay a thesis/project continuation fee of $100 during each subsequent term until the thesis/project is completed. (Students in the Master of Arts in Leadership program must take this course . Credit will not be granted for students present their final results orally and submit a written thesis or leadership EDU 592 Thesis Consultation.) application project. Half credit. Graded on a PIN basis. (Students in the Master of Arts in Leadership program must take this course. Credit will not be granted for EDU 594 ThesisResearch Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings.) ML 593 Leadership Research Seminar I: Research in Leadership First half of a two-course "capstone" sequence for the Master of Arts in Leadership Program to be taken in a student's last two consecutive terms or after the completion of at least six electives. This course provides each individual the opportunity to develop a research topic to synthesize previous study and work experience and to demonstrate an understanding of the program's principles. Half credit. Graded on a PIN basis. (Students in the Master of Arts in Leadership program must take this course. Credit will not be granted for EDU 593 ThesisResearch Seminar I: Research in Leadership.) ML 594 Leadership Research Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings Continuation of the "capstone" seminar, taken in the term immediately following the student's registration in ML 593 Leadership Research Seminar I: Research in Leadership. This seminar focuses on the methods of inquiry and results of individual projects. At the completion of the seminar, ML 596 Women and Leadership A seminar exploring the theory and practice of women and leadership - political, entrepreneurial and social. Opportunity for research on a topic and area of interest will be provided. An interdisciplinary approach to issues of women and leadership with an emphasis on literature developed by political scientists will be taken. The course ·is intended to enhance the critical thinking skills of the students and to enhance the leadership skills of those dealing with women and of the women themselves. ML 598 Independent Study Provides directed independent study in an area of the student's choice. Open to students who have completed at least three courses with a grade of at least 3.0. Students must complete a Proposal for Independent Study and have it signed by the supervising professor. The proposal then must be approved by the Associate Dean for Graduate and Special Programs prior to final registration for the course. Study of selected topics in leadership that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. ' t" ' ..• . 1.-• ,·. ... ..• . ..... ... . . .:-·. . ~ADUATE FACULTY taught by bringing together faculty from different disciplines or combining a faculty member with professionals from relevant fields. In these situations, at least one member of the team has a Ph.D. and substantial teaching experience. All of the program faculty have extensive experience teaching adult learners. Graduate faculty are listed at the end of this bulletin. The Augsburg library collection includes over 175,000 books, periodicals, films, audio and video cassette tapes, and microforms. Access to the collection is provided via a computerized library catalog that includes the holdings of Augsburg and six other private liberal arts college libraries in the metropolitan area. Daily courier services among these libraries facilitates accessible through MINITEX, a regional library network, and through OCLC, an international library network. Remote, off-campus computer access to all these services is provided via a telecommunications link. Students who successfully complete Augsburg's Leadership program will receive a Master of Arts degree. Augsburg is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools. The College is a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private College Council. Faculty who teach in the Master of Arts in Leadership program are predominantly full-time senior faculty with doctorates or appropriate professional degrees. Some courses are team •, ~BRARY .. r ' Ii •. . ·• • . ~ ' q ~ .. I .. ; . "· . ...,. "•·.' the sharing of these resources. Additional library resources are ': I.• ' · ~·- ' .. . .' : .. ... .... ·If; .f .. ' ! • Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not (neces- sarily) mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs wou Id meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer. .. .' . ·, ~ . . ·" ,• ~DENT SUPPORT SERVICES The Augsburg Master of Arts in Leadership Program assists students in making education and career plans, in working on their personal development and in participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Academic Planning In addition to the faculty who provide consultation and advice, academic planning is guided by the Leadership Practicum assessors, thesis advisors and Master of Arts in Leadership staff. Career Services Available Include: • Development of a resume and a career-search plan through the Career Services Office ' ,. •. • • I ·.. . ~ • 4l .; '· ;~· • Work experience related to a student's field of specialization through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148) • Professional assessment through Leadership Practicum • Self/career assessment counseling through the Career Services Office (330-1162) ,, ~DENT RIGHTS The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in the matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. Students who wish to identify appropriate procedures for complaints should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs (330-1160). •.: The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Registrar's Office and the Placement Office (except where a waiver of access has been signed) and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Students have a right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age . •• .-·. .. : .... . .. J I ...... ' :• • •.• •.: '.. ... , .. · . ... . . . ·.. .. ·... .. . '# '• •.• .. • I ', .. . ·f • • I .,,. \ .. .....• .. .... .. ·~ ' • ·~ , • , t .. ". ~ . ' ..•. . •. .. nMISSON REQUIREMENTS Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited four-year college or university. Applicants are expected to have a minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a scale of A- 4.0) OR a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.0 for graduate courses completed at an accredited college or university, with a possible probationary tenn. Applicants holding a Master's or other advanced degree from an accredited college or university are academically admissible. ' . ~ A ,. Applicants to the program must have five years of experience (or equivalent) with one or more organizations in a position(s) of leadership or position(s) demonstrating leadership potential. Decisions about admission to the program will be made on an individual basis by the Master of Arts in Leadership Committee. Admission to each entering graduate class will be given to the most highly qualified individuals. Admissions are handled on a "rolling" basis, with students admitted at the beginning of the Fall, Winter and Spring terms. Selection of candidates will be . ... made on the basis of an evaluation of each applicant's: • Previous college record, • Letters of recommendation, • Experience and organizational background, • Miller Analogies Test scores, for applicants who do not meet the published admissions standards, • For applicants whose native language is not English, a minimum score of 550 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), • Written statement, and • Possible interview . APPLICATION PROCEDURES • • !,. • ; . ... To apply, the following materials must be submitted to the Graduate Programs Office: • Completed application fonn; • $25.00 application fee (nonrefundable); . • A brief ( 1-3 page) statement relating the applicant's career and life goals to his or her leadership aspirations; ·.•., . .. ••• .. • Letter of recommendation from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential; • Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the same level) describing the applicant's work style and potential as a leader; • Official transcripts from all undergraduate institutions attended listing all courses taken and any degree(s) conferred; • Official transcripts from all graduate institutions attended listing courses taken and degree(s) conferred, if any; • Official set of results on the Miller Analogies Test will be requested directly of applicants by the Graduate Programs Office, who do not meet the published admissions standards; • Official Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) score with a minimum score of 550, for applicants whose native language is not English; • Applicant may be asked to participate in an interview with graduate programs faculty and/or staff member . .. " . .. ~· ·....· . ··. .. .. . .. . . .. . :- . ' -. :, ._%TERNATIONAL APPLICANTS ·~ .~ ~ Augsburg College Graduate Programs Office encourages qualified applicants from other countries and feels that they contribute significantly to the program. International applicants should keep in mind that classes meet on alternating Thursday evenings and Saturdays. Students can take only two classes plus a practicum per trimester for a yearly total of six classes and three practicums. With this schedule students can complete the required course work in two years. Please see the section under Admission Requirements for a general description of the admission process, selection criteria and work experience requirements. Application materials required for international applicants are: • Completed application form; • $25.00 application fee (nonrefundable) payable in U.S. dollars; • A brief ( 1-3 page) statement relating the applicant's career and life goals to his or her leadership aspirations; • Completed Declaration of Finances (see below for additional information); • Letter of recommendation in English from an immediate supervisor, assessing leadership potential; • Letter of recommendation in English from a co-worker (at the same level) describing the applicant's work style and potential as a leader; • Official marksheets with certified translations from all undergraduate institutions attended listing all courses taken, marks earned, dates attended, and any degree(s) conferred (diploma(s)); • Official marksheets with certified translations from all graduate institutions attended listing courses taken, marks earned, dates attended and degree(s) or diploma(s) conferred, if any; • Official results on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a minimum score of 550; and • Applicant may be asked to participate in an interview with graduate programs faculty and/or staff member, if applicant is in the United States. As a first step toward application, all international students must arrange for their own financial sponsorship, because limited financial aid from Augsburg College may or may not be available. Students and their sponsor must complete a Declaration of Finances as part of the application for admission, along with appropriate certifications. Students will need to provide proof of availability of funds for tuition, books and living costs. For the 1993-1994 academic year, we require students to provide proof of a minimum of $10,000 in U.S. funds for living expenses and the cost of tuition must be added to this amount. Students wishing to have spouses and/or children accompany them, must plan on having additional funds available for their support. . " ..... ,, . . ··.· ... ··.., . •; . : . ... . I ,. .....: ,. :. • I I ~· I .. • NOTE: Additional information may be required, as requested by Augsburg College, to more accurately evaluate educational credentials. Furthermore, supplemental information may be needed to issue an 1-20 or J -1 for students admitted to the Master of Arts in Leadership program. Information requested for the 120 or J- 1 will not be used to make an admission decision. . .. : ... ",, .' . • . .. " ... .... .. !( • . ..• • I ', '. .. ... I I ' ~ ' .I • • . \ _.'~. l ~t • .... ·" ~ALUATION STANDARDS .. ·~ ' Evaluation of academic perfonnance in the Master of Arts in Courses not offered on the numbered grading system are Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale noted in the course descriptions with these definitions: in this bulletin as being graded on a P/N basis. In order to receive a .. ..... ·, ,, 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence. 3.5 3.0 grade of P, a student must Achieves above basic course standards. achieve at least a grade of 2.0. Achieves the minimum passing standard. No more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards. toward the degree. Students who Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course). receive an Nor 0.0 in a course must successfully petition the 0.5 0.0 P N w .. .. .. . ". ·• ~ I ~ Committee before being Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and allowed to continue in their non-punitive - not computed in grade point average). program. If a second grade of N or 0.0 is received, the student Grade given when a student withdraws from a course after the deadline for dropping without notation on the record . .. . A ., . . '·· '., , Incomplete grade given when student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the student's control. (To receive an incomplete, a student must file a petition with the Graduate Programs Office stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor and any other necessary documentation.) ~ ·- ; .' M'; ..... • ' Master of Arts in Leadership ,• ... . . Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point average) . may be dismissed from the program. No more than two courses with a grade of or below 2.5 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. TTENDANCE POLICY Because leadership issues are presented, discussed and important and should be considered a responsibility, not only to Irregular attendance may, at the discretion of the instructor, analyzed in the classroom, regular attendance is highly one's self, but to one's class- adversely affect one's grade. mates and course instructor. ' . ..~. . .~ I i· A I ,- 'f ... cADEMIC POLICIES • Academic Probation and Dismissal Policies Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of Nor 0.0 in a course, the student must petition successfully with the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Committee before being allowed to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time·. If a second grade of N or 0.0 is received, the student may be dismissed from the program by the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Committee. Students may also be dismissed by the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Committee for behavior detrimental to the program, such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience Due to the interdisciplinary nature of the courses in the Master of Arts in Leadership program, it is unlikely that courses taken elsewhere may be substituted for a particular course in the curriculum. Students may petition the Associate Dean of Graduate and Non-traditional Programs for approval of any variation in the curriculum including the transfer of credit. Transfer credits will be evaluated on an individual basis. The only courses that will be considered for transfer credit are those earned from accredited colleges and universities whose course content is comparable to those in the Master of Arts in Leadership program. No more than two courses will be accepted for transfer credit. • Credit and Contact Hours Each full credit graduate course in the Master of Arts in Leadership program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 31.5 hours and are responsible for a significant amount of individual study and preparation. '" .. ." ..:. .. .. .; ... · Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence Students may take either one or two courses per trimester plus a Leadership Practicum. Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to complete the course work in the program "-'· . • ,, ...•··. ... . _ ... • ,!t1 • .. I . . ·:. ..• .. ' •"" . .: ":' . .. . . ' . : .~ .' ~ . A :..•·. ...... .. .·:·. , ·. ' \ • .. .. ,•, I co• cADEMIC POLICIES in two years. All students are required to complete all components of the program within five years. Extensions beyond five years will be considered on the basis of petition to the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Committee. • Students who leave the program for more than one trimester must request a leave of absence in writing from the Associate Dean of Graduate and NonTraditional Programs. A leave of absence may be granted for one calendar year. Time spent on an official leave of absence will not count toward the five year deadline for degree completion. Last Day to Withdraw from Class The last date on which students may withdraw from a class and receive a "W" on their records is published annually in the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Supplement. .. . ' .....•.. , ' . .... . ·" .. ,. ' !'"• • " '· ...... ··. ,, 'a ' ;• "'• ~E AND PAYMENT INFORMATION ; . .. If .... ..: ! A schedule of fees is published separately in the Master of Arts in Leadership Program Supplement. Tuition is set on an annual basis. ML 592, ML 593 and ML 594 are half credit courses and are charged half of the current full credit tuition. ML 500 Leadership Practicum is a separate charge. Please refer to the current supplement. Various Payment Plans are Available: * 1) Payment in Full: Due day of registration. . .. .. ··.-• .. ~ .... ,, . ··.•. I, .. .... . . I ' , 2) Payment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a three-pay plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be offered only if the student has adhered to previous plans . 3) Company reimbursement: Full courses or equivalent which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 45 days after the end of the tenn. A letter from the employer, stating the company's reimbursement policy, must be annually filed with the Business Office. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for students loan funds administered by the College (Federal Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. * A non-sufficient-funds check will declare your registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. Refund Schedule In order to be eligible for a refund, students are responsible for canceling courses with the Registrar's Office. A per-course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100% Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 90% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 70% Prior to the fifth scheduled class meeting - 60% Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50% . . .. ·, ·.. : SlfNANCIAL AID In a number of ways, students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Program costs. Enrollment in two full credit courses per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time. One course is considered half-time enrollment. The Office of Student Financial Services (330-1046) assists students in assessing financial aid eligibility and offers financial aid from available alternatives, including the following: Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to graduate students who show academic potential and have financial need. Sponsored Scholarships Augsburg actively pursues outside funding for special scholarships. The availability of such scholarships may enable the participation of individuals of limited financial means as well as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College offers several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and State Indian Scholarships American Indian students who meet federal, state or tribal requirements may apply for these scholarships. Indian grants generally supplement other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application, please contact Augsburg's American Indian Support Program Director at 330-1138 or your tribal agency. Federal and State Aid Programs The Office of Student Financial Service determines eligibility for any Federal or State financial aid programs available to graduate students. Determination is based on standard, nationally accepted methodology. • Federal Perkins Loan ProgramJoint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. No checks are issued, but the student is required to sign a promissory note at least once per term. Funds are put on the student account after the note is signed. BORROWING LIMITS: You may borrow up to $3,000 per year as an undergraduate with a $15,000 undergraduate maximum ($30,000 as a graduate student). .•.• JNIEREST AND REPAYMENT: Simple interest of 5% and repayment of principal (at a minimum of $40 per month) begins nine months after you . .: ". ~ . :. graduate or leave school. Partial or total loan cancellation privileges exist for certain types of teaching, disability and, in certain circumstances, military service. DEFERMENTS: No interest accrues nor do payments need to be made at any time you are enrolled at least half-time or for " t• I ,, t ... .. ' three years of military, Peace Corps or VISTA. Contact our student loan coordinator if you think you are eligible for a deferment. • Federal SLS (Supplemental Loans for Students) Federal SLS is a federally sponsored loan program which permits independent students to borrow to finance their cost of education. Applications are available from the Office of Student Financial Services anct must be completed and returned to Financial Services for processing. Checks are delivered co-payable to the College and the student. BORROWING LIMITS: Undergraduates may borrow up to an aggregate maximum of $23,000. Graduate students may borrow up to $10,000 per year with an aggregate maximum of $73,000 (including undergraduate). JNIEREST AND REPAYMENT: Variable interest rates are adjusted each July !st with an • Iii' .... . .. ·' ·' • 11' • • . ... 11 . •. •. . . ... .. . ' , .. ... , i' .. ···... ··. ' . .. . . . . .. . ,. .." . . SlfNANCIAL AID L• , ......• .· .. .... ." . •' ·. . .' ··'·' ..... ~ "· .. ..: l . ·~ .. .... .. ~ ... .:.t . '" N· .. • • . • ~t'! ....•. .' ·.~ ... ··· ·.... ··.-,··' .•· ••••• 4 • ..... . ... .. . 11 % cap. Interest payments begin 60 days after the loan is disbursed, but in many cases, interest can be allowed to accrue and is added to the principal. Repayment begins 60 days after you leave school or cease to be enrolled at least half time. (For 7/1/92 - 6/30/93 the rate is 7.36%.) DEFERMENTS: Deferments exist for continued education or disability. Contact your lender for details. • SELF (Student Educational Loan Fund)The SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Applications are available from the Office of Student Financial Services and should be completed by the borrower and co-signer and returned to Student Financial Services for further processing. Loan checks arrive once per term and are made co-payable to the student and Augsburg College. BORROWING LIMITS: Graduate students may borrow up to $6,000 per year minus any other student loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing cannot exceed $16,000 ($25,000 including graduate). The minimum loan amount per year is $1,000. INTEREST AND REPAYMENT: The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begin 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter while the student is enrolled. Principal payments begin in the 13th month after you leave school. DEFERMENTS: There are no deferments. Contact the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board regarding special circumstances and repayment. • Federal Stafford Loan Program Common Loan Provisions: BORROWING LIMITS: Effective with enrollment periods beginning after October 1, 1993, graduate students may borrow up to $8,500 per year with an aggregate of $65,500. A student may borrow from either the unsubsidized or subsidized programs or a combination of both, but cannot exceed the annual loan limits. INTEREST RA TES: The annually variable interest rate is determined by the 91-day TBills +3 .1%, capped at 9%, and changes each July I st for new borrowers (those borrowing for enrollment periods beginning after October I, 1992). The interest rate for enrollment periods beginning between October I, 1992 and June 30, I 993 is 6.94%. Repeat borrowers will continue at the same interest rate as their previous outstanding Stafford Loans (7%, 8%, 8/10%, or 9%) . REPAYMENT TERMS: Repayment begins six months after you ceased to be enrolled at least half-time in an eligible program leading to a degree or certificate. Repayment may extend up to ten years . DEFERMENTS: In most cases, deferments are granted for continued education, disability and unemployment. Contact your lender if you think you are eligible for a deferment. Program Specific Provisions: FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN (SUBSIDIZED): The Office of Student Financial services has determined that based on the financial information that you submitted, you qualify for up to the amount listed on your Award Notice. INTEREST: No interest accrues during the time the student is enrolled at least half-time. FEES: An origination fee of 5% and a guarantee fee of up to 3% will be deducted from the loan check before you receive it. FEDERAL ST AFFORD LOANS (UNSUBSIDIZED): You may borrow up to the amount listed on your Award Notice. INTEREST: Interest accrues during the period of enrollment and may be capitalized. FEES: An origination fee of 6.5% will be deducted from the loan check before your receive it. To Apply for Financial Aid I) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Office of Student Financial Services will send you the necessary application and financial statement form (or you may pick them up at the Office of Student Financial Services, 152 Science Hall, or at the Graduate Programs Office, 2222 Murphy Place). 3) All students must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if they did not receive financial aid. Forms are available from the College. 4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, by the deadline stated. . ..• ~ I ·. I .. ·.:~ ; ' ,1/. . • ~ . . f . I 41/1ll , ' ," '· . " .. ... ·..• ' A BOUT AUGSBURG Accessibility Augsburg College has made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connections between nine of 14 major buildings -student housing towers, the Christensen Center, main academic and administrative halls, the library and the music building. In addition, there are programs for students with learning and physical disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. We are a diverse community, with many strong religious traditions represented among the students, faculty and staff, including Lutheran, Protestant, Roman Catholic, American Indian Spirituality and Thought, Buddhist and Islamic faiths. .. : .. . '· .•. . . .:~·,, ' 'ii , •. I ~' ••• . .... ,., History Campus Location Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America. Named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530, Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities surrounding Murphy Square, the oldest of 155 parks in the "City of Lakes." Adjacent to the campus are Riverside Medical Center, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and Mississippi River parkways. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices . • • 'I • I .; .... ·' ~MPUS LOCATION MAP N e From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at _Augsburg sign. Parking From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th A venue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. All posted Augsburg College parking lots, with the exception of resident parking lots in front and behind the residence halls, are free and open for student use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through I .,. ··, ' ' . .•.• .: Sunday evening and Monday through Thursday evenings after 4:30 p.m. until 8:00 a.m. Lots are located on Seventh Street between 21st and 22nd A venues and north of Eighth Street on 21st Avenue. Most street parking is four hour parking and available seven days a week, except for the parking meters on Riverside A venue. The parking meters are as posted by the City of Minneapolis. Additional parking is available in the Fairview Riverside Medical Center ramp. .. • •'! •' • .. ·,' ~MPUSMAP • '· .t I.~ , ~- • • • • . ·1 • • • . .i" /_ 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. ~ ..·.' . .. . .. 7. • - '·f ,. .. .; . ~ .. '· 19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 20. Youth and Family Institute 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership 22. Oscar Anderson Hall 23. East Hall A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking c. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty/Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only K. Student/Commuter Parking 6. Accessible Entrance ' 11,'. . . .. ''· 1 .. ~ . . :... :... ..1•• .~ ,. . ,.. .. .~ ... . . ... ' '· .. .. ~CULTY AND ADMINISTRATION .. : ' ' .• I ....,.. .. •.. ' . "• •' I Larry Crockett • • .. . .., .. . .. ... .• , . .: 11··... '.:· . ;,. ·-·~ ' I • tJ .. ... ! •.: •\ ' ' ':·ti ... ' ~ .·.,... .... . .. ..• .. ..· •: "'· •' ·.. . . •' . ... \ . .t ~.• . '' •' : .... . . . ··-. ... . . ,. - Norman Ferguson Instructor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. •' ' Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A. , University of St. Thomas; M.A., Luther Northwestern Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dan Hanson .... ., ., Laura L. Ericksen Coordinator of Graduate Programs in Leadership. B.S., Illinois State University; M.A., University of Arkansas . Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. .. ~ Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div ., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joseph A. Erickson ... .; ..., ..... John Benson Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.S., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. . :· '· The following faculty and administrators are currently involved in the Master of Arts in Leadership Program: . Garry Hesser Professor of Sociology, Director of Cooperative· Education Program, Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Ryan LaHurd Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of the College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph .D., University of Wisconsin . David Lapakko Larry Ragland Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Associate Professor Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. Thomas Morgan Milo A. Schield Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. William D. Morris William Swenson Instructor of Philosophy . A.B., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Instructor of Political Science. B.A., Oakland University; Ph.D., Carnegie-Mellon University. · Richard Nelson Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota . Beverly Nilsson Professor and Chairperson of Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Norma Noonan Acting Director of Master of Arts in Leadership Program and Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University . Michael O'Neal Instructor of Sociology . B.A., University of Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota . Magdalena M. Paleczyny-Zapp Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow. Alisa Potter Instructor in Sociology. B.A., Concordia College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota . Diane Pike Associate Professor and Department Chair of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The College reserves the right to change the provisions or requirements at any time within the student's term of residence .
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1994
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Starting April 18 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course scheduled must be accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is applied to designated course tuition and is non-refundable except when a...
Show more Starting April 18 you may schedule Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course scheduled must be accompanied by a $50.00 tuition deposit. This deposit is applied to designated course tuition and is non-refundable except when a course is cancelled. When this happens, you may elect to receive a deposit refund or substitute another course. To avoid disappointment in course selection, schedule as soon as you can. Many courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before the first day of the term. Students must confirm registration in person at the Business Office or they will be dropped from the course. Term I Summer School students are required to finalize their registrations on May 31 or June 1. Term I1 registrations must be finalized on June 27 or 28. This procedure applies to all courses, including internships and independent studies. Finalizing registration will take place at the Business Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. on May 31 or June 1, and June 27 - 28. The balance owing for tuition must be paid before registration is finalized. Augsburg students please note: (Balance due on Augsburg account from previous termls must be paid in full before you can finalize registration.)A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations completed on June 2. A late fee of $50.00 will be assessed for Term I1 registrations completed on June 29. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To change your registration, cancel your registration, add a course, or drop a course and enroll in another course, fill out a Cancel/Add form at the Registrar's Office. There is a charge of $50.00 for changing a registration after the second day of each term. This must be done by 3:30 p.m. on June 2 for Term I courses and by 3:30 p.m. on June 29 for Term I1 courses. This procedure applies to internships and independent studies as well as scheduled courses. Any refund or adjustment of fees is determined according to the "Tuition Refund Policy." @ Printed on recycled W e r I --- '~o@mg-L -2 &edultnne &*-&.* April 18 April 18 May 31 -June 1 June 27-2f (must be confirmed in person at the Business Office) Classes begin Balance of tuition due May 31 May 31-June 1 Last day to: I Change grading option *Drop class without notation *Register with late fee of $50 June 27 June 27-21 I . June 13 June 2 June 2 1 July 15 June 29 June 29 (noregistrations will be I accepted after this date) Holiday Last day to withdraw from class (W) Classes end Grades due in Registrar's office - May 30 June 17 June 24 July 1 -- July 4 July 22 August 5 August 12 - NONDlSCRlMINATION POLICY It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sexual or affectioml preference, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or status wlth regard to pubhc assistance, or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, education programs, activities and employment practices. The tuition charge for 1994 Summer School courses is as follows: $776.00 for full-credit courses, $390.00 for half-credit courses, and $195.00 for fourth-credit courses. Audits are charged at the tuition rates listed above. Tuition Refund Policy The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds: *Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 100%of the refundable portion of the fee. *Prior to the fourth scheduled class meeting - 75% of the refundable portion of the fee. *Prior to the sixth scheduled class meeting - 50% of the refundable portion of the fee. Courses with fewer than 12 scheduled class sessions will use a prorated version of the schedule of refunds. Financial Aid Financial aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking one course is regarded as a halftime student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (3301046).The deadline for applying for Financial Aid for Summer School is April 15,1994. You must have a complete file in the Financial Aid Office by April 15 in order to receive an award for Summer. Please pick up a Financial Aid Application from the Financial Aid Officer. I 1. Admissions House 2. George Sverdrup Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. Quad 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. Christensen Center 9. SverdrupOftedal Memorial I3all 10. Music Hall 11. 2222 Murphy Place 12. Si Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. S t m I1 Theatre - 15. College Relations 16. Nordic Center 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 18. Center for Global Education 19.. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 20. Youth and Family Institute 21. American IndianSupport and Black Student Affairs 22. Oscar Anderson Hall 23. East Hall 24. Murphy Square 25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field . -- - - Campus Location 26. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts A. Admissions Parking - B. Faculty/Staff/Commuter/ Residence Parkine E. F. G. H. Parking Commuter - Sheet Parking Resident Parking Visitor Parking Fairview/%. Marv's Parkine .. rn rn 35W from the North - I rn Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left of washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, right at 21st Avenue South. I 1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. . 1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. 1 F ' 35W from the South Follow the 1-94 St. Paul signs (move to right lane after each of two mergers). . Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. I Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accredited liberal arts college affiliated with The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America and is located in the heart of Minneapolis. The small college environment, about 3,000 students during the academic year, is enriched by the many cultural, sport and recreational activities found in this vibrant metropolitan area. $n active summer combining classes and participation in metropolitan events is a delightful and broadening experience. Augsburg College provides a diverse summer curriculum including regular courses, internships and independent studies. Term I runs I . l f r o m May 31 -June 24, Term II runs from June 27 - August 5. This brochure presents the Summer School Program and was correct at the time of publication. 1 Summer students may take one course during Term I and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all courses carry a value of one course credit, the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Courses fulfilling Augsburg distribution and perspective requirements are so noted in the course descriptions. r Course levels are inaicated by tne first digit of the three digit course number: 1 or 2, lower division, primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. Courses regularly taught during the academic year are more fully described n the Augsburg College Catalog. If you leed more information about a special -ummer offering, please contact the Summer School Office. Independent study and internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the summer in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic program in an agency, government or industry. Consult the Summer School Office for information. Students who need housing may obtain information from the Director of I Residence Life. Call 330-1109. .. b The College reserves the right to cancel listed courses. I. Y Information and Forms Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from: AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Murphy Place 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55454 Call 61W330-1786 or call toll-free 1-8OOff88-5678 Ryan LaHurd, Director Barbara Pappenfus, Coordinator Eligibility Persons in good standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. Other persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Coordinator of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a summer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the College should apply for admission though the Office of Admissions or Weekend College. .. . ART ART 389-A AMERICAN ART Anderson A study of early Colonial through contemporary American art, architecture, and folk arts. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics 1:00-4:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th Foss 43 B10 101-A Mickelberg HUMAN BIOLOGY Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes a human just another member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on humans? (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Dist.: Biology /Chemistry; Persp.: Na tural World 2 12:00-3:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th,F SC1205 ACC 221-A PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I Stoller Inkoduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. 8:30-10:50 a.m. M,T, W,Th,F OM 10 ACC 322-A ACCOUNTING THEORY & PRACTICE I Kader An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: BUS 222, ECO 113) 9:30-11:50 a.m. M,T,W,Th,F OM 23 BUS 242-A PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT Cerrito Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility; analysis of the role of the professional manager. 6:00-9:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th . . OM 10 BUS 301-A BUSINESS LAW Schield An introduction to law and a survey of different areas of law as they relate to the conduct of business. Topics covered include contracts, torts, employment discrimination, and labor law. (Prereq.: BUS 221,222,252; ECO 112,113 recommended) 6:00-9:00 p.m. M,T, W,Th 0~-29 BUS 331-A FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT LaFave Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: Bus 222, ECO 113) M,T,W,Th, F OM I1 8:30-10:50 a.m. ECO 110-A ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent study. Students need signature of instructor before Term One begins (call 330-1152). P/N only. Dist.: Urban/Women's/Minority Studies or Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1 or 2, or the City Arranged ECO 112-A PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS Gupta Introduction to macroeconomics, national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Dist.: Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Western Heritage 1 or 2 M,T, W,Th,F OM 16 9:30-11:50 a.m. EDUCATION EDE 382-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS Drewlow Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: P E T ) (1/2 course) T,Th L1 6:00-9:00 p.m. EDU 388-A HUMAN RELATIONS Mueller Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Required for all elementary and secondary education majors. Open to all. P/N only. (1/2 course) M ,W OM 18 6:00-9:00 p.m. ENG 219-A AMERICAN DIALECTS: DIFFERENCES AND ATTITUDES Schrnit This course will examine the dialeck of various English-speaking communities and attempt to describe and understand their rules of speech: their grammatical rules, phonological rules, and their rules of discourse. Dist.: Urban/Women/ Minority; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1 M,T,W,Th OM 27 6:00-9:00 p.m. ENG 245-A INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE Swanson In this course students are initiated into the formal study of narrative, drama, and poetry in order to appreciate more fully the pleasures of literature. The course aims to expand students' exposure to literature and therefore draws on works from several periods, from different cultures and races, from male and female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper courses in literature, Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading about literature. Dist.: Literature; Persp.: Aesthetics M , T , W , Th,F OM 18 9:30-11:OO a.m. HPE 499-A INDEPENDENT STUDY Staff Independent study for Upper Division credit. Arranged. HISTORY HIS 348-A RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET UNION IN THE 20TH CENTURY Kimball The course offers an introductory historical survey of the Soviet Union. It begins with a brief examination of Russian history before turning to the Russian Revolutions of 1917, the Civil War and Lenin's consolidation of power. Later topics include: the rise of Stalin, his Great Terror, World War 11, the Cold War and the slow rejection of Stalinism culminating in an examination of recent even$ since the emergence of Gorbachev. The course will emphasize political, diploma tic, economic and cultural history by focusing on Soviet political practices and institutions. M,T, W,Th,F OM 13 9:30-11:50 a.m. INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 199-A1399-A INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement with a faculty member which links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult instructor for clarification. Arranged - MODERN LANGUAGE GER Ill-A BEGINNING GERMAN I Quanbeck Classroom practice speaking, understanding and - reading basic German for students with no previous background in German. Dist.: Language Level 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 M,T, W,Th OM 23 6:OO-9:00 p.m. SPA I l l - A (Section I) SPA I l l - P (Section 11) BEGINNING SPANISH I Kingsley Aims to develop four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Dist.: Language Level 1; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 2 8:30-10:50 a.ni. M,T,W,Th,F (Section 1) OM 25 5:30-7:50 p.nr. M,T,W,Th,F (Section 11) OM 25 MUSIC MUS 271-A MUSIC THERAPY TECHNIQUES AND MATERIALS Metzler Study of non-symphonic instruments, OrffSchulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings. (1/2 course) 6:OO-9:OO p.nl. T,Th Music 3 PSY 105-A PRINCIPLES OF PSYCHOLOGY Hanson An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Application of psychological concepts to everyday situations is emphasized. Dist.: Psychology/Sociology; Persp.: Human Identity REL 385-A PROCESS THEOLOGY AND CHRISTIANITY Lorenzen This course is an introduction to process theology which is based on the philosophy of A.N. Whitehead and is a critique of "Classical Christianity." Issues such as theodicy, christology, sin and salvation will be considered. An 8 to 10 page paper will be written and presented to the class. Class sessions will include video and discussion. (Prereq.: REL 111,221, or consent of instructor.) Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 2 or 3 6:OO-9:OO p.m. M,T, W,Th Music 23 SWK 260-A HUMANS DEVELOPING Staff This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturi,ng environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of "sustaining environment" and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent racial, disability and sexual minorities is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own experiences. Persp.: Human Identity 9:30-11:50 n.in. M,T,W,Th,F Foss 2 l A SWK 399-A SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP Brown Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor) Arrnnged SWK 499-A SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives, methodology and evaluation of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and consent of instructor) Arranged SOC 199-Al399-A INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement with a faculty member which links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult instructor for clarification. Arranged SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE . A D'"S SPC 352-A PERSUASION Holmquest Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. Topics include obstacles to persuasion; logical and psychological appeals; empirical research; persuasion in politics, sales, advertising and interpersonal contexts; mass movements and campaigns; impact of the mass media; and ethical issues. Includes speech and promotional projects. 5:OO-8:OO p.m. M,T,W,Th Music 22 (These courses are available only to graduate level students.) EDU 510 ETHICS AND LEADERSHIP: ISSUES AND VALUES FOR TODAY'S SCHOOLS Study of leadership withb thc cantext afpawnal and professional ethics and velum, Introductpt-y mrse for MEL pro$rarri. Offered a t dtscounM .ition. Available to special students and fully enrolled MEL students. 1.0 graduate course credits (equivalent to 4 semester fledits or 6 quarter credits) EDU 513 DIVERSITY AND EDUCATION World concerns and cultural diversity as they impact the field of education. Approval pending. linnesota Human Relations licensure .-.quirement. Open to special students and fully enrolled MEL students. 1.0 graduate course credits '2quivalent to 4 semester credits or 6 quarter .edits). For informa tion on dates, times, tuition, ~structors,please call the Graduate Program Iffice at 330-1786. EDU 599 SPECIAL TOPICS: DEVELOPING A MULTICULTURAL PERSPECTIVE: LEADERSHIP IN A LATIN AMERICAN CONTEXT A graduate course for educators sponsored and coordinated by the Center for Global Education, and held on site in Cucrnavaca and Medco City, Mexico, June10- 21,1994.?hts mme C daigncd to developan appkatlon hmltuml di&rek@ and to assist in broadening your world view through face-to-faceencounter with the people of the third world. 1.0 graduate course (equivalent to 4 semester or 6 quarter credits). For more informa tion, call Center for Global Education at 612/330-1159. - ! tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserves, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq.: BUS 322) M,T,W,Th,F OM 23 10:05-11:30 a.m. BUS 340-A HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) BUS 440-A OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT Concepts and principles related to the Cerrito mimagemen! of apemlng hhcftons. b m p l m horn swim bdwrries. no-gofit orpnimtions , ART107-A DRAWING Bollman An intrahction to and d e 6 r i h of drawing methods and media. h w i n g h piwentdas a diverseartformwMchmnbeeqwknceclina wkty of wya. TradIbml and WR-tradttrml media are used. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics T,Th OM 17 5:30-9.00 p.m. I 1 I , ART 118-A PAINTING I Bollman Painting in opaque and transparent color. A variety of subjects and approaches illustra te the versatility of paint as an expressive medium. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics T,Th OM 17 5:30-9:00 p.m. ART 132-A (SECTION I) ART 132-P (SECTION 11) PHOTOGRAPHY Friederichsen The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression using black and white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35mm, single lens reflex camera. Estimated cost of film, etc.: $175-$200. Dist.: Art/Music; Persp.: Aesthetics M , W (Section 1) OM 4 1:30-5:00 p.m. 5:30-990 p.m. M,W (Section 11) OM 4 ADMlNlSTRATIONNIS .BUSINESS ACC 222-A PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1 Solnick Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221) M,T, W,Th,F Music 23 10:05-11:30 a.m. ACC 323-A ACCOUNTING THEORY AND PRACTICE I1 ~~d~~ A continuation of BUS 322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, and rnanuItlctwrhg.Taught ma managerla1 poht of v l w . Topi- indudean overview of knceptsof quality, invcntury management, prlncfplesofscfr&uling and operations1control [&anation system. ( P r e q . :BU5242 or m w n t of instrrrctor) PRINCIPLES OF COMPUTING FOR BUSINESS Schwalbe An InWducKon to mmpu!jq mnrepts and mlcrocumpucer-bsed inhmtltmsystem Study k;l$aes of W w a r e , operahg g.stems, Ianguages and m n t a p p h l W . Ltmm k,use MSDOS, Word Perfect, Lotus 123, and dBase HI+. May study other applications (M~crosoftWord, Excel). The completion of MIS 370 with a passing grade will serve as a substitute for MIS 175. (Prereq.: MPG 11 or a Pass in MAT 103, a self-paced Foss 20 gOMPUTER SCIENCE CSC 160-A INTRO T O COMPUTING AND COMMUNICATIONS Staff Basic computer applications using word processing, spreadsheets, and databases; files and disks; simple programming; use of e-mail, Internet, news, and information services. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or MIS 379 or Math Placement Group IV) Foss 20 ECONOMICS - 3- -F- - -- - ECO 110-A ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabella Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. By independent / study. Students need signature of instructor before Term Two begins (call 330-1152).P/N only. Dist.: Urban/Women's/Minority Studies or Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1 or 2, or the City Arrnnged resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Graduate Level Skill: Writing (Prereq.:PFST, EDU 265) (1/2 course) 6:OO-9:30p.m. T,Tli LI Dntes: June 28,30; July 5,7,12,14 ECO 113-A PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS SabeIIa Introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Dist.: Economics/Political Science; Persp.: Social World 1 or 2 6:OO-9:30p.m. M,W OM 29 EDS 390-A COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN THE ENGLISH CLASSROOM LaDuca This course is for English-Education majors who plan to teach high school English. It is designed to improve students' skills in public speaking, oral interpretation, listening, and small group discussion as well as to explore methodologies for teaching and incorporating these skills in the high school English curriculum. 6:OO-9:30p.m. T ,TI1 L 17 ECO 315-M (SECTION I) ECO 315-T (SECTION 11) MONEY AND BANKING Gupta Monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, and the Federal Reserve System; monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) 6:OO-9:30p.nr. M,W(Section 1) Foss 42 6:OO-9:30p.m. T,Th (Section 11) Foss 42 EDE 375-A DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Graves Kindergarten curriculum, materials, teaching approaches. Prerequisite to student teaching at kindergarten level and to obtaining a license for teaching at that level. Lab arranged. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor and PPST) (1/2 course) 6:OO-9:30 p.m. T,Th L 20 Dotes: June 28,30; July 5,7,12,14 EDE 377-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: SCIENCE Stangl Examination and pre~aration of materials and * resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary level. (Prereq.:PPST) (1/4 course) IO:05-12:OO p.m. T,Th OM 4 & July 19,21;luly 26,28; Aug~rst2,4 EDE 386-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: CHILDREN'S LITERATURE Parker Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Lab experiences. (Prereq.:PFST) (1/2 course) 5:30-9:00 p.m. T EDE 387-A KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: LANGUAGE ARTS Themes Examination and preparation of materials and EDS 391-A TEACHING MASS MEDIA LaDuca This course is for English-educa tion majors who plan to teach high school English. Students will explore the nature of the media as "consciousness industries," examining the whys of teaching the media, how to effectively go about it, what kind of assumptions media education has been based on in the past, and how to incorporate media education into the English curriculum. The students will become familiar with all forms of mass media and will understand the impact of media on their lives. Students will learn how to be discriminating users of mass media and how to teach others to be the same. (Prereq.:PPST) (1/2 course) 6:OO-9:30p.m. M L 17 EDU 341-A MEDIA TECHNOLOGY Hackney Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situation. Computer training will be included in this course. ( Prereq.:PPST) (1/2 course) 6:OO-9:30p.m. W Foss 175 EDU 388-A HUMAN RELATIONS Clemmons Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Required for all elementary and secondary education majors. Open to all. P/N only. (1/2 course) 10:05-11:30 a.m. M,W L 17 ENGLISH ENG I l l - A EFFECTIVE WRITING Castor Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is givcn to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. Minimum passing grade for credit is 2.0. Entry level skill: Writing 6:OO-9:30p.m. T,Th OM 18 ENG 241-A INTRODUCTION TO CINEMA ART Mitchell An investigation of the citl~mmticqualities, theoretical principles~lsdb t o f i c d evo!ubllm of the film medium. fi*! empbals Is on film A6 an audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of both feature length and short films illustrating the international development of film form and selected aesthetic movements such as the American studio film and its gcnres, German expressionism, Soviet montage, Italian neorealism and the French New Wave. Because of film lengths, some classes will go to 10 p.m. Persp.: Aesthetics 6:OO-9:30 p.111. M,W Foss 175 I I 1 ENG 282-Al482-A TOPICS IN LITERATURE: THE CITY: GARDEN AND WILDERNESS Griffin In the city, remarks A h h dt! T o c q u ~ v i k "humanity attains ils most mmplete development and its most brutish here dvihtion works its miracles, and civilized man is turned back almost or into a savage." The power of thP dty to &b corrupt the human d is a persistmt heme in western tradiliom milmune viu s a d y primarily Amerimn mvcls, p m s , essays and films that explorc th& theme. Tab will be supplemented by &e rnewrcesof the Twin Cities. Course work will involve discussion of texts, papers, exams, and an out-of-class experiential component. Dist.: Literature 6:OO-9:30 p.m. M,W OM 16 HIS 115-A Zehnder MODERN MIDDLE EAST This is a survey of the volatile Middle East from the rise of nationalism and the decline of the Turkish Ottoman Empire in the 19th century to the current crisis hot spots in the Persian Gulf and the Levant. The goal is a better understanding of how the Middle East reached its contemporary complexity, and its role in the wider world. 6:OO-9:30 p.nr. M ,W INS 199-Al399-A INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning experience in which a student deslgns a Iearing a p m e n t with a hrutty member which links the idmsand methods of theL major to t h ~ - n p p o r found ~ L ~ in the p~amm~nr. hrtrdpation in a weHy geminsr Is ertpfftrd, May Idfill the City Pmpective. Consult instructor for clarification. Arranged INS 225A Kader INTRODUCTION TO ISLAM This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenets, Islamic law (Shari' ah), Islamic economic and political systems, and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'ites, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. Dist.: Urban/Minority/Women's Studies; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 1 11:40-1:25 p . ~ n . M,T, W,Th OM 16 MAT 163-A INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS Kaminsky FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES The course includes treatments of some or all of the following: descriptive statistics, elements of probability, basic probability distributions, point and interval estirna tion, test in^ of hypothesis, regression, amlysb -of-uadance, cohiingcncy tables and nonparamctric methods with appli,-atiom chosen prhdP~l~y from pmblems in-the life scknms: biology, mcdiclnr. anthropology, ecology and agriculture. Students will learn to use a statistical computer package to solve problems. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group 111) Dist.: Ma th/Physics; Grad Skill: Quanhta tive Reasoning 6:OO-9:30p.m. M,W SC1112 - - GER 112-A Quanbeck BEGINNING GERMAN I1 Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Dist.: Language Level 2; Persp.: Intercultural Awareness 3 6:OO-9:00p.m. M,T,W,Th OM 27 SPA 112-A (SECTION I) SPA 112-P (SECTION 11) Kingsley BEGINNING SPANISH I1 Aims to dEvelup the four b s i c skills: undetsbnding,spmking, reading, and wr~tingof elementary Spanish. Inimductlon b culture of Spnishdspeirking world. &it.: Language Level 2; Persp.. Intercultural Awareness 3 M,T, W,Th OM 25 8.10-9.55 a.m. 5.30-735 p.m. M,T, W,Th OM 25 PHYSICS ---: - - PHY 101-A ASTRONOMY Staff A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. The course also traces the ,development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of 12 inch reflecting telescope, an eight-inch Celestron and a three-inch Questar. Night viewing and lab sessions are important components. Additional viewing and/or lab sessions are required. (Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) Dist.: Math/Physics; Persp.: Natural World 2 6:00-9:30 p.m. M,W SC1123 REL221-A , BIBLICAL STUDIES Quanbeck 11 The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 1 or 3 1:30-3:15 p.?rr. M,T, W,Th OM 10 REL 373-A RELIGIONS OF CHINA AND JAPAN Benson A study of the chief traditions of China and Japan that are usually associated with religion, including the popular religious traditions of China, Confucianism, Taoism, Buddhism, and Japanese Shintoism. (Prereq,: REL 111,221, or consent of instructor) Dist.: Religion; Persp.: Christian Faith 3 5:30-9:00 p.nr. T,Th OM 29 1 I REL 440-A VARIETIES OF CHRISTIAN SPIRITUALITY Holt A study of selected spiritualities from the Christian tradition and of contemporary developments, including 12-step spirituality, feminist, ecological, and non-Western Christian spiritualities. An introduction to the basic practices of spiritualities, especially prayer and meditation. (Prereq.: REL 111,221, or consent of instructor) Dirt.: Religion; Persp: Christian Faith 2 or 3 5:30-9:00 p.nl. M,W OM 10 SOCIOLOGY SOC 199-A1399-A INTERNSHIP Hesser A work-based learning experience in which a student designs a learning agreement with a faculty member which links the ideas and methods of their major to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a weekly seminar is expected. May fulfill the City Perspective. Consult instructor for clarification. Arranged SOC 356-A ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY CORRECTIONS Bloom Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. Lectures, discussion, and site visits to prisons, half-way houses, courts, etc. 1:30-5:00 p.m. T,Th OM I1 SWK 399-A SOCIAL WORK INTERNSHIP Brown Provides field learning experience for the nonmajor and supplements the required field work of majors. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor) Arranged SWK 499-A SOCIAL WORK INDEPENDENT STUDY Brown Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives, methodology and evaluation of the proposed study according to department guidelines. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and consent of instructor) Armnged I EATRE ARTS SPC 351-A ARGUMENTATION Lapakko Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in analyzing argumenta tive claims, being able to distinguish between strong and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in reasoning and learning to apply principles of argumenta tion to contemporary public issues. Students have the opportunity to enhance their skills in debate and discussion and also learn to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their daily lives. Grad. Skill: Critical Thinking 5:30-9:00 p.m. T,Th Foss 42 SPC 355-A SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION Gaetano A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related to decision-making, styles of leadership and conflict management. This course combines lecture with practical experience to help the student become a more effective and productive member of a small, task oriented group. (Prereq.: SPC 354) 5:30-9:00 p.m. M,W Murphy Ploce 1 SPC 414-AIINS 414-A FEMINIST RHETORIC NilssonlStratton The rhetoric of selected American feminists will be analyzed in order 1) to develop a rhetorical perspective on American feminism, and 2) to develop skill in rhetorical criticism. Dist.: Urban/Women's/Minority Studies 5:30-9:00 p.m. T,Th OM 10 Augsburg ,r -itas= .I
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1995
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Introduction Calendar .................................................................. ......................................................................... 2 4 ........................................................ 5 About This Catalog Options ...................................
Show more Introduction Calendar .................................................................. ......................................................................... 2 4 ........................................................ 5 About This Catalog Options ........................................................................... 5 Visiting Students ..................................-...................... 6 Interim Courses .............................................................. 7 UMAlE Courses ............................................................. 47 Other Courses .............................................................. 49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ,. ....,.,, .. .".i,.iiiiiiiiii'-L.i.....i.. 50 Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall or Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a PassINo Credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered for either upper or lower division credit. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select which is most appropriate for their needs. Students registering for upper division credit should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. Some courses, especially courses with travel requirements, have additional fees associated with them. These fees, although intended to be accurate, may change and students should check with the instructor to verify the final costs. To graduate, an Augsburg student who is under the Distribution requirements is required to complete three Interim courses. For a student under the Liberal Arts Perspective requirements, two Interim courses are required. For any student entering after January 1993 a maximum of two Interim course credits may be counted toward the 33 total credits required for graduation. The number of required Interim courses is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should refer to their transfer credit evaluation form, or consult the Registrar. Additional Interim credits which can count toward the 33 credits required may be taken by students who repeat a credit for a course in which a grade below 2.0 was earned, or who need to make up for a regular term in which they failed or withdrew from a course. Additional Interim courses not counted toward the 33 credits required may be used to fulfill other degree requirements. That is, no more than two Interim course credits may be taken for credit toward 33, but additional Interim experiences may be used to fulfill major, minor or general education requirements. Day School students (3.0 credits or more for Fall) can take a total of 1.0 course credits. They may take two half credit classes. They may also take a lifetime sport (zero credit). The lifetime sport is at no additional charge if they are full-time (Fall term). If less than full-time they will be charged. Weekend students can take 1.0 course credits in Interim which is a Cross-Over, but will be charged Day School prices ($1,270). They also can only then take 1.0 course credits in Weekend College. It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Introduction Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Earl Alton, 330-1025 November 14 to December 6 ...............Interim Registration January 3 ................................................. First Day of Interim Time I-9:00 a.m. (first day only) Time 11-1:00 p.m. January 4 .......................................Last Day for Cancel/Add January 13 ..................................... Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 13 .......... Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 25 ............................................................ Interim Ends January 30 ......................................... Spring Semester Begins -c..,..... .-.,.....Interim Grades Due February 3 ..........+........... The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: - Time I: 8:00 a.m. to noon (on the first day Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, Januay 16, at 1:00 p.m. Check with your instructor for class scheduling on this day. Introduction The catalog lists courses by department in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Aupburg but recogruzed by the College for Interim credit. Additional descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of the catalog. International Interim -Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international Interim courses offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE).See page 48 for course listings. Internships deadline - Friday, December 9. January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental require ments and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to the Internship Office (Murphy Place, Rrn. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 9). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately four weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member and the directedlindependent study registration form. These forms must be submitted by November 28. Appropriate study proposal and registration forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 41-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interim programs can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other ACTC colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during Interim at other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but might not meet Augsburg's general education requirements. This qualification particularly affects religion courses. Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $1,270 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. It should be noted that neither ACTC exchange students nor visiting students may register for 299 or 499 courses. Introduction ART 106-A Calligraphy 11 ART 306-A lnstructoc Philip Thompson Development of calligraphic writing and drawing skills with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. Attention given to the historical development of calligraphy and the elements of design through readings and demonstrations. Class time and assignments center on practice in calligraphic concepts with special attention given to foundational, italic, gothic and uncial styles. Three original projects are required and evaluation is based on quality of work plus participation and growth factors. Upper division students are required to complete master sheets in three historical writing styles plus an expanded project. Required materials: text, pens, ink, ruler and mat board Distribution: Art/Music Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I Room: Old Main 4 ART 247-A lnstructoc Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. Grades will be based upon quality and improvement. There will be a fee of $37 to be paid on the first day of class. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: 1 Room: Old Main 7 7 Art I ART 290-A Instructor: Steve Chapman Tribal Arts & Culture is a course designed to familiarize students with American Indians and their art. American Indian art is examined through regional areas in North America, and an introduction to Meso-American art and cultures is also provided. The course follows lecture, video, and demonstrations by American Indian community artists. Students will have the opportunity to research and design an object of art from an American Indian perspective during the studio time after the lecture presentation of course materials in each tribal area. A result of this course should be to help establish a better understanding of American Indians and their perspectives, and to excite an interest in American Indian art by future teachegand educators of Indian and non-Indian students. Distribution: Art/Music Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 17 BIO 185-A Instructor: Robert Herforth With the aging of the baby boom generation, interest in, and research on, the biological basis of the aging process has taken on an air of urgency, compared with an earlier more leisurely approach. This course surveys functional changes which occur in the body with age and diseases associated with aging, such as osteoporosis, Alzheimer's disease, and cardiovascular disease. The major theories that have been proposed to explain what causes aging will be presented, including findings on the cellular and genetic basis of aging. Attention will also be focused on the results of attempts to slow the aging process in experimental animals and humans. Several quizzes and exams will provide the basis for arriving at grades. Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science 205 BUS 295-A BUS 495-A lnstructoc Amin Kader This course is designed to demonstrate how economic factors, management decisions, and accounting methods affect the profitability of an enterprise. Students will work in groups, each group competing with the others. Students will make decisions as to all aspects of the business of a company. As they enter such decisions, they will be informed of the effect of their decisions on the market value of the company's stock. Evaluation will be based on an examination and each group's performance in competing with the other groups. Prerequisites: Lower Division: BUS 295 - No prerequisite Upper Division: 495 - ACC 222, BUS 242, BUS 252, or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main 2 1 BUS 295-8 Instructor: john Cerrito The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills for Business starting and running a small business. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests, and performances on small business case studies. Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 BUS 368-A Instructor Steve LaFave An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed involving film, television documentaries, radio speeches, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text material. A seminar model will be used, with substantial participation expected on the part of students. Students will be evaluated based on a paper, two 20minute sessions of seminar leadership, class participation, and a mid-term and final examination. This class should be of interest to anyone majoring or minoring in International Business or any field of Business Administration, as well as anyone with an interest in Japan. Students who cannot attend the entire first week of classes should not enroll for this course. Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Music 22 Business 1 BUS 49.54 Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp The primary objective of this course is to enhance the student's understanding of the new dimensions of EastWest trade relations in the 1990s. We will analyze the past and present conditions for East-West trade cooperation and its patterns. The impact of the transformation of Eastern Europe and Russia on world trade will be discussed. The theoretical framework for international trade will be presented. At the global level, the role of the European Union, International Monetary Fund, World Bank, and General Agreement for Tariffs and Trade (GATT) in East-West trade relations will be examined. Students will be evaluated based on their research paper and final examination. Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or ECO 1 13 or consent of Instructor Maximum Enrollment: I S Time: I Room: Memorial Hall 323 CHM 100-A lnstructoc Arlin Cyberg This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Basic science and math are introduced early and taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living. Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the Pill", food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 2 Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Liberal Arts Perspective: Natural World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I1 Room: Science 3 7 5 INTRODUCTION TOCOBOL CSC 27 7 -A Instructoc Noel Petit A study of the COBOL programming language for . Computer Science I students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of COBOL together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will include lectures and programming assignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisite: One course with a study of computer language (e.g., CSC 170) Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I1 Room: Foss 43 ECO 4 95-A lnstructoc leanne M . Boeh A comparison of the United States system and other countries' national health care systems. What are some of the alternative models for both organization and delivery of health care services? The class will focus on the models used in Canada, Germany, Great Britain, Japan, and the Scandinavian countries. The course will consider such issues as aggregate spending, allocation of physicians, nurses and other allied health personnel and the effect health systems have on overall health outcomes. The advantages and disadvantages of all the systems will be explored. Evaluation is based on homework assignments, short papers, and exams. Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or 1 13 or equivalent Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I Room: Foss 2 0 Economics ECO 495-6 lnstructoc Satya Gupta In recent decades the mutual funds industry has gained a respectable place in the financial system of the United States. More and more commercial banks are entering into the mutual funds market. Increasing numbers of employers are leaving it to their employees to manage their pension funds in a given family of mutual funds. In such a changing climate it is important that our students are educated to make informed decisions about their retirement funds. This course will emphasize the structure and functioning of mutual funds involving risks and benefits. Prerequisites: ECO 1 12 or consent of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: Library 1 EDâ¬ 375-A lnstructoc Gretchen lrvine The student will demonstrate knowledge of a developmental kindergarten philosophy through the study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. Field work in a kindergarten classroom will occur during class meetings. Authentic assessment techniques will be utilized in class for student evaluation. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisite: PPS T Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Library 17 EDU 388-A Instructor: Mildred Mueller Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpemnal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. This is a onehalf credit course. P/N grading only. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays) Room: Music 23 EDU 491-A lnstructoc Susan O'Connor A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. Prerequisites: Completion of courses for Special Education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course.) Maximum Enrollment: 9 (This course involves fieldwork supen/ision for the faculty member.) Time: I Room: Library 4 ENC 282-A Instructors: Ronald Palosaari/Bruce Reichenbach In this course we will identify what virtue is, inquire about how one becomes virtuous, and explore some of the major virtues - like compassion, honesty, prudence, justice, and love - through classical and contemporary literature. The goal is to provide opportunity for you to think about your character and its development, to enable you to ask about the relation between character and moral actions, and to probe your curiosity by considering possible tensions between the virtues, as found in life situations. The course is built around the question of values, in particular, the issue of virtue (qualities of moral character). A broad list of virtues will be considered, including the classical Christian virtues of faith, hope, and love. We will look at what these virtues are, at their relationship to each other, evaluate possible conflicts between them, and see how they play out in life situations, both in literature and (through the journals) in students' lives. Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 3 Maximum Enrollment: 30 Time: I Room: Old Main 10 ENC 282-B/482-B lnstructoc Joan Cn'ffin Although generally relegated to separate sections in bookstores or to children's bookshelves, fantasy, as J.R.R. Tolkien argues, is "not a lower but a higher form of Art, indeed the most nearly pure form, and so (when achieved) the most potent." This course will study 20th century examples of fantasy, looking for their roots in folktale, myth, epic and romance. At times the course will pair medieval and modern works of the fantastic imagination (for instance, "The Mabinogion" and "Evangeline Walton" or "Beowulf" and 'The Hobbit"). We will attempt to define the genre of fantasy by discussing essays by C.S. Lewis, Tolkien, Ursula LeGuin, and Madelein L'Engle, as well as considering relevant theories of myth and folktale by Joseph Campbell, Axel Olrik, Lord Raglan, and others. Students taking the course for lower division credit will be asked to write several short papers. In addition to writing several microthemes, ENG 482 students should be prepared to write a substantial paper on the works of a writer with whom they already are familiar. Prerequisites: 2 8 2 - none (ENG 1 1 1 recommended); 482 - ENC 245 required Distribution: Literature Maximum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 100 FRE 111-A lnstructoc Pary Pezechkian This course is for students with no previous background in French. It aims to develop basic skills in understanding, speaking, reading, and writing as tools for communication in French. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course focuses on the use of language in everyday contexts and works toward the discovery of a French culture and way of life. Five meetings per week. Evaluation will be based on class participation, daily assignments, quizzes and exams. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I/ Room: Old Main 23 French FRE 243-A Instructor: Ruth Aaskov What is the attraction of French literature for the nonFrench reader? What major French writers have portrayed diverse non-Western cultures and social strata in their literary works? What can we discover about ourselves and other cultures in learning how to read, analyze, and communicate our findings through literature? With these questions in mind we will read and analyze 8-10 shorter French literary works available to us in English translation. What will we be studying? The legend of St. Julien presented in Middle Ages style by Flaubert, examples of the Renaissance search for new worlds found in Rabelais, a bit of Descartes autobiography. We will travel the world with Voltaire's "Candide," explore social themes of a 19th century nouvelle, and read 20th century authors like Gide, Malraux, Camus, St. Exupery, and Duras with their multi-cultural connections. We will sample one piece of francophone literature from West Africa, reflecting the struggle between indigenous and Western culture. At mid-point you will choose another short work for personal study, comparative analysis and presentation for the class. Assessment in such a course will be ongoing, based on individual and group response to the many activities in the course. Timely reading of assigned texts, analyses, discussion preparations, short quizzes, and cultural discoveries will enable you to undertake successfully your independent study project and further enrich the whole class. This literature course for the non-literature major is intended to help you in further free reading, in your critical thinking about other cultures, and in communica- French tion with people of cultural backgrounds other than your own, including non-Western ones. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor Distribution: Literature Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 HPE 1 16-A lnstructoc Richard Borstad This course is designed to prepare future teachers for their role in the School Health Program. Emphasis is placed on the prevention of childhood health problems, and the promotion of well-being. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Melby Hall 202 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 7/3, 1/5, 1/70, 1/12, 1/73, 7/17, 7/79, 7/24) HPE 232-A lnstructoc Carol Enke Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 7 6 Time: I Room: Melby Gym (T, Th & alternate Fridays - 7/3, 7/5, 7/10, 1/72, 1/73, 1/17, 1/79, 1/24) Health and Physical Education HPE 250-A lnstructoc Lisa Broek Making Connections is designed for students who are interested in learning about contemporary health issues and applying this knowledge to their personal lives and the lives of their peers. This course provides a wellness model foundation for educating self and others about personal health issues. Course topics include wellness programming issues (i.e. HIV/AIDS, substance use, meditation), communication skills, multicultural issues, and decision-making skills. Students will examine strategies which promote a healthier campus environment. The course utilizes many interactive experiences combined with lecture and group discussion. Classroom activities allow students to practice and demonstrate skills taught during the course. Students have the opportunity to assess their own personal level of health. Evaluations include an objective test, journal entries, and a group project. This course will be useful to students who are interested in impacting their campus environment as well as those who desire learning practical skills such as negotiation, group facilitation, and program development. Opportunities exist for students who successfully complete this course to work as Peer Helpers with The Center for Counseling and Health Promotion. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Old Main I 1 (lanuary 3- 1 9, 1 995) HPE 455-A Instructor: loyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 43 to 46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five to six other people and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-thewater instruction will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Some classes will be held in December prior to leaving for the Virgin Islands in January. The course cost is $2,700, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students and qualifying 4-1-4 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in order to receive academic credit. Prerequisite: Permission from loyce Pfaff of the Health and Physical Education Department (6 12) 3 30- 124 7. Distribution: Lifetime Sports; also one course credit. Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports HPE 470-A Instructor: A1 Kloppen This course will focus on developing a philosophy toward sports officiating. Students will acquire a knowledge of: procedures in umpire certification,rules of slow pitch softball (Federation),rules of fast pitch softball I Health and Physical Education I (Federation), the mechanics of proper position in umpiring one and two umpire systems, and procedures in securing assignments. Students will apply knowledge in practical game type experiences. There will be a written evaluation and quizzes on rules and mechanics of umpiring softball. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 1 19 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5, 1/70, 1/12, 1/13, 1/17, 1/19, 1/24) HPE 475-A lnstructor: Paul Kriegler Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisite: BIO 103 Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Melby Hall 119 (M, W & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23 1/25 - 9 meetings) HPE 477-A lnstructor: Brian Ammann Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Health and Physical Education I Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Melby 202 (T, Th, & alternate Fridays - 1/3, 1/5, 1/6, 7/10, 1/12, 1/17, 1/19, 1/24) HPE 483-A lnstructoc Marilyn Florian This course deals with the theory, technique, and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. A small part of the grade will be based .on completed assignments; the major portion of the grade will be based on tests. This is a onehalf credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 119 (M, W, & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23, 1/25) HPE 487-A Instructor /eff Swenson The Coaching of Wrestling course is designed for individuals who aspire to become wrestling coaches at the elementary, junior high, high school, or college level. Philosophies, techniques, strategies, nutrition and weight control, weight training, mental toughness training, and complete organization of program will be covered. This is a one-half credit course. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Melby 202 (M, W & alternate Fridays - 1/4, 1/6, 1/9, 1/11, 1/16, 1/18, 1/20, 1/23, 1/25) nealrn ana mysrca~taucarron I I HIS 244-A lnstructoc Bill Green Why did Minnesota territorial legislators extend civil rights to one racial minority but not to other racial minorities? How did anti-catholicism stratify the white immigrant community? Why did Minnesota show tolerance to its black residents, as the state experienced ultra-nationalism, labor tension and xenophobia? These questions, and others, will be addressed in this course. Through lectures, class discussions, and field research, we will examine civil rights in Minnesota from 1848-1920, as it relates to race, class and ethnicity. Evaluations will come from classroom discussion, a research paper, and a test. Distribution: History/Philosophy Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Music 24 TOPICS IN U.S. HISTORY: THECML WARERA HIS 33 1-A lnstructoc Chris Kimball Many people believe that the Civil War was the most important event in the history of the United States, one that transformed the nature of American society. Put more broadly, the years between the mid-1840s and the late 1870s saw questions about such fundamental principles as slavery and freedom resolved; others, however, continue to trouble us to this day. This course, then, offers a survey of the causes, issues, and consequences of the nation's bloodiest conflict. Topics to be considered include slavery and anti-slavery, Manifest Destiny, the growing sectional conflict, the origins of the Republican Party, the clash of arms, the changing role of women, popular religion, the transition from slave to.free History labor in the South, and post-slavery race relations. The course will include lectures, discussions, a variety of primary and secondary readings, and films. Grading will be based on participation, several short writing assignments, a mid-term, and a final. Prerequisites: One history course or consent of instructor Distribution: History/Philosophy Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 13 HIS 495-A Instructor: Don Gustafson The seminar is meant to be a capstone for the history major. Participants will be asked to utilize their historical training in dealing with some of the philosophical questions of the discipline of history, to develop and expand certain research skills, and to contribute to the historical development of each other by careful evaluation of oral and written presentations. Prerequisites: Senior History Major Graduation Level Skill: Speaking; Writing Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I Room: Old Main 16 HON 40 1 -A lnstructoc Larry Crockett The focus of the course will be Southwestern Christian history, with a special consideration of Hispanic Christianity, ranging from traditional Roman Catholicism to evangelical and charismatic expressions. The course will consider the Spanish roots of Latin Roman Catholicism and the transplanting of those roots into Southwestern North American soil. Next, we will consider Native American influences which came to be ingredients in this transplanted faith. Last, we will survey new expressions of Hispanic Christian faith, notably the evangelical and charismatic movements which have become important in recent years. A highlight of the course will be a 12-day trip to the southwest United States and northern Mexico. ranging from San Antonio to northern Mexico to San Diego. Estimated travel expense: $1,300 Evaluation: I) mid-term exam prior to departure; 2) journal of experiences in southwest U.S. and northern Mexico; 3) final paper. Prerequisites: Honors student or permission of instructor, preference to seniors Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Foss 42 INS 21 1-A Instructor loan Kunz Do you enjoy talking about science and technical topics, but just can't find an audience? We'd love to listen! Through a series of four oral assignments, you will have the opportunity to talk science to your fellow scientists, improve on your oral presentation skills in a variety of formats, learn to effectively organize a speech, prepare visual aids, and listen to and learn about other science topics and science policy from your fellow scientists. Prerequisite: One year of an introductov science course Graduation Level Skill: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 16 Time: I Room: Science 3 1 9 Interdisciplinary INS 298-A Instructors: Carry Hesser, Lois Olson, Mary True Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn about organizations, comrnunities, and yourself by working/serving, observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your own experiences. The externship is a modified internship consisting of a half-time placement and participation in a seminar that meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can explore the world of work and/or service, obtaining the valuable experience you need for the future you want. The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1) to give you first-hand experience in working with professionals and making connections between your experiences and your Augsburg education; and 2) to increase your ability to learn about organizations, the community, and yourself from your own experiences. Each participant will observe and work approximately 20 hours per week in a placement which matches his or her interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for two hours (T, Th - 1:30-3:30 p.m.). Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, completion of learning exercises, supervisor assessment, journals, and seminar participation. The course is offered on a P/N basis only. Prerequisites: Permission of instructors and placement secured by lanuary 3, 7 995. Distribution: Urban Concerns Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Time: I1 (T, Th - 1:30-3:30 p.m.) Room: MP 10 1 Interdisciplinary LIN 290-A Instructor: Don Steinmetz Is our ability to use language acquired by learning, or is it present from birth? What do all languages have in common despite their obvious differences? How can learning a foreign language be so frustrating for adults, while young children learning their native language seem to be having fun? Questions such as these have fascinated people throughout history, and recent developments in linguistics have begun to provide some credible answers. The purpose of this course is to survey the most remarkable findings in this area and engage in some principled speculation as to what they mean. This course is open to all students with a healthy curiosity about language. No other prerequisite. There will be two tests and a short paper for class presentation. Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 7 1 MIS 376-A lnstructoc Kathy Schwalbe This course develops practical project management skills by combining theories, techniques, work-group skills, and computer tools. Students will participate in numerous in-class activities to determine projects to be done during class, estimate required resources, motivate people to successfully complete projects, use project management software to track progress and develop alternatives, etc. Evaluation will consist of individual and linguistics/Management Information Sptemr I team presentations, participation, and a final exam. Prerequisites: ACC 22 1, BUS 242, and MIS 175 or MIS 370 Graduation Level Skill: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Foss Center 2 1 MAT 173-A lnstructor: Ken Kaminsky Learn how to determine the monthly payments on a house or car. Find out how much you need to be socking away now to have a million when you retire. Learn how annuities, perpetuities and life insurance work, and more. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 or higher Distribution: Math/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 2 7 3 MAT 253-A lnstructor: Bev Durkee Our objectives are the exploration of this new geometry of fractals, its rules, its visuals, how it reveals the beauty of mathematics, how to create images of such complex forms and experience it as a form of artistic expression via computer graphics. The class will observe the pattern of selfsimilarity and consider the transformations used to construct fractals such as this fern and the existence of self-similarity regardless of the power of magnification I used in examining it. The class will also consider the well known Mandelbrot set and Julia sets in color and in threedimensional rendition. Class lectures will provide introduction to the mathematics, and computer programs will provide students with the opportunity to construct their own visuals. Students will be tested on the mathematics through a midterm and final exam. Students will create a portfolio of visuals similar to the one above and from pieces of the Mandelbrot or Julia sets which display the mathematical character of those visuals. Finally students will keep a journal noting their reflections on the interconnections between mathematics and the artistic creations being studied or created. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 or higher Distribution: Math/Physics Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I Room: Science I I2 SOUNDSAND SIGHTS OF EUROPE (UMAIE COURSE) MUS I 79-A lnstructoc Robert Karlen/Roberta Metzler Much of American history and culture is derived from that of England and continental Europe, particularly such cities as London, Paris, and Amsterdam. This course provides an opportunity to visit and experience important cultural centers that provided the impetus for development of cultural life in the New World. Students gain an appreciation for the role of art and music in the history of England, France, and the Netherlands. Evaluation is based on full participation in all course Music - - related group activities, a daily journal, artlmusic critique sheets, and exams over material covered. No prerequisites, and no previous experience in art or music is required. Fee: $2,945 includes all air and surface travel, hotel accommodations, continental breakfast daily, four group meals, and tickets to five cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before November 10 at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Phone: 3301655. Offered on a PIN basis only. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 30 SURVEYOF ROCKHISTORY AND MUSICAL STYLE 1951-1971 MUS 204-A Instructor: 0.Nicholas Raths An introduction to the fundamentals of music and musicology as they occur within the context of rock's inception (1950s) and maturation (1960s) periods. This course will examine the historical background, musical content, and methods of selected artists and their work. Evaluation will be based on class participation, a comprehensive term paper, exam, and a group performance project. For non-music majors. Distribution: Art/Music Liberal Arts Perspective: Aesthetics Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I1 Room: Music 3 NOR 1 I I-A lnstructor: Frankie Shackelford This course is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. It aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, and writing as tools for communication and for understanding Norwegian culture. Classroom practice focuses on both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts. Evaluation will be based on participation, daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam. Distribution: Modern Languages Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 23 PHI 295-A lnstructor: Mark Fuehrer The purpose of this course is to study the nature of selfdeception as it occurs in human behaviour. Self-deception, absurdity, bad judgment, etc., are some of the concepts explored in the course. The procedure of the course will consist of a close analysis of selected texts and seminar style discussions of topics. Students will be asked to take an objective mid-term and final in combination with several essay assignments. Grading will be traditional and follow the college's guidelines. There are no requirements for the course, but one prior course in philosophy would be helpful. Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: Old Main 22 PHY 151-A lnstructoc Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123) have been used extensively in business for years. However, it is also possible to use spreadsheets to solve physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet projects, homework, and a final exam. Prerequisite: Math Placement Croup 3 Distribution: Mathematics/Physics Graduation Level Skill: Quantitative Reasoning Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I Room: Science 3 0 PHY 325-A lnstructoc Mark Engebretson From the realm of subatomic particles to the manufacture of recording tape and computer chips, the study and manipulation of matter often demands the nearly total absence of the atmosphere in which we live and breathe. This is the realm of high vacuum, without which most of what we know as modern high technology would be impossible. This course will acquaint the student with the tools and techniques employed to produce, control, and monitor high vacuum environments, and allow students to use these to study the behavior of gases and surfaces under these conditions. Experiments will make use of a variety of chambers, pumps, and gauges as well as a quadrupole mass spectrometer. Considerable emphasis will be placed on laboratory experiences and scientific communication; only one third of the class time will be used for formal lectures and discussion. Grades will be determined on the basis of weekly evaluation of laboratory notebooks, oral and poster presentations, and two exams. Prerequisites: PHY 12 1, 122, 245 (or equivalent), and MAT 124, 125, 224 (or 145, 146, 245) Maximum Enrollment: 10 Time: I1 Room: Science 3 0 POL 140-A Instructor Andrew Aoki This course requires students to struggle with questions of social justice in America. Students will develop and defend their own standards of social justice, and use those standards to assess conditions in urban America. To pass this course, students must engage in a substantial exchange of ideas with fellow classmates in class discussions. The course has two goals: to develop student thinking about social justice, including greater awareness of conflicts between justice and other values; and to increase student ability to understand urban problems as issues of justice and other central values. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and other class activities, on two short ( 4 6 pp.) papers, and on a final exam. Distribution: Economics/Political Science liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 29 Political Science AND PUBLIC POLICY POL 220-A POL 320-A lnstructoc William Morris This course will examine the impact of the American plitical system upon public policy making in the United Slnles. Thrw lopics of major plicy i m p r t a i l c ~will Lx. sel~ttulfor examination in the. way they alp a d d r m d by partiailar polilical practics and/or institutions. The class will evaluate the options available to policy-makers in light tion available of the scholarly literature and oll~erinf~~ma on eiicli s1113jwl.I! will tIie11~SSC'SSthe interplay belwwn these c h d c s and their hndling by the politicat system. Close attention will be givm to a n ~xploralionof the elhical sihiation and dilemmas of decision-makingin politics. As part of the course, students will submit written analyses and evaluations of the success and/or failure of the policy-making process in acldressing thae problems. 'Thme, plus additional articles and portions of books from the social sciences, will serve as a basis for class discussion. The papers, a iust on the assigned readings outlining the policy-making process in the United States, and class participation will detcnnine final grades. Students taking the course for Lower Division credit will bc expeckl lo complete p a p a on two of the tl~reepolicy issui-3 a d d r e s d in [he course. Those taking the course for upper division credit mttst complete an additional p p e r on a policy issue of their choice covered in class. Prerequisites: Students should have completed at least one lower division social science class. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Foss 20 a POL 268-A POL 468-A lnstructoc Mary Ellen Lundsten In these classes we will investigate the major political issues facing citizens and policy-makers in Middle East countries today. We will analyze Islamic tradition as it has shaped social values and provided a reservoir for political protest in the 1990s. Country studies on Egypt, Iran, Syria, Israel/ Palestine, Lebanon, and Saudi Arabia will be used to study how modernization has given rise to new conflict patterns and today's Islamic political movements. We will consider the prospects for improved human rights and democratic participation. Several featurelength films dramatizing political conflicts in the f id die East will be shown. Two textbooks will be used for the course as well as a variety of specialized country studies. Each student will prepare comments on political themes, read and critique a selection from the course booklist, and write a final essay analyzing political aspects of two countries in the Middle East. Students taking the 268 level will have fewer analytic requirements in their presentations and essays. Prerequisites: one lnlernational Relations course or permission of instructor Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Music 22 POL 342-A lnstructoc Peter Przytula Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing or consent of the instructor Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 27 PSY 105-A lnstructoc Grace Dyrud An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. Applications of psychological concepts to everyday situations are emphasized. Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Liberal Arts Perspective: Human Identity Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: 11 Room: Murphy Place I I I PSY 340-A lnstructoc Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined to gain knowledge about how they function as representations of the "self." The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's self and of how conceptualizations of "self" are molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will Psychology include topics such as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of assigned readings. Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on class participation and four or five short (600-900 word) papers. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or 105 Maximum Enrollment: 1 6 Time: I Room: Foss Center 43 PSY 370-A lnstructoc Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral reports. Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required. As background for the course, students are required to read "The Call of Service: A Witness to Idealism" by Robert Coles before the start of the Interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore in early October. An additional text will be required and library Psychology 1 reference work will be a part of the course process. This course is offered only on PIN basis. Prerequisites: PSY 102 or PSY I05 Maximum Enrollment: I5 Time: I Room: Old Main 25 REL 330-A lnstructoc Philip Quanbeck I1 This course will approach parts of the New Testament from the perspective of the social world. It will examine the world of cultural conflict, accommodation and change and determine how that shaped the New Testament message and how the church responded to the challenge. Topics will include concepts of cultural anthropology such as honor and shame, the social structures of the family and the city in the Graeco-Roman world. Social status will be addressed in the ways it affected women, men, free persons and slaves. Special attention will be paid to the relation between early Christianity and Judaism. In the New Testament there will be particular focus on LukeActs, the Letters of Paul (Romans and 1Corinthians) and First Peter. Evaluation will be by exam and a research paper. Prerequisites: REL I I I or REL 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith I Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 Religion REL 3 4 1-A lnstructor: Brad Holt The course will help students think knowledgeably and critically about the intersections of health and religion. The content will include a study of biblical roots, historical influences in church and medicine, and contemporary trends. The relationship of scientific technology, alternative medicine, prayer and sacraments will be considered. Evaluation will be on the basis of a class presentation and paper, spot quizzes, and one test. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or 22 1 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: /I Room: Old Main 16 REL 343-A lnstructor: Cathy Paulsen Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision that we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not. It will, however, increase your certainty and the possibility for meaning and intimacy in your life with a partner. In the context of Christian teachings, many theories will be studied, with particular attention given to the work of C.G. Jung, and will be applied to the marital relationship primarily, and to the family secondarily. There will be lectures, discussions, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 22 1 or permission of instructor Distribution: Religion (only one lnterim course may be used Religion I to meet religion requirements) Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Music 24 REL 345-A lnstructoc Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century, its development over about 450 years, and its cultural influence. An anthology, which includes several monographs and the professor's lectures, will be used. Some important readings will be done from the reserved shelf of the library. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements include four exams. Prerequisites: Religion 1 7 1 or 22 1 . Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith 2 or 3 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Old Main 18 REL 386-A lnstructoc Bev Stratton How does the Bible talk about creation? How does the Adam & Eve story affect our lives today? What were families like in Bible times? Were ancient problems similar to our own? What does the Bible say? What does it mean? What values does it portray and promote? This course addresses these and other questions by exploring how scholars read and speak about the book of Genesis. Evaluation is based on quizzes, three speaking assignments, and a project or short paper. Prerequisites: REL 1 1 1 or REL 221 Distribution: Religion (only one Interim course may be used to meet religion requirements) Liberal Arts Perspective: Christian Faith I or 3 Graduation Level Skill: Speaking Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I Room: Science 2 12 S WK 23 0-A lnstructoc Vincent Peters This course, taught in January, is a three week intensive course of study and travel that offers a transnational perspective of non-violent social change and development. It explores non-violent alternatives to the global arms buildup, which contributes to the world-wide problems of poverty, environmental depletion and oppression of powerless and disenfranchised segments of society. The overall cost of approximately $2,795 covers full room, board, group travel to Norway and a trip to Lillehammer. For more information call Kathy Lutfi, Center for Global Education at 330-1655. Liberal Arts Perspective: Social World 2 SWK 257-A lnstructoc Mary Lou Williams Experiential learning occurs as students volunteer 80 hours in a services agency or institution which students select. The placement must be approved by course Social Work I faculty and supervised by agency staff. In the context of this volunteer experience students have opportunity to interact with human service professionals, clients, and communities of diverse culturelethnic heritage and special concerns (age, socio-economicstatus, lifestyles, developmental/physical abilities, gender, etc.). The course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in the human services. The threehour weekly seminar is devoted to discussions which assist students in integrating agency experiences and readings which explore the historical development of social welfare as an institution and the nature and value system of social work as a profession. Students will also examine and critique the manner in which social, economic, and political structures impact diverse groups in society. Students will focus on their own responsibilities in society, as well as examine their personal value system in relation to special concerns, such as poverty and the "isms". Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 3 0 Time: I Room: Murphy Place 1 1 7 SWK 3 1 5 - A Instructor Blanca-Rosa Egas This course will focus on health care, environmental concerns, and peace issues. With visits to health facilities in hospitals and clinics, interviews with professional and folk (indigenous) health practitioners, and presentations by personnel "outside the system" we learn about Costa Rica's holistic health care and social services. Students will gain an understanding of the attitudes, values, and JOCIOI Work practices concerning health and population matters within the society. The assessment of Costa Rica's historic and current worth provides a creative perspective, a positive attitude and a better understanding of Latinos in the USA. Evaluation: students are evaluated in course participation, several reflection papers and a final examination. Grading: Letter grade or P/N. The fee of $2,995 includes all air and surface travel, accommodations, breakfast daily, and five group dinners. This is a UMAIE course to be co-taught with Dr. Don Irish, Hamline Professor Emeritus. Prerequisites: Basic Spanish Maximum Enrollment: 30 SWK 466-A (full course) S WK 466-6 (0.5 course) Instructor: Maria Brown This is a continuation of Field Work I1 - educationallyfocused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 hours (one half course) or 30 hours (full course) per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in a faculty-facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Maximum Enrollment: Open enrollment for senior social work students Time: I Room: Murphy Place 1 0 1 Social Work I SPA 2 4 8 - A Instructor: Roman Soto An introduction to the main cultural issues that characterize contemporary Spanish and Latin-American societies as they have been portrayed in the work of such filmmakers as Luis Bunuel, Carlos Saura, Miguel Littin and Maria Luisa Bemberg, among others. Parallel to a brief discussion on the aesthetic aspects raised by these authors, the course advances in two directions: A "horizontal" one, focused on the main themes - political and social conflicts, sexism, race, ethnicity, religion, language, exile or immigration - explored in each film, and a "vertical" one, attempting to describe the variations in the treahnent of these themes among the films included in it. The films are in Spanish with English subtitles and all the class work is in English. The evaluation is based on attendance and participation and a short term paper. Maximum Enrollment: 20 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 18 SPC 3 2 9 - A lnstructoc David Lapakko This course explores both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Students examine Western and non-Western cultural rules, values, assumptions, and stereotypes and how they affect the transmission of verbal and nonverbal messages. The course stresses both a general theoretical understanding of the dynamics of cross- Spani~h/Speech,Communication, Theatre [ SOC 27 7-A lnstructoc Cordon Nelson This course will examine the extent to which the experience of community is possible in the context of the metropolitan situation. The course will focus on the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area, and a project in which each member of the class does on-site observation in a particular locale within the metropolitan area will be a requirement of the course. Class participation and a final examination will also be basis for evaluating performance in the course. Liberal Arts Perspective: The City Maximum Enrollment: 2 5 Time: I Room: Music 2 3 SOC 265-A Instructoc lerry Cerasimo The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) Distribution: Urban/Women/Minority Studies Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness I Maximum Enrollment: 2 0 Time: I1 Room: Old Main 2 9 Sociology cultural interaction as well as specific knowledge of how these principles relate to particular cultural groups. Liberal Arts Perspective: Intercultural Awareness 1 Maximum Enrollment: 25 Time: I1 Room: Foss 42 SPC 347-A lnstructoc Deborah Bart A video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on video experience. This course addresses non-fiction subject areas. Students will view several documentaries in class and will work in production teams to produce short documentaries of their own. Additional time will be required for editing. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I Room: Foss 175 UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at the International Programs Office, 620 22nd Avenue S. (330-1655) or from the Interim Office (330-1025).Registration for these Interims ends November 11,1994. These courses are offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. Australia's Business Climate British Women Writers: Writings, Lives and Contexts Castles, Cathedrals, and Museums: Architecture of Eastern Europe and Bavaria Coral Reefs in the Philippines and Hawaii Costa Rica: A Study of Holistic Health, Environment, and Peace English School and Family: Focus on Literacy Europe and the Rise of Modern Science German and Austrian Culture and Language: Vienna, Munich, and Berlin The Greek Experience Hawaii: Multi-Ethnic Communication in Organizational Settings Heroes and Masterpieces 2000 Years in Trier: Intermediate German Language and Culture in Germany Ireland: Inside and Outside From Istanbul to Athens: Theology and Art In Turkey and Greece Law in London Museums, Music, and Monuments in the Great Cities of Europe Natural Histoy of Ecuador: Galapagos, Highlands, Amazon The Natural History of Tanzania - East Africa Sounds and Sights of Europe South Africa: From White Domination to Majority Rule Theatre in Britain This is New Zealand Women in Development: An African lnquiy These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College, but have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. OUTWARD BOUND HPE 2 12-A Check for information in the Interim Office on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border or for white-water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 26 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). Academic Seminars POL 3 98-A GLOBAL VILLAGE: WORLD POLITICS AND ECONOMICS (JANUARY 2- 14, 1995) POL 398-8 Other Courses I POL 398-C The Washington Center offers a choice of topics during the first two weeks of the seminar program. During the last week one seminar is offered. Augsburg students must register for all three weeks of the program in order to receive academic credit and to receive a stipend from the College covering registration and tuition costs. Credit is available from the Political Science Department for this program. The course is a passlfail course based on participation in program activities including site visits, small group seminars, and journals. For information brochures and registration forms ask in Memorial Hall 113 or call #1320. For further information about the program see Prof. Hedblom in Memorial Hall #I17 or call #1197. A limited number of stipends are available to cover registration and tuition costs based on priority in registration through Prof. Hedblom's office. The following activities are available to students during Interim and students may register for these classes as well as for a regular course. These activities do not carry course credit, but do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. HPE 002-K lnstructoc Wayne Niles This class is designed to instruct students in the basic techniques for self defense, using the hands and feet. Other Courses/Lifetime Sports I Based on and taught by experienced instructors i n the art of American style Tae Kwon Do. Fee of $60. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: Unlimited Time: 12:OO-2:00 p.m. MI W, F, Room: Melby Gym HPE 002-A (Section A) lnstructor: Ed Saugestad Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I M, W, Fall term (8-1 0:00 a.m.) Room: Melby, weight room HPE 002-6 (Section 6) Instructor: Ed Saugestad Grading: P/N only Distribution: Lifetime Sports Graduation Level Skill: Lifetime Sports Maximum Enrollment: 15 Time: I M, W, Fall term (1 0- 12:OO p.m.) Room: Melby, weight room
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1994-1996
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: A Greeting from the President On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and to use this opportunity to welcome new and returning students. Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable...
Show more A Greeting from the President On behalf of the entire college community, I welcome you to Augsburg College. It is a pleasure to introduce the College to prospective students and to use this opportunity to welcome new and returning students. Augsburg has earned a reputation as an affordable, quality liberal arts college of the church. The mission of the College, its academic programs and its metropolitan location attract a wide variety of students, a diversity which is actively encouraged. Whether from a small town, a large city or another country, all students enjoy the sense of community here at Augsburg. The College continues to grow, building on a tradition of excellence in its programs, f a d t y , students and facilities. It is a place where community, national and world leaders meet to discuss issues and ideas. I invite you to become part of this tradition of excellence -Augsburg is an exciting and challenging place to prepare for your future. I look forward to meeting you on campus. Charles S. Anderson President - AUCSBURC LOLLECE FACTS AND FIGURES Location -Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis. The College moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Religious Affiliation - The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA). Although a strong plurality of students are Lutheran, 18 percent represent other Protestant denominations and 21 percent represent the Roman Catholic Church. Accreditation -North Central Association of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by the American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, and National League for Nursing. Member -Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council. Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board, as described on page 11. Enrollment (1993-'94) - 2,964 students from 26 states and 26 nations. I Graduates - 11,839 undergraduates from 1870 through July 31,1993. StudentIFaculty Ratio - 13.84 to 1. Undergraduate class size averages 20-25. Campus - 16 major buildings. Major renovations in 1979-'80 with special emphasis on accessibility. Accessibility - Augsburg is now one of the most accessible campuses in the region. A skyway-tunnel-elevator system provides access to 10 major buildings without going outside. I Financial Aid -Over 90 percent of the students receive some form of financial aid from the College and many other sources. I Library -Over 175,000 items, access to over 7,000,000 through CLIC, the Twin Cities private college library consortium and Minitex, the regional library network. School Year - Semesters from September to May, 4-1-4 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer school sessions. Augsburg Weekend College -trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program - trimesters, September to June. Majors -More than 40 majors in 22 departments. Off Campus Programs - Center for Global Education, Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA),International Business Program, Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural Education (UMAIE)and extensive cooperative education and internship programs. Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA), Division 111. I Policy - Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, gender, sexual preference, marital status or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. A ugsburg College in - is grounded traditions - the traditions of its founders, of the church and of higher education in the liberal arts. From this framework springs a dynamic, challenging and evolving institution that rises to the challenges of today's - and tomorrow's changing world. Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September, 1869, in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first college stude,ntswere enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879. Augsburg is committed to educating the whole person, encouraging and respecting diversity and serving the larger community. Through education, understanding and service, Augsburg faculty, staff and students can affect the future in positive ways. Early Leaders Establish a Direction The phrase, "Think globally, act locally" rings true at Augsburg. The College's location in the heart of the Twin Cities provides rich opportunities for experiential education, volunteer service, internships and cultural enrichment. In a sense, the cities are an extended campus for Augsburg students. Mission Statement Students who graduate from Augsburg are well prepared to make a difference in the world. They stand as testaments to the College motto, "Education for service," and to the Mission of the College: To developfuture leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community. A College of the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway -Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men clearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: to educate Norwegian Lutherans to minister to immigrants and to provide such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study. In 1874 they proposed a three part plan: First, train ministerial candidates; second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer, worker and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907),required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed the Friends of Augsburg, later called the About Augsburg 7 Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregational autonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the college division was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The Focus Changed This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911, Georg Sverdrup, Jr., became President. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (19381962). His involvement in ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War 11, Augsburg leaders made vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary, and received the most attention. Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With curriculum change came a long effort to become accredited. The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 defined the College's mission as serving the good of society first and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary) in St. Paul in 1963. A College in the City President Oscar A. Anderson (19631980) continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out to non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all people. During his years of leadership the College became a vital and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsbwg added the Music Hall,Mortensen Tower, Urness Tower, the College Center, Ice Arena and Murphy Place. Dr. Charles S. Anderson has led the College since 1980. He guides Augsburg's commitment to liberal arts education, spiritual growth and freedom, diversity in enrollment and programs and a curriculum that draws on the resources of the city as extensions of campus and classroom. Augsburg continues to grow under his leadership. Some of the accomplishments during his tenure include instituting three graduate degree programs, hosting national and international figures at College-sponsored forums and events, increased accessibility and the addition of the Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. - About Augsburg Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: An Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church; Education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens; The city, with all its excitement, challenges and diversity is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metropolitan center. There are now more than 11,800 Augsburg alumni. In a world that has changed much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who make a difference where they live and work. CAMPUS LOCATION Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Murphy Square, the first of 155 parks in Minneapolis, the "City of Lakes." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and one of the city's largest medical centers - Riverside Medical Center - is adjacent to the campus, with the Mississippi River and the Seven Corners theater district just a few blocks away. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment and recreation opportunities, are just minutes west and east via Interstate 94, which forms the southern border of the campus. (See map in back.) Convenient bus routes run throughout the city and connect with the suburbs. Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport and bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. FACILITIES AND HOUSING Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/ skyway system connects the two tower dormitories, the fi;e buildings on the ~ u a d r i ~ lplus e , Music Hall, Murphy Place, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Admissions Office -The central admissions office is located at 628 21st Avenue South and provides offices for the admissions staff and a reception area for prospective students and their parents. American Indian Support Program and Black Student Affairs Program Offices - Located at 620 21st Avenue South, these programs provide support services and information to American Indian and Black students. Anderson Hall -Named in honor of Oscar Anderson, president of Augsburg College from 1963 to 1980, this residence hall is the newest building on campus. Located at 2016 S. Eighth Street, Anderson Hall contains four types of living units and houses 192 men and women. (1993) Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field - The athletic field, located at 725 23rd Avenue South, is the playing and practice field of many of the Augsburg teams. An air supported dome covers the field during the winter months, allowing year-around use. Christensen Center - Center of nonacademic activity, with spacious lounges and recreational areas, dining areas, About Augsburg 9 bookstore and offices for student govemment and student publications. (1967) program and two admissions representatives. College Relations House - Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for College Relations staff, who oversee public relations and publications for the College. Ice Arena -Two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community. (1974) Center for Global Education Located at 609 22nd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global issues. It is also the office for the Coordinator of Academic Programs Abroad. Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach and head of the Christianity Department. It provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural athletics, chapel services and general auditorium purposes. (1961) East Hall -Houses the Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) and the Center for Atmospheric Space Sciences at 2429 S. Eighth Street. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Establishes a new "front door" for the College on Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in recognition of the gifts of Julian and June Foss and was built with the additional support of many alumni and friends of the College. The TjornhomNelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel and the Amold Atrium are also housed in this complex, which provides space for the Campus Ministry program, drama and communication offices. Augsburg's computer lab, the Karen Housh Tutor Center and the John Evans Learning Laboratory are located in the lower level of this facility. (1988) The JeroyC. Carlson Alumni Center Named in 1991to honor Jeroy C. Carlson, senior development officer and former alumni director, upon his retirement from Augsburg. Located at 2124 S. 7th Street, the center houses the offices of Alumni/Parent Relations, the Augsburg Fund, Community Relations, the Hispanic/Latino support Mortensen Tower - Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923 to 1964, has 104 one and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upper-class students, plus conference rooms and spacious lounge areas. (1973) Music Hall - Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. (1978) Old Main -Home for the Modem Language and Art Departments, with classrooms used by other departments. Extensively remodeled in 1980, Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900) Science Hall ,- Houses classrooms, well-equipped laboratories, a mediumsized auditorium and faculty offices. In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed. (1949) South Hall and Annex Houses -All are located in or near the campus area and provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. Iu - About Augsburg George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, it contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955) Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, it provides space for administrative and faculty offices. (1938) 2222 Murphy Place -Houses offices for Weekend College, Graduate and Special Programs, Cooperative Education and classroom space. (1964) Urness Tower -Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have given several generous gifts to the College. The tower provides living quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing 36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967) W ASSOCIATED SUPPORT ORGANIZATIONS Augsburg College has a commitment to lifelong learning and to programs which increase both individual and group understanding and achievement. In addition to the programs listed below, the College is also home to Elderhostel and College of the Third Age programs. Inter-Race: The International Institute for Interracial Interaction- Inter-Race facilitates interracial understanding in families, schools, places of work, communities and society. The Institute provides training and consultation, research, education, resource centers, publications, public policy and legal study in five centers. Inter-Race is located at 600 21st Avenue South. Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) -The Minnesota Minority Education Partnership, Inc., is a non-profit membership organization that works closely with students, the communities of color and representatives from education, business, government and nonprofits to develop programs that help students of color succeed academically. By drawing on the talents and resources of others concerned with the success of students of color, MMEP creates collaborative, workable approaches to complex problems. MMEP believes that concentrating on the needs of students of color helps them move from thinking to doing, from wanting to having, and from dreaming to achieving. The MMEP office is located in East Hall. Nordic Center - The Nordic Center promotes interest in contemporary Norden, encourages the pursuit of Nordic studies and nurtures intercultural relations between the United States and the five Nordic nations of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden. The Nordic Center is located at 2400 Butler Place. Augsburg Youth and Family Institute - The Institute is designed to help churches better serve the changing needs of youth and families. The Institute at 2011 South Seventh Street offers academic programs at both undergraduate and graduate levels, as well as seminar/ workshops, a resource center and counseling senices. W POLICIES It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, gender, sexual preference, marital status or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 About Augsburg Ir Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed in the directory in the back of this catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, Seventh Place at Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schools and the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by the American Chemical Society, the Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM). We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs will meet the standards of every student, educational institution or employer. For Freshmen - 14 Early Admission of Freshmen - 15 For Transfer Students - 15 For Former Students - 15 For Special Students - 15 International Student Services - 16 - ADMISSIONS A ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We want people who can benefit from and contribute to their community, the College community and the community at large. Because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities and academic atmosphere is valuable, freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Call the Admissions Office any weekday between 8:00 a.m. and 430 p.m. - (612) 330-1001 or toll-free (800) 788-5678. We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for you (including Saturday momings during the school year). Our office is on the northwest comer of Seventh Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis. (Please call first.) Selection of students for Augsburg College is based upon careful consideration of each candidate's academic achievement, personal qualities and interests, participation in activities and employment, and potential for development as a student and as a graduate of Augsburg College. The College selects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age. . . 1 FRESHMEN Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application for admission and the essay and return them to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $20.00 application fee. Transcripts - An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. General Education Development scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript. Test Scores - Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the college entrance examination. The American College Test (ACT) is preferred. Results from SAT or PSAT are also accepted. It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. Additional Information- If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous academic performance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an Admissions Counselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. On occasion, the Admissions Committee may also defer a decision on a candidate's admission until other information has been received. For example, more recent test scores, results of the present semester's course work, additional letters of recommendation or writing samples may be requested by the Committee. If any additional credentials are needed, the Admissions Office will inform the candidate. Notification of Admissions Decision Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Admissions Confirmation of Admission - Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $loo* tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $loo* tuition deposit. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. *Non-refundableafter May 1. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information. I TRANSFER STUDENTS Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional aedit for work taken at unaccredited institutions and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. Augsburg College limits transfer course work from two-year colleges once a student has reached junior status. If all transfer work has been taken at a two-year college as a freshman or sophomore, a maximum of 17 Augsburg courses, or 96 quarter credits, will be accepted toward the number of Augsburg course credits required for the baccalaureate degree. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental section of this catalog to see if admission to the major is necessary. I FORMER STUDENTS Students who have intempted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return must apply for re-admission through the Registrar's Office. Students who have attended any other institution(s) during the absence from Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each institution to the Registrar's Office. Returning students do not pay the application fee. I SPECIAL STUDENTS (NON-DECREE) In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (non-degree) and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually part-time l3 - Admissions students, they may subsequently become candidates for a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree). A transcript must be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the Admissions Office. Augsburg welcomes students from countries around the world. International students from more than 50 countries have attended Augsburg since 1954. Students should contact the Admissions Officefor an International Student Application and information on the application procedure. Applications must be received two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1for Fall, November 1for Spring. , For additional information, call (612) 330-1001, or 1-800-788-5678 (toll free), or write to: International Student Admissions Augsburg College 2211 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis MN 55454 College Costs Tuition and Fees - 1 Room and Board - 1 Special Fees - 18 Deposits and Payments - 19 1 Financial Policies Refunds - 20 I Financial Aid How and When to Apply - 21 Kinds of Aid I 1 a I .I I I I Merit Scholarships - 22 Gift Assistance - 23 Loan Assistance - 23 Student Employment - 24 Sponsored Scholarships - 25 X OUR LDUCATION A 11students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College raises that difference in gifts -from alumni, faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations and endowment income. Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources. Room Rent (includes telephone and basic service) The Board of Regents has approved the costs listed below for the 1994-'95 academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. TUITION, FEES, ROOM AND BOARD Tuition (full-time enrollment) ..................$485.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. .......... $2,234.00 (Room rates and housing options are available through the Office of Residence Life.) Full Board (19 meals a week) ......... $2,138.00 Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Residence Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) Flex 5 point plan Fees ......... $2,076.00 .......... $1,890.00 ....................... $112.00 ..... $ 11,902.00 This rate applies to all full-time students attending in September, 1994. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terms. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees and admission to most Collegesupported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Tuition (part-time enrollment) per one-credit course ....... $1,270.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. OTHER SPECIAL FEES (NON-REFUNDABLE) Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (full-time students only) ............... $12.00 Late Registration (per day after classes begin) ...........$25.00 Registration Change after first five days (cancelladd/ change/grade option, or combination at one time) .................. $5.00 Music Therapy Internship (one-half course credit) ...... $485.00 Private Music Lessons, per semester (14 lessons) ........ $270.00 Student Teaching (per course for full-time students) ........ $50.00 Student Teaching (per course for part-time students) ....... $100.00 Financial Information Is Study Abroad (in approved non-Augsburg programs) .... $193.00 Student Activity Fee ............. $100.00 Student Activity Fee (part-time students) .......... $50.00 Fees Payable by Check/Cash Application (new and/or special students) ............. $20.00 $128.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests Nursing Comprehensive Exam .... $16.00 Nursing Name Pins ............... $5.00 Locker Rental (commuters) ........ $26.00 Student Parking Lot Permit - car ....................... $81.00 -motorcycle ................ $41.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ........ $2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in Registrar's Ofice) .. BOOKS AND SUPPLIES These costs are estimated to be $500.00 per year. DEPOSITS Enrollment Deposit (non-refundable) ........ $100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. Housing Damage Deposit ..... $100.00 Required of all resident students at the time of signing a contract, to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines) at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by following the conditions delineated in the housing contract. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification. If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall Semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $50 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is after these dates. I PAYMENTS Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a Statement of Estimated Charges showing basic charges and financial aid credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1)Annual payments, due August 15 as billed; (2) Semester payments, due August 15 and January 15 as billed; (3) Payment Plan upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter; (4) 10-month Payment Plan -upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrative fee, the annual charges may be paid in 10 equal installmentsbeginning June 15 and ending March 15. No finance charge will be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent upon request. - Financial Information A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1percent per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-month payment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules and the loan entrance and exit interviews have been completed. REFUNDS Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Advising Center or Registrar's Office. They must be filled out completely, signed and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to part-time, are dismissed or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrative costs) according to the following schedule: 100% - through the first five days of classes (less $100 administrative fee) 90% - from the 6th through 10th day of classes 80% - from the 11th through 15th day of classes 70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes 60% - from the 2lst through 25th day of classes 50% - from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term No refund will be made after the middle class day of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or an accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus onehalf of the percentage adjustment, upon submission of a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued e ~ o h e n t . Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sublease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. REFUNDS FOR NEW STUDENTS FIRST TERM AT AUCSBURC Refunds will be calculated on a pro-rata basis (using federal government guidelines) for students attending Augsburg for the first time. The refund will be a portion of tuition, fees and expenses equal to the period of enrollment up to the 60 percent point in time of the period of enrollment. The federal statute guidelines and requirements for refunds are more stringent for Financial Information 21 first-term new students. Students may appeal refund decisions through the Petition Committee. Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combination of scholarships, grants, loans and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church and private agencies in providing various aid programs. For the 1993-'94 academic year, nearly 9 out of 10 students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and the Augsburg Financial Aid Application help determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs and special considerations. HOW AND WHEN TO APPLY New Students - Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application, enter the Augsburg College Code 002334, and send the application to the processing agency after January 1but before April 15 for priority consideration. 3. Complete the Augsburg Financial Aid application and submit it to Student Financial Services. 4. After Augsburg receives the analysis and you are accepted for admission, the' Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid. 5. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will be sent to you. 6. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each postsecondary institution previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The financial aid transcript forms are available from the Admissions or Financial Aid offices. 7. All applicants (and parents of dependent students) are required to provide a copy of their most recent federal tax form. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re- :L Financial lntormation established each academic year by filing the Augsburg Application for Financial Aid and the Renewal Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Renewal is based on the family's financial eligibility, the student's satisfactory academic progress and fund availability. KINDS OF AID A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarship or grant (except as noted). The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, students are urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children and other sources. Merit Scholarships President's Scholarships - President's Scholarships, which assure gift assistance equal to tuition, are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-time freshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need. The awards are renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Because this is a unified program, full tuition is assured; that is, the College guarantees the difference between non- Augsburg grants and scholarships (such as state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due February 15. Details are available from the Admissions Office. Transfer Scholarships - Transfer Scholarships up to $5,000 are available to full-time students in the day schedule who are direct transfers to Augsburg College following two years of full-time study at a community college or other approved twoyear college. Students must have maintained at least a 3.3 GPA on a 4.0 point scale. Scholarships are awarded without regard to need and will be renewed for a second year given satisfactory academic performance. Special application is due April 1.Details are available from the Admissions Office. Regents' Merit Scholarships -The Regents' Merit Scholarships are awarded to incoming full-time freshmen of high academic achievement. Depending on high school class rank or college entrance test score, Augsburg will award scholarships of $1,000 to $4,000 each, renewable each year, regardless of financial need. Performing Arts Scholarships -These recognize student excellence in music or theater. Students with talents in music (vocal and instrumental), acting, stage design or production are qualified for this $1,000 annual award. Selection is based on individual performance auditions, good academic standing and letters of recommendation. These scholarships are renewable as students maintain involvement with a co-curricular performance group. Hoversten Peace Scholarships Recognize students who have demonstrated a commitment to peace, service and community. Examples of involvement of recent scholarship recipients include Financial Information z! Amnesty International, Habitat for Humanity, community service and church activities. Lutheran Leader Scholarships These scholarships recognize incoming freshmen of high academic achievement with a demonstrated record of leadership within their congregations. Students eligible for the $1,000 annual renewable award are those who rank in the top 30 percent of their high school class and have the recommendation of their pastor. Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) Awards - Augsburg College will match the first $500 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation. The scholarship or grant check from the congregation must be received at Augsburg by October 1. Gift Assistance (Need Based) Augsburg Tuition Grants - Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A student's academic performance, financial need, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Mimesota residents who have financial need. For 1993-'94, these ranged from $100 to $5,889. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1) be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident; (2) have exceptional financial need as defined by the program; (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission. Federal Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1994'95 was $2,300. Application is made by filing the FAFSA. Bureau of Indian AffairsITribal and State Indian Scholarships -Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships and Augsburg American Indian Scholarships are available to Indian students (both full- and part-time) who meet specific criteria. For Bureau of Indian Affairs/Tribal and State Indian Scholarships, students must be of 1/4 degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. Eligibility criteria for Augsburg American Indian Scholarships vary; contact the American Indian Support Program office. Indian grants supplement all other forms of financial aid. Questions may be directed to the American Indian Support Office or to your local BIA, Tribal or State Indian Education Office. Loan Assistance Federal Perkins Student Loan -A joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans are interest-free during your education. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least halftime. Simple interest of 5 percent and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $40 a month) begin nine months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10 years. The loan cames a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate - Financial Information L4 study is $15,000 ($30,000 including graduate school). Federal Stafford Student Loans Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. Subsidized Stafford Loans are need-based loans which the federal govenunent subsidizes by paying accrued interest while in school and during the grace period. Therefore, the borrower is not responsible for interest accrued while in school or during the sixmonth grace period. Interest begins accruing on the date of disbursement for the Unsubsidized Stafford Loan and the borrower is responsible for all interest. The borrower may choose to make payments while in school or may defer payments and allow interest to be capitalized (added to the balance of the loan). The interest rate for new borrowers through the Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford Loan is variable and changes annually based on the 91-day Treasury Bill. For students with existing loans, the interest rate will match the interest rate on their existing loans (7%,8%, 9% or S%/lO%). The following borrowing limits apply to the Stafford Loan program after July 1, 1994: Freshmen: $6,625 annually (Combined Subsidized & Unsubsidized Stafford) Sophomores: $7,500 annually (Combined Subsidized & Unsubsidized Stafford) Juniors/Seniors: $10,500 annually (Combined Subsidized and Unsubsidized Stafford) Aggregate maximum: $46,000 Federal Nursing Student Loan -A federal program with provisions similar to the Perkins Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipients must have financial need and be registered at least half-time. The maximum loan is $4,000 per year. Federal Parent Loan Program (PLUS) - PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent childreri. Parents may borrow up to the cost of attendance (minus other aid). Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursement at a variable interest rate not toexceed 10 perceni and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applications are normally filed with the bank or thrift institution with which your family has an account. The Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) - SELF is administered through the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Applications are available from the Office of Student Financial Services. Undergraduates may borrow up to $6,000 per year minus any other student loan indebtedness. Maximum undergraduate borrowing is $25,000. The minimum loan amount per year is $1,000. The interest rate is variable. Interest payments begin 90 days after the loan is disbursed and continue quarterly thereafter, while the student is enrolled. Principal payments b e p the 13th month after you leave school. There are no deferments. Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunities for students with proven Financial Information 2s financial need who are at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Parttime work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships, loans and grants. A maximum of 15 hours of on-campus employment per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulated in the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. Students should make application to both the Financial Aid and Personnel offices for work study positions. Federal College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program - Under these programs the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with the College to provide some part-time work opportunities. Augsburg College, through generous gifts from alumni, faculty, staff and friends of the College, offers more than 175 sponsored scholarships. For more detailed information about sponsored scholarships, contact the Student Financial Services Office or your admissions counselor. Sponsored scholarships are available in the following categories: general scholarships, special scholarships, minority/ international student scholarships, and departmental scholarships. Social, Cultural, Recreational- 28 Fine Arts - 29 IntercollegiateAthletics - 29 Intramurals - 29 Student Affairs - 29 Academic Skills Enrichment - 29 Program for Students with Disabilities (CLASS) - 30 Support Programs - 30 American Indian - 30 Asian American - 31 Black Students - 31 Hispanic/Latino - 32 Career Services - 32 '1 ' I 1 Center for Counseling and Health Promotion - 32 Health Service - 33 Id First Year Experience - 33 , Student Activities - 33 International Programs - 33 I Food Service - 34 ( Residence Life Program - 35 (Housing) I I , '1 L Student Standards of Behavior, Complaints, Records - 36 2g 3TUDENT LIFE I bxperiences in the classroom are an important part of college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for leaming and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. Christian heritage, which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at Augsburg. As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Through student government students secure a closer relationship with and better understanding of the administration and faculty, and provide input into the decisionmaking process at Augsburg. Student govemment also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Because our campus is comprised of individuals from many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, growth groups, outreach teams and community outreach opportunities, retreats, peace and justice forums, concerts and gatherings are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. On Sundays, Trinity Lutheran worship services are held on campus, with many other churches within walking distance. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gfts and sense of call and vocation that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form values guided by our The College Pastor and Campus Ministry staff have offices in the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center and are available for spiritual guidance, counseling, support or information. Student govemment is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch and the judicial branch. Elections are held in the spring for the next year. Freshmen elect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing, editing or service opportunities.If you want to get involved, contact the president or vice president of the Student Body in their offices in the lower level of the Christensen Center. Throughout the year, a variety of social and cultural activities take place on campus as well as in the Twin Cities. These activities include dances, films, theme events, name entertainment and visiting personalities in various fields. The Christensen Center is the focus of Student Life leisure-time activity on campus. The Gameroom and Student Lounge, popular hang-outs, are located in the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom and non-classroom related interests meet here. Student offices in this area include the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo; the yearbook, The Augsburgian; Student Government and the Augsburg Student Activities Council. KCMR, a studentoperated non-profit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Urness Tower. Students have many opportunitiesto participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band and Orchestra perform on national and intemational tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Deparbnent and have the opportunity to attend a series of on-campus v,&shops with visiting arts professionals. I INTRAMURALS Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. The Student Affairs Division is comprised of a variety of programs, services and activities dedicated to complementing and enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These programs, services and activities provide students with an enriched collegiate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and interests; attends to the social, cultural and career development of students; and enhances students' academic performance through direct intervention and environmental management. The following information provides a brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division. I ACADEMIC SKILLS ENRICHMENT INTERCOLLEGIATEATHLETICS Augsburg is affiliated with the Minnesota IntercollegiateAthletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division LII. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, tennis, track and field and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track and field, softball and tennis. The Academic Enrichment Program is designed to offer students study skills assistance so that they may achieve their best from their studying. The program includes four components: the Learning Center, the Tutor Center, the Learning Laboratory and the Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS). The Learning Center, located in Memorial Hall, Room 119 and Foss Center, Room 18, assists students in improving their skills in such areas as time management, 30 Student Life - notetaking, textbook reading and comprehension, test-taking, and concentration and memory improvement. Diagnostic testing is also available to assess skills in reading, vocabulary, spelling, study strategies and learning styles. The staff will assist students in developing effective and efficient study skills. The Karen M. Housh Tutor Center, located in Foss Center, Room 18, arranges for students to meet with tutors for content tutoring in most freshman and sophomorelevel courses. The Center also notifies students of tutoring labs available, as well as supplementary instruction sessions, in which tutors attend the classes and lead discussions after class on major concepts of the courses. The JohnEvans Learning Laboratory, located in Foss Center, Room 18, offers students the opportunity to improve skills in reading, writing and mathematics through the use of computer software. Tutors are available to demonstrate the uses of the software, and students are able to monitor their progress. W PROGRAM FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES (CLASS) The Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) serves over 150 students and is recognized nationally as a leader in the field of educating students with diagnosed learning and physical disabilities. The CLASS program is a logical outgrowth of the College's commitment to provide a high quality liberal arts education for students with diverse backgrounds, experiences and preparation. Augsburg has a commitment to recruit, retain and graduate students with learning and physical disabilities who demonstrate the willingness and ability to participate in college-level learning. The staff includes three licensed learning disabilities specialists, a physical disabilities specialist, and an accommodationspecialist, who supervises work-study students and coordinates accommodation services for students. One-on-one meetings between students and specialists are the centerpiece of the program model. Accommodations include individualized academic support, advocacy with faculty and staff, special testing arrangements, taped textbooks, peer tutors, securing notetakers, access to and training on computers, and adaptive technology, such as a Braille printer, dictation and voice recognition software, and adaptive keyboard equipment. Modified and accessible dormitory rooms are available. During the 1980s Augsburg spent nearly one million dollars to make the campus accessible to persons with physical disabilities by constructing a skyway-tunnelelevator system that connects 10 major buildings. Augsburg has the oldest and most extensive learning disabilities program among the private colleges in Minnesota. For more information, please contact the CLASS office at 612/330-1053 to request a copy of the CLASS brochure and/or schedule an ~nformationalappointment with a specialist. W AMERICAN INDIAN SUPPORT PROGRAM The American Indian Support Program, located at 621 21st Avenue South, is a multifaceted office established in 1978 to recruit and retain American Indian students. It is a national model of success and continues to have one of the highest retention and graduation rates of Indian students in the state of Minnesota. Student Life Components of the program are as follows: American lndian Support Services: Assistance in admissions procedures, financial aid procedures including BIA, Tribal and Minnesota Indian State Scholarship applications, orientation and registration, course work selection, individual education plans, academic advising, career counseling, employment, community and professional referrals, internships, student housing and crisis intervention. It advises and supports the Intertribal Student Union (ITSU). Intertribal Student Union: ITSU serves as a peer support group for incoming and currently enrolled American Indian students. ITSU also organizes and cosponsors cultural events. Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership:MNITTP is a cooperative effort between Augsburg College and the Minneapolis Public School District, intended to increase the number of American Indian teachers in the Minneapolis public schools. Funded by the Minnesota State Legislature in 1990, this project is designed as a special grant and loan forgiveness program. Students who are awarded state teaching licensure may then apply for loan forgiveness for each year the student teaches, one fifth of the loan will be forgiven. American lndian Studies Minor: An academic component encompassingthe range of American Indian contributions to North American culture. Courses offered include art, religion, history, literature, Ojibwe language and women's issues. For more information, contact Dr. Virginia Allery, 612/330-1385, or see course listings under Interdisciplinary Studies in the academic section of the catalog. Anishinabe Library Project: Over 1,000 books, a variety of journals and scholarly publications, research materials, American Indian magazines and newspapers and over 125VHS videos are housed in the Sverdrup Library and at the American Indian Support Program Office. The library project offers both a historical and contemporary perspective on the cultures of various tribal nations in the United States. H ASIAN AMERICAN SUPPORT PROGRAM The Asian American Support Program was created in 1992 to recruit and retain Asian American students and to enhance the quihty of their total experience while at Augsburg College. The program seeks to create opportunitieswhere Asian American students can be involved in and contribute to all aspects of academic and student life. The Program provides assistance in the admissions and financial aid application procedures, orientation, registration and course work selection, career development, academic and non-academic difficulties, and employment and placement referrals. The Asian American Association is affiliated with the Support Program. The Association carries out various activities during the acadeinic year to increase the network of friendship and support for Asian American and other students at Augsburg. BLACK STUDENT SUPPORT PROGRAM The Black Student Affairs Office (BSA) is committed to enhancing the education and personal development of students of African descent, and to promote cultural and historical awareness, academic achievement and social interaction. BSA sponsors 31 - 32 Student Life events and activities, such as celebrating Martin Luther King's birthday, Afrikana History Month, the Each One Reach One mentoring program and Augsburg Black Alumni Council gatherings. The Pan-Afrikan Student Union (PASU) provides support to students, including a schedule of social and cultural activities. The headquarters is in the BSA Office, as is the Pan-Afrikan Center. HISPANIC/LATINO SUPPORT PROGRAM The Hispanic/Latino Support Program offers students individualized attention in many areas, including academic support, counseling and advocacy. Students find assistance in: admissions and financial aid procedures, orientation and registration, academic planning, career counseling, housing, internships and employment and placement referrals. The program advises the Latino Student Association and supports academic, social, cultural events, and other activities that improve the academic and personal development of Hispanic/Latino students and provides awareness of the unique aspects of the Hispanic culture. CAREER SERVICES The Career Services Department is committed to assisting all students with their career planning. This process is an important part of a student's development while attending college. To aid students in this process, Career Services offers students the opportunity to actively participate in career seminars, career assessments, oneon-one counseling, self-paced computer career planning modules, and use of the Alumni Resource Network for informational interviews. S e ~ c eare s available to all students, but some programs are sponsored especially for seniors. Seniors are encouraged to attend one of three annual job fairs with recruiters representing business, education or nonprofit and government sectors. There is also an annual graduate and professional school fair for seniors to explore educational options after graduation. CENTER FOR COUNSELING AND HEALTH PROMOTION Counseling Counseling provides a supportive environment where students have many opportunitiesto gain self-awareness through personal exploration with the assistance of trained, experienced counselors. Counselors serve as advocates providing support and assistance with direction. Services include individual counseling, group counseling, psychological testing, assessment and referral, workshops, and consultation and outreach. Through the relationship with a skilled counselor, a student may discuss personal issues such as stress, depression, roommate problems, intimacy and sexuality, drug use, family problems, motivation, transitions, breaking away from family, self-image, difficult decisions, eating concerns, etc. Counseling is an educational process in which students learn to think objectively about themselves and learn methods of understanding themselves and others. Professional counseling can make a substantial contribution to the educational experiences of the student by providing the opportunity for increased self-understanding and personal growth. Student Life 3: Health Promotion Health Promotion offers a wide spectrum of activities and events that increase awareness of health issues and assist students in adapting new behaviors for a healthier lifestyle. Health Promotion also works with various campus agencies to foster positive change within the campus environment. Professional staff offer private consultations, individual assessments and group workshops to accommodate the needs of all students. Topics include varied health issues such as fitness, nutrition, weight management, stress reduction, alcohol and other drug use, sexuality, etc. Students interested in health issues can combine learning and practice through involvement with Health Promotion services. Academic and practicurn opportunities are also available to students from a variety of academic disciplines. HEALTH SERVICE Riverside University Family Practice Clinic serves as the Augsburg College Health Service and is a family practice residency clinic affiliated with the University of Minnesota. The clinic is located one block from campus at 2615 Franklin Avenue South. Office visits for illness and injury are free for all Augsburg students. Students must check family health insurance coverage to determine if they are included. If not, contact the Vice President for Student Affairs Office for information regarding student health insurance. FIRST YEAR EXPERIENCE PROGRAM (FYE) The FYE program assists students in their first Augsburg registration, provides orientation events before classes begin, and also includes a seminar series. FYE reflects the College's commitment to a meaningful introduction to college for our students - an enriching beginning for a college career. To provide focus for this introduction, the ME seminar is centered on a series of themes. These themes are reflected in and expanded upon in readings, discussions and other activities. Diversity, tradition, change, ways of knowing and what it means to be an educated person are all themes associated with the program. STUDENT ACTIVITIES The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involve ment in developing events, activities and organizations which serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming effortsand targeted activities for specific student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg a dynamic and enjoyable interactive environment. INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS The International Student Services Office focuses on the needs of international students. It also serves as a resource for those interested in international events and global issues. International Students -International students receive assistance in meeting their educational objectives through advising on academic concerns, immigration and visa problems, financial matters, practical matters (taxes, insurance, housing, daycare) and personal concern. New international students participate in an orientation program before the beginning of the term which provides 14 Student Life practical information on housing, banking, using local transportatiod and course registration. Students also learn about the U.S. educational system and adjusting to life at Augsburg. Study Abroad -An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad students may meet with grassroots women's organizations in Mexico, work in a small business or artisan program in Kenya, examine Scandinavian perspectives on world peace in Norway, or thrill to the sounds of "The Magic Flute" at the Viennese state opera house. Study abroad provides opportmities to develop critical thinking skills, strengthen language competencies, further career paths, experience different cultures and gain knowledge about the increasingly interdependent world. Students interested in studying offcampus receive advice on selecting programs which best fit their academic, career and personal objectives. Assistance is given with program application, course registration, financing and travel arrangements. Orientation and re-entry programs are offered to assist students in integrating the experience abroad into their course work and personal lives. The deadline for application is December 15 for off-campus study the following year. All students in good academic standing at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off-campus. The cost for many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/ general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and the Study Abroad Adviser before departure. Augsburg Community -The International Programs Office works to utilize the cross-culturalperspectives of its intemational students and students with experience overseas to educate the college community on world issues. This is done through faculty, staff and student development programs which include activities sponsored by the Cross-Cultural Club and the International House, forums on world issues sponsored by the Global Community and Amnesty International student groups, and seminars focusing on issues of cross-cultural communication for faculty and staff. FOOD SERVICE The Commons -Situated on the top floor of the Christensen Center, this is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. %s pleasant, spacious room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. Murphy's - Located on the ground floor of the Christensen Center, Murphy's features grill items, pizza, soups and salads, desserts and beverages. - Augsburg provides a variety of board Student Life plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. RESIDENCE LIFE PROGRAM Augsburg recognizes the importance of the residence experience during the college years. Research indicates that students who live on campus will be more likely to complete their college degree successfully. Augsburg provides a diverse and dynamic residence program which fosters the development of community, and supports and enhances the academic experience. Live-in staff assist students by providing social and educational programming, facilitating conflict resolutions and assisting in emergencies. Each complex contains 24hour study rooms, computer services, laundry and vending services and access to security staff. Augsburg expects all freshmen and sophomores, not living at home, to live in college-operated housing. Housing for married students and students with families is available. Students rent a room at the beginning of the Fall term for the entire academic school year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upper-class students make housing arrangementsin the Spring. All resident students must sign room and board contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1 in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus must pay a $100 deposit when they sign the housing contract. The fee is credited to the student's account when he or she moves out. The College houses approximately 700 students in residence hall rooms, apartments, floor houses, and townhouses. A wide variety of options are available, including single rooms. Urness Tower -All new students and some upper-class students live in Urness Tower. This 11-story high-rise houses 324 students. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own lounge, study and utility areas. In Urness Tower, rooms are furnished with a bed, dresser, desk and chair. Linens are not provided. Mortensen Tower -This building is a 13-story high-rise apartment building. It contains 104 onebedroom and twobedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upper-class students. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. Anderson Hall - Opened in Fall 1993, this is the newest residence hall. It contains four types of living units: two-bedroom apartments, two-room suites, floor houses and townhouses. This residence houses 192 men and women. All rooms are furnished with beds, dressers and desks. It is equipped with telephones, cable TV and computer hook-ups. Special Interest Housing -Students may submit proposals in the Spring for a program which allows them to live as a group with a special educational contract. Examples of programs include Campus Ministry, healthy living options and international floors. 3! - l6 Student Life STUDENT STANDARDS OF BEHAVIOR, COMPLAINTS, RECORDS The C O 1 l e ~ a statement of standards for student behavior and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances and grade appeal. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act. Students have the right to inspect certain official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Officeof the and the Placement Office, and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs Office. General Information - 3, Degrees Offered - 38 Academic Calendar - sa , Computer Resources - 39 Academic Advising Center - 39 I Academic Organ'mtion and Programs Divisions and Departments - 40 Majors and Minors - 40 Teaching Licensure - 42 Pre-Professional Programs - 42 Honors Program - 43 Inter-Institutional Programs - 44 Study Abroad - 45 Experiential Education - 48 Weekend College -50 Graduate Programs - . Other Programs - 51 Academic Policies and Procedures - 5 Registration- 51 Withdrawal from College - 52 Leave of Absence - 52 General Education Curriculum - 53 Quick Check Summary of Graduation Requirements - 53 Graduation Requirements - 55 Students Entering 1993 and After Students Who Entered Prior to 1993 Students Entering Under Distributio Curriculum Requirements - 64 Skills Component - 57 Liberal Arts Perspectives - 58 Rationale for Perspectives - 63 Evaluation and Grading - 66 Assessment of Previous Learning Program - 68 Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal - 70 Four Year Assurance Program - 71 - ACADEMIC INFORMATION A ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students must be educated as fully human persons -intellectually, spiritually and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the of the world from which they have come as well as the world in which live. providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences and social sciences, the general education curriculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture. Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students the opportunity to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting activities. Students choose from over 40 major areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of curricular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world. DECREES OFFERED Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music and the Bachelor of Science undergraduate degrees. Augsburg also offers the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the Master of Social Work graduate degrees. ACADEMIC CALENDAR Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Full-time students normally take four course credits each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three course credits can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. fiecalendar is coordinated with of the four other colleges of the Associated CoU,ges of the Twin Cities, so students can t&e courses on another during the regular term. (SeeRegistration on page 51 and Calendars on page 269 and 270.) January Interim is~&cularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ different styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office. In addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunitieswithin the United States and abroad. Augsburg offers two Summer School sessions. The Summer School catalog is published in the winter of each year, is distributed to all students, and is available by contading the Summer School Office. Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs follow a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College and Graduate Programs, pages 50 and 51). FACULTY The heart of any educational institution is its faculty. Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. ~ o sfaculty t hold the dodorate or other terminal degree and all consider teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in social, professional and a variety of research activities, but see these activities as supporting their teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces them to current thought in many fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities. Every freshman is assigned a First Year Experience (FYE) adviser and, later, chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students. tapes and films, and supplies media equipment free of charge for instructional use. Audio and video tape duplication within the limits set by copyright law is available. Fees are charged for the production of transparencies and posters as well as for lamination. The Center supplies television sets, VCRs, video cameras, video editing, tape recorders, microphones, slide, overhead, filmstrip, opaque and movie projectors as well as screens and carts. Film bibliographies and advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. I COMPUTER RESOURCES I LIBRARY AND AUDIO-VISUAL SERVICES A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly student library assistants make the library a favorite place to study and do research. The main library houses over 175,000 books, journals, records and microforms. Music, chemistry and art history slide libraries are located within departmental areas. A se~ce-orientedstaff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, reference service and guidance in pursuing research. Students have access to a wide variety of local, regional, national and international databases. Arrangements are made for access by students with physical limitations and special needs. Students have access via a computerized online catalog and daily courier service to all the library holdings of the seven private liberal arts colleges of the Twin Cities and the James J. Hill Reference Library. The Library Audio-Visual Center houses a large collection of sound recordings, video The recent completion of a new computer classroom and lab in the Foss Center was an important addition to the growing list of computer resources accessible to Augsburg students and faculty. Computing clusters -located in the residence halls, the Foss Center computer lab, the Library and the Science Building are connected via a campus-wide network that offers a full range of network services. Students also have 24-hour access seven days a week to more than 30 computers in the Mortensen/Umess study lounge. Augsburg College, a member of the National Science Foundation's Internet since 1990, is connected to hundreds of universities and other institutions in the U.S. and around the world. Internet access and a renewed focus on educational technology is allowing Augsburg to integrate these electronic resources into many different areas of the learning process. I ACADEMIC ADVISING CENTER The Academic Advising Center advises transfer students and students with undeclared majors, provides information on - Academic lntormation matters of general education, administers and tracks all entry level skills assessments, interprets catalog and graduation skills requirements, and advises both students who have been placed on academic probation and re-entering suspended students regarding GPA requirements. The Center also coordinates summer advising for the orientation program and provides in-service training and development for f a d t y advisers. DIVISIONS AND DEPARTMENTS The College curriculum is offered by 22 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities -Catherine Nicholl (Chair).Art, English, Modern Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication, Theatre Arts, College Librarians. Natural Science and Mathematics Mark Engebretson (Chair).Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics, Computer Science, Physics. Social and Behavioral Sciences Richard Nelson (Chair).Business Administration, Accounting, Economics, History, Management Information Systems (MIS), Political Science, Psychology, Sociology. Professional Studies -Vincent Peters (Chair).Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, Social Work. MAJORSAND MINORS Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Others test a variety of disciplines before deciding. Normally a major should be elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the Bachelor of Arts degree. Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major. Accounting General Accounting Managerial Accounting Public Accounting Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Business Administration/Economics Business Administration/Finance Business Administration/Intemational Business Business Administration/Management Business Administration/Marketing Chemistry (B.A. or B.S.) Communication General CommunicationStudies Mass Communications Organizational Communication Computer Science (B.A. or B.S.) East and Southeast Asian Studies' Economics Applied Economics Economics Economics/Business Administration Education Kindergarten-Elementary Secondary (non-major, licensure only) Engineering2 Academic lntormatlon - English Health Education History International Relations Management Information Systems Mathematics Applied Mathematics Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modem Languages' French German Norwegian Spanish Music Music (B.A.) Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nordic Area Studies Nursing (B.S. -Weekend College only) Philosophy Physical Education Physics (B.A. or B.S.) Space Physics (B.S.) Political Science Psychology Religion Russian, Central and East European Area Studies Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Speech Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Women's Studies Accounting American Indian Studies Art Art History Studio Art Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Health Education History International Business International Relations Linguistics Management Information Systems Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Modern Languages ' French German Norwegian Spanish Music Nordic Area Studies Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Science Psychology Religion Social Welfare Sociology Russian, Central and East European Area Studies' Special Education Speech Theatre Arts Theatre Arts Theatre History and Criticism Women's Studies It is possible for students to complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). - Academic lntormation 'L Students who wish to complete a major offered at one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Office. Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and agreements with the University of Minnesota. It is possible for students to take beginning1 intermediate/advanced courses not available at consortium colleges in Arabic, Chinese,Hebrew, Japanese, Russian, and other infrequently taught languages. Students register directly with the ACTC ofice. *Dualdegree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Washington University School o f Engineering and Applied Science and Michigan Technological University. W OTHER STUDY PROGRAMS Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: EnglishLanguage Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-91, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-121, Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (grades 5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their academic major($ Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly. A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the Assistant to the Dean for Academic Advising early in their freshman year to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry - These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota: ENG, two courses; BIO 113,114; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering-This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering. Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to participate in a dual degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri, or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Academic Information Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by the Association of American Law Schools. Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-law students should major in a discipline of their own choosing and will satisfy most law school entrance requirements with a record of solid achievement in the liberal arts. Pre-Medicine-Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and Chemistry Departments have majors which can fulfill the academic requirements for pre-medical students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106),MAT 145,146;and PHY 121,122. The chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar and two or more biology courses. The biology major also requires BIO 113,114,201,491 and at least one from each of five groups (BIO 367,386,471), (BIO 355,474), (BIO 351, 353,473), (BIO 361,440), (BIO476,481) with BIO 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed to meet the University of Minnesota ( M i m e apolis) requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis)requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with their faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Occupational Therapy, PrePhysician's Assistant and Pre-Physical Therapy - Course work in preparation for these training programs should be discussed with a faculty member in the Biology Department. Pre-Pharmacy -Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 113,114; CHM 115,116,351,352; ECO 112 or 113; ENG 111and a second course; MAT 145, 146; PHY 121,122; electives from hurnanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philose phy, English, psychology, sociology or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (WesternCivilization);one or more courses in the history of philosophy and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine -To meet minimum requirements of the College of Veterinary Medicine at the University of Minnesota, these courses are recommended: ENG, two courses; MAT 145; public speaking, one course; CHM 115,116 (or 105, 106),351,352,353; BIO 113,114; PHY 121, 122; economics, one course; two courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or Upper Division modem languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the curriculum requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Honors Program The Honors Program is designed to challenge and encourage the most academically distinguished students at Augsburg. The program combines academic and cultural components with social activities. Members of the program normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for transfers - 4: 14 Academic Information and others. Students graduate from the Honors Program upon successful completion of the program, which is noted on the transcript and which provides a n advantage for both employment and graduate school application. During the freshman and sophomore years, students take a four course honors sequence that satisfies four Perspectives. They also participate in a Monday Forum program that affords an opportunity to hear outside speakers, assess films, and pursue course sequence topics in greater depth. The First-Year Experience (FYE) is also integrated into the freshman sequence. During the junior and senior years, students take four mini-seminars (one full course credit upon completion),one each semester and participate in a six week Monday Forum program each term. Seniors take a Senior Seminar during Interim, which satisfies a Perspective requirement, and are obliged to complete an approved Honors project. Some seniors satisfy this requirement by serving on the Augsburg Honors Review, a yearly journal which publishes outstanding student papers. Requirements center on full participation in the program and the maintenance of at least a 3.3 GPA the freshman year, a 3.4 the sophomore year, and a 3.5 the last two years. Please direct enquiries to Dr. Joan Griffin, Director of Freshman and Sophomore Honors, or Dr. Larry Crockett, Director of Junior and Senior Honors. INTER-INSTITUTIONAL PROGRAMS Augsburg cooperates with other colleges and institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center -Through CLIC, the Twin Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the regional library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time weekday students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges and universities of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses. No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for additional details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperative program to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus. The colleges have coordinated calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperates with other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim. Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) -Augsburg, in cooperation with 17 other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa and South Dakota, develops and offers offcampus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central America and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change, inequality and the human community. The consortium also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies. Academic Information 4! Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishment of a four-year program in social work, sociology or psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses. Air Force ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at the University of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for two and three year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Office of the Registrar. Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg course credit of military science studies may apply toward the total credits required for graduation. Additional military science credits beyond the one credit allowed will be classified as non-degree credits. Naval ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more mformation, contact the Office of the Registrar. Note: A maximum of one full Augsburg course credit of military science studies may apply toward the total credits required for graduation. Additional military science credits beyond the one credit allowed will be classified as non-degree credits. OPPORTUNITIES FOR STUDY ABROAD An increasing number of Augsburg students are taking advantage of the opportunity to gain academic credit for an overseas experience. Through study abroad, students may find themselves exploring the ancient Mayan ruins in Mexico, meeting with women's groups in Namibia, examining Scandinavianperspectives on world peace or hilling to the sounds of music at a Viennese opera house. International Study at Augsburg College is intended to motivate students to act responsibly and effectively in society by expanding their awareness of other cultures, deepening their understanding of the human condition on a global scale, and helping them to understand the connections between social justice and global interdependence. Eligibility and Application All students in good academic standing (a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off-campus. Although foreign language skills are an asset to students studying abroad, they are not required. Since it takes some time to prepare for studying abroad, students should start planning during their freshman and sophomore years. Students must apply by December 15 for study off-campus for the next academic year. Costs and Financial Aid The cost of many programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. Cost estifnates are drawn up to assist the Financial Aid Office in awarding aid to students studying overseas. Academic Requirements and Credit Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an international dimension to any academic - Academic 16 Information program. Students majoring in a variety of disciplines, from the natural sciences and mathematics to the humanities, are among those who study abroad each year. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying oncampus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/general education and graduation requirements when approved by academic advisers and department chairs before departure. A sample of study programs is highlighted below. For information on these or other programs overseas, contact the Coordinator of Academic Programs Abroad. Also see the International Studies section of the Department and Programs section of this catalog for full course descriptions of the programs listed below. The Center for Global Education The Center for Global Education facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others struggling for justice and human dignity. The Center's study programs are conducted in Mexico, Namibia, Norway and Switzerland. Students experience three distinct types of living situations, which include living with other participants in a community house, spending several days in a rural setting and several weeks living with host families. They also travel together on two-week seminars -in Mexico to Central America, in Namibia to South Africa, and in Switzerland to Italy and Germany. The cost of these programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on campus plus airfare. Augsburg College/OstFold, Norway Semester or Academic Year Augsburg, in cooperation with the University of North Dakota and the city of Moss, offers this semester or year-long exchange program in Moss, Norway. Students are taught in English. Courses offered may meet perspectives for general education requirements, or count as electives in communication, international business and Nordic Area Studies. Students live with host families on the island of Jeby. Application deadline: April 15. Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives - Fall This program explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic development, social change strategies, and the connections women are drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics. The course offers credit in areas such as religion, political science and Spanish. Application deadline: April 1. Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America - Fall This program introduces students to the central issues currently facing Latin America by focusing on new models of political organizing, popular education and human services. Credit may be earned in social work, sociology, education, political science and Spanish. Application deadline: Apnl 1. Southern Africa Societies in Transition - Fall This intensive progrim of study and travel is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition Academic Information 43 from colonialism to independence. Students will explore the complex political, social and economic dynamics of building a new nation. Credit may be earned in history, political science and religion. Internships are available with development agencies. Application deadline: April 15. Contemporary Issues in Mexico and Central America - Spring This program examines the history of political change, the dynamics of social justice and the role of the church in Latin America. Students explore the importance of community and the role of U.S. citizens in social and political change. Credit may be earned in areas such as history, religion and Spanish. Application deadline: October 15. International Development and Human Rights in Latin America - Spring This program focuses on the themes of international development and human . rights. It includes coursework in human rights, international development, Hispanic literature and Spanish composition and conversation. Credit may be earned in Spanish, Latin American studies, international relations, political science, economics, peace studies, anthropology and pre-law studies. Internships in human rights organizations are available. Application deadline: October 15. Women and Development: A Southern Africa Perspective - Spring This intensive study and travel program is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa, with emphasis on the experience of women. The program introduces students to the struggle of women in Southern Africa, to the history of their role in society, and to the situation that exists for women in Africa. Students may earn credit in political science, religion and sociology. Internships are available with agencies providing special services to women. Application deadline: October 15 Global Issues and World Churches Summer This intensive program of study and travel is designed to introduce participants to the workings of international nongovernmental organizations, especially ecumenical church agencies. The program will focus on justice issues (international responses to the challenges of humans rights, refugees and relief, and social and economic development); peace issues (international responses to conflict);and the integrity of creation (international responses to environmental and ecological travel). The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers programs through HECUA in three different full semester programs in Norway, Ecuador or Colombia. AU programs emphasize the impact of the social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, internships and field trips. For more information on international HECUA programs, see the listings under International Studies, and for non-international programs, see Metro-Urban Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term: Norway - Fall This interdisciplinary program focuses on contemporary Scandinavian society, culture and language, and the development '8 Academic Information of cities, urban problem solving and urban life. Local, regional, and international field study and site visits in Copenhagen, Stockholm, Helsinki, and the former Soviet Union, will provide comparative perspectives on welfare states and global politics. Application deadline: March 15. Community Internships in Latin America: Ecuador - Fall or Spring This interdisciplinaryprogram enables the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with study of the community development process and increasing language skills. Students study philosophical and ideological perspectives of a variety of community agencies or groups working with or for low-income and other disenfranchised populations in Latin America. Application deadlines: November 1for Spring Term and March 15 for Fall Term. Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America: Colombia or Ecuador - Spring This interdisciplinary program focuses on development and social change in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature, the arts and the ways in which ideologies shape perceptions of social realities. Application deadline: November 1. Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in the International Student Teaching Abroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University or the University of Minnesota, Morris. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the International Independent School Network. Students who teach abroad will also do part of their student teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. For additional information, contact the Education Department. Interim Abroad Each January, 25 to 30 courses are offered around the world by Augsburg professors and through the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE).Course registration is held during the Spring and Fall terms for the following January. Application deadline: October 25. EXPERIENTIAL EDUCATION PROCRAMS Through Internships, Cooperative Education and Community Service, Augsburg students integrate and expand their liberal arts education by embracing the worlds of work and service. Each work or community service placement is closely related to a student's major, course work or career interest. Augsburg's Internship, Cooperative Education and Community Service programs link employers, community organizations and the academic program in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience and personal development. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an effective preparation for careers and citizenship. The integration of "knowing and doing" adds breadth and depth to the liberal arts curriculum and assists students in making more informed academic, career and personal decisions. The College's metropolitan location makes possible a wide range of opportunities. Students have gained valuable learning experiences in small and midsize companies, large corporations, non-profit organizations, schools, government agencies and community-based organizations. Academic Information 4 Academic Internships An academic internship is a carefully planned work-based learning experience where a student focuses on specific academic and individual learning objectives. A learning agreement plan, negotiated with a faculty supervisor and work supervisor, outlining the internship objectives, strategies and evaluation methods is required. An academic internship is approved, supervised and evaluated by a faculty member in the department in which the student wishes to earn the Internship credit. Upper Division Internships are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199. Registration for Internships consists of the following steps: 1.Obtain the Internship registration permission form from the Internship and Cooperative Education Office and secure the signatures of the faculty supervisor and Director of Internships and Cooperative Education. 2. Register for a 199 or 399 Internship during the registration period. The signed permission form must be turned in at the time of registration. (Students may preregister without a placement secured, but a suitable internship must be found by the end of the registration or drop/add period.) 3. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Internship and Cooperative Education office) must be negotiated with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience and the work supervisor. The completed original is turned in to the Internship and Cooperative Education Office, with copies made for the faculty, supervisor and student. Internships are available in all majors and can be taken during a semester (or Weekend College trimester), Interim or summer session. For extension of an Internship beyond one term see Evaluation and Grading on page 66. A maximum of four courses of Internship may count toward the total courses required for the degree. Cooperative Education Cooperative Education is a college supported and monitored, paid, worklearning experience that is closely related to a student's major or career objective. The goal is to combine theory with practice in work or servicebased settings. Students also earn money to help defray educational costs while gaining important on-the-job experience. Job placements typically are part-time during the academic year and/or full-time summer. Co-op jobs are flexible and can begin and end anytme. Co-op Ed is not credited in and of itself, but a non-credit Cooperative Education transcript entry is available during the academic terms the student is employed. Co-op Ed students are encouraged to complete at least one Internship for credit in conjunction with their Cooperative Education participation. Co-op Ed is available to Augsburg students who have completed their freshman year and are in good academic standing. Service-Learning Augsburg's Service-Learningprogram combines respoke to human needs in the community with a conscious awareness and understanding of issues, reflection and educational growth. Augsburg students learn from and about the community and society in which they live by participating in orientation sessions, direct servicelearning activities and seminars or class discussions. - Academic Intormation Through direct service, such as volunteering at a homeless shelter, tutoring, building housing for low income people or working with environmental groups, students engage in a dynamic and interactive educational approach which employs reciprocal learning between the student(s) and the community. Service Learning includes course-imbedded community service, tutoring, internships, cooperative education and a wide range of volunteer options. The Service-LearningProgram works with community organizations and organizes specific projects to enhance student involvement and also assists with and supports the integration of servicelearning into departmental courses. The program works closely with the student directed Augsburg LINK program and campus ministry. WEEKEND COLLEGE Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends. There are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. Although the Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: Accounting, Business Administration (specializationsin finance, international business, management and marketing), Communication (concentrations in general communication, organizational communication and mass communication), Computer Science, Economics, Elementary and Secondary Education, English, Management Information Systems, Nursing, Psychology, Religion and Social Work. 1 GRADUATE PROGRAMS Augsburg College offers three graduate degree programs: the Master of Arts in Leadership, the Master of Arts in Education-Leadership and the Master of Social Work. Designed for working adults, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. There are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. The Master of Arts in Leadership program is based on the subject matter and approaches of the traditional liberal arts. This cross-disciplinaryprogram directs its academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to organizational leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes that today's leaders need broad-spectrum abilities to provide them with a more comprehensive understandinn ., of their world. The Master of Arts in EducationLeadership program values the role that good educators play in the lives of students, and operates from the belief that educators need to exercise leadership within the workplace without relinquishing the role of teacher. The program promotes leadership as a process, promotes productivity within and beyond the organization and works toward progress. The Master of Social Work at Augsburg offers two concentrations: Family Practice and Program Development, Policy and Academic Information Administration. In the Family Practice concentration, students concentrate on empowering the family nurturing systems from a developmental and holistic perspective. Milda K. Hedblom, Canadian Program Coordinator. The Program Development, Policy and Administration concentration has been developed in response to the growing demand for creative leadership and administration of policies and services that respond to human need. Augsburg College has a commitment to lifelong learning and is host to both Elderhostel and College of the Third Age programs. For more information, contact the Academic Dean's office. Both concentrations are founded on the assumptions that analysis of complex social issues and solutions must be based on solid research, and that the world is interdependent in all areas, including human needs and the services to address them. These programs bring working adults to the campus. They are complemented by the College's Cooperative Education Program (begun in 1984) that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences. OTHER PROGRAMS Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers selected courses through Continuing Education. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Associate Dean for Academic Affairs. Canadian Program The Canadian Program was inaugurated in 1985with endowment from the Mildred Joel Bequest for Canadian Studies. The program supports special events and conferences as well as student internships and faculty activity in Canadian studies. The goals of the program include community involvement, increased awareness of the importance of Canadian/U.S. relations, and provision of opportunities to learn directly from Canadians through visits and exchanges. Elderhostel and College of the Third Age REGISTRATION A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Full-time students normally register for four course credits per semester and one course during Interim. Students registered for three or more course credits in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 course credits, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to five days after the semester begins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special fees are charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Spring by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following academic year. As some courses are offered only in alternate years, students should also consult with Departmental advisers when planning their academic program. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer -5' - Academic Information iz School Office, Weekend College Office and Graduate Program Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar -Science Hall 114, for Fall and Spring Terms Interim Office -Memorial Hall 230 Summer School Office -2222 Murphy Place Weekend College Office -2222 because this may result in a failing grade on their official academic record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be completed in the Office of the Registrar. A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal from College form may be obtained in the Advising Center or in the Office of the Registrar. Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from College and any consequential adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Office of the Registrar. Murphy Place Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Place Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer students may pre-register during summer for courses in the Fall. All currently enrolled students may pre-register during the Fall for the Spring term and during the Spring for the Fall term. Class Confirmation All students must confirm their registration with a signature and final payment arrangements prior to the start of classes. Students who do not confirm their registration before the first day of classes (unless special arrangements have been made) will lose all classes. They may register and confirm during the first five days, but special late fees are assessed and added to their account. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered Leave of Absence Students may request a Leave of Absence for academic or personal reasons. A Leave of Absence/Withdrawal from College form must be picked up in the Advising Center or the Office of the Registrar. It must be signed by Advising Center staff or authorized representative. The completed form must be submitted to the Office of the Registrar. A leave of absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension is needed, an updated Leave of Absence form must be submitted to the Office of the Registrar prior to the expiration of the previous leave of absence period or an application for readmission will be required. A student on leave of absence is responsible for keeping the Office of the Registrar informed of his or her mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by the returning student. A leave of absence does not defer payment of loans or extend incomplete course deadlines. :(sluaua~!nba~ OZ"""' ('yy.0) a3wuuojrad >!snyy ' - ' - ' ' ' ('yy.0) uo!+e:,npg 3!snn asaqloj Aldde Aeu j!pam ~ a p u w l )uop '1 PI-............ ( y g ) Oqquno3~y -enpe~601 ~ o p d qua~aJ!nbal6 u ! ~ o l l o ~ :suogda3xa % u y i o ~ ~ o j aql alaldwo3 lsnu 'Â£661 '1 henuel aq+ q q ! ~' ~ u a q e d a pauo liue laye (q!pa~>a l o u JO p~ q l ! 6u!~alua) ~ â¬1 ut!q+aroux ON u! aq lieu1 sasmo:, quapnls JapueJl Jo!uas pue ~o!un!IIV sasmo:, uqraluI aq Jsnu OML 8quosear aageq!quenb q asmo:, aug 8 q e a d s u! asmo:, auo - m u ) uo!s!a!a . ( ~ ~ [ Eaq+ LXI u!q+!~auo) ~ U I + U Mu! sasrno3 OML (.sa~g:,adsradro ro[eux aqj u! sasmo3 q + !+am ~ aq dew s+uauxar!nbar a s a q ~.J ) ro 0.z 30 ape18 urnur!qw e VIMS I I ~ uSo ! ~ n p e ~~U!MOIIOJ 3 aqq n g ~ ~y e sqa s~~ n aqa1duo3 o~ uayeq s! axanbas $1101-read e ssaIun squaqedap juarajpp woq OML 'sanypadsrad p p o 1erweN ~ a8eduel anlqeu mod ueqq raqqo q 'sanypadslad aSe&uel OMJ, . . . (anoqe ro 0 0 paraq ~ raddn aq qsnux 11 :asaqq jo .s+!par3 asmo:, EE aqaIduIo3 (-qdmaxaare squaprqs rajsuerq arouxoqdo~).ieu!uraS put! uoqequauo n q m a q a~a1dwo3 :(quauaJ!nbaJ asaqloa Aldde Aeu ypaJ3 ~ajsueq)uopenpe~601 J O ! J ~ q u a u a ~ ! n b a6~u ! ~ o l l oaql ~ alalduo3 lsnu ' ~ 6 '1 6 ~ henuef JaUe 6u!~alua sluapnls Japueq a~ouoqdosput? uetuysay Ile pue uauqsay Mau llv .a8e~ane ~ q o aped d ~~LII+II qeqqen .ro[eu~e 30 uo!qalduxo3 aged uo paqtrxap are sumuqxauI raqw . -uo!qenpefi lo3 pux are s+uauIar!nbar ne qeq arnsua o+srasrape r!aq+ q q ! ~lil+uanbayqnsuo:, oq pue s~uauxa~!nbal uogenper8 IInj aqq d ~ ~ y a peal oq pasrnpe ale spaprqs .SS a8ed uo q8aq q:,!q~ squamar!nbar aadap a~a~dmo:, y Jouue:, pue an!s aqq 103 d l ~ aqwqsqns -uaqarduxo~IOU q +! lXleuxuxns a s y -uo!~ -enper%roj squawar!nbar urnln:,!un3 uo!q -e:,npg praua3 aqq 30 uoysraa paqeparqqe ut! q +syppaq:, a:,uarajar p n b y u i4 Academic Information Satisfy entry level skill requirements in writing. Demonstrate proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports. Achieve a Math Placement Group score of III. Complete 33 course credits. Of these: Complete courses that fulfill the following Perspective Requirements: Two Christian Faith perspectives (One Christian Faith perspective for transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits) One City perspective 11 must be Upper Division (numbered 300 or above) Two must be Interim courses One Western Heritage perspective No more than 13 courses may be in any one department, with the following exceptions: Accounting (B.A. ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Music Education (B.M) . . . . . . . . . .17 Music Performance (B.M.) . . . . . . .20 Music Therapy (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . .17 Social Work (B.S.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 One Social World perspective Other maximums are described on page 57. Completion of a major. Maintain minimum grade point average. One Human Identity perspective One Aesthetic perspective One Intercultural perspective Two Language perspectives, in other than your native language One Natural World perspective Complete courses that fulfill the following Graduation Skills with a minimum grade of 2.0 or P. (These requirements may be met with courses in the major or perspectives.) One course with a writing component within the major One course with a critical thinking component One course in speaking One course in quantitative reasoning GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic Advisers, Department Chairpersons, the Assistant to the Dean for Academic Advising and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Office about specific requirements for a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. Each student must apply for graduation. Students should apply at the start of their last academic year to confirm remaining graduation requirements. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrar's office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors, page 71. Degree requirements include completion of a minimum number of credits, a major, the First Year Experience (FYE), a minimum GPA, residence, and general education courses. Because the College is in transition during the change from Distribution to Perspective graduation requirements, the minimum number of credits required may vary depending on date of matriculation, as follows: Students Entering After January1, 1993, Under Perspectives Curriculum Requirements For Graduation: 1. Completion of 33 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 course credits may be in one department, except in certain approved majors: Accounting (B.A.) - 14; Music Education (B.M.) - 17; Music Performance (B.M.) -20; Music Therapy (B.S.) - 17; and Social Work (B.S.) - 15. The course total must include two Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 33 total course credits required: two Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education (two in the major plus student teaching) and Nursing (no PIN grading is permitted); one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken that are not counted among the credit total for graduation requirements (extra interim courses) may still be counted for meeting perspective or graduation skills requirements. 2. Completion of a Major - Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) - All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program - Academic Information section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and specifically in all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 credits) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Students Entering Prior to January1, 1993, Under Perspectives Curriculum Requirements For Graduation: 1. Completion of 34 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 14 (Accounting)for the Bachelor of Arts degree, 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science (Social Work), and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include two Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg (but no more than two Interim courses are required). This is calculated on each trans- fer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 34 total course credits required: three Interim courses; two courses by independent/directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Nontraditional grading (P) also has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education (two in the major plus student teaching) and Nursing (no P/N grading is permitted); one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Interim courses taken that are not counted among the credit total for graduation requirements (extra interim courses) may still fulfill perspective or graduation skills requirements. 2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average - 2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and specifically in all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for detalls. 5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 credits) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC Academic Information exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Note: Students completing under Distribution Curriculum Requirements, go to page 64. A definition of students who fall under the Distribution Curriculum or prior catalog requirements is on page 64. SKILLS COMPONENT Entry Level Skills Requirements The entry level skills tests are inventory assessments in: Reading Word processing Writing Mathematics Critical thinking Placement in writing courses, math courses and critical thinking courses is determined by the assessments. (See page 68.) Freshmen (all students entering Augsburg with fewer than seven college credit courses) and Sophomore Transfer Students: Take entry level skills assessments and satisfy requirements. If skill levels are deficient, students will be enrolled in the appropriate course or advised on preparation for retaking the respective tests. Students are required to take the assessments before registering for the second term and to have demonstrated removal of deficiencies by the end of their first year at Augsburg. Effective Writing or its equivalent is required. Students who do not satisfy the entry level skill in writing will be required to take ENG 101Developmental Writing before ENG 111Effective Writing. Fresh- men should complete the writing requirement before the beginning of their Sophomore year. Those with demonstrated word processing skills; e.g. recent verifiable work experience, are exempt from the word processing inventory. Students who have college credit for a critical thinking or logic course are exempt from the critical thinking inventory. Freshman and Sophomore transfer students will be required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements. Juniorand Senior Transfer Students Transfer students who enter as juniors and seniors in 1993-'94 or after are exempt from word processing, reading, critical thinking and quantitative assessments. Those who have not taken the ENG 111Effective Writing course must take the entry level test in writing. If they do not achieve exemption from the writing requirement, they must take ENG 111 Effective Writing at Augsburg. Junior and Senior transfers (who enter 1994'95 or after) are required to satisfy all the graduation skill course requirements, except that only the writing component course within the major is required. Math Requirement In order to graduate, students must take the Math Placement exam and achieve a score placing them in Group I11 (college algebra skills). Students with an acceptable transfer mathematics course will have their placement level determined by the Registrar's Office. Students who have passed the College Board Advanced Placement Exam should consult the 57 - Academic Information Mathematics Department. Math placement is indicated on the Evaluation of Transfer Credit form for students who have transfer courses in college-level math. All students are required to have their Math Placement Group determined. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Students needing to advance their Math Placement Group may take the appropriate MAT course or study on their own and retest. Additional information about the Math Placement Exam is available from the Director of Testing in the Academic Dean's Office. Please note that all students majoring in Accounting, Business, Economics, Elementary Education, and Management Information Systems and all students under the current General Education Perspective Curriculum Requirements must attain a t least Math Placement Group 111. In addition, many courses have Math Placement Group requirements. In particular, MIS 379,479; CSC 170,210; SOC 362; PHY 103; all MAT courses; and all courses with a Graduation Skill Component in Quantitative Reasoning have at least Math Placement Group I11 as a prerequisite. In addition, MIS 175 and introductory Physics courses have at least Math Placement Group I1 as a prerequisite. Students should refer to the course descriptions to check the Math Placement Group prerequisites for courses that they are interested in taking. Graduation Level Skills General Education includes enhancement of certain skills during the years in college. Skills related to writing, critical thinking, speaking and quantitative reasoning are deliberate components of certain courses. Completion of the requisite courses with a miriimum grade of 2.0 or P is required for graduation. Students are required to have two courses with writing components (at least one within the major) and one course each with critical thinking, speaking and quantitative reasoning components. These courses can simultaneously satisfy skill requirements and graduation requirements for the major or general education perspectives. Lifetime Sports Demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35,34, or 33 course credit requirement. W LIBERAL ARTS PERSPECTIVES The General Education Liberal Arts Perspectives have the primary goal of providing the basis for beginning to understand what it means to be a human being at this time. The goals of the Perspectives are achieved through a variety of courses which have been approved as meeting the criteria established for each Perspective. Although courses approved for each Perspective meet the General Education requirements, not every course meets all the goals of each Perspective. Students will choose from a list of courses meeting the Liberal Arts Perspectives, available from the Office of the Registrar. These choices are controlled by the following policies: 1. A student will choose a minimum of one course from each required perspective category. 2. No single course cim fulfill the requirements in two or more categories. 3. No student will be permitted to count more than three courses from Academic Information the same department in meeting perspective requirements. 4. No student may count more than one course from the same department in meeting the requirements of any single perspective emphasis area except: Up to three courses in religion may be used to meet the perspective, "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith." Up to two courses in a year-long sequence (biology, chemistry or physics) may be used to meet the perspective, "The Natural World." Up to two courses of the same foreign language may be used to meet part of the perspective, "Intercultural Awareness." THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVE REQUIREMENTS Christian Faith (CF 1, 2 and 3) Emphasizes the college's affiliation with the Lutheran Church. Area 1 is biblical studies, Area 2 covers Christian theology and area 3 includes the study of values or religions outside the Christian faith. Three course credits are required to meet this Perspective except for the following: Transfer students entering with 14-23 course credits will be required to take two courses in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. Transfer students entering with 24 or more course credits will be required to take one course in the Christian Faith Perspective while registered at Augsburg. The City (C) This Perspective emphasizes the College's location in the heart of a metro- politan area, and its mission of education for service. One course credit or experience is required to meet this Perspective. Western Heritage (WH 1 and 2) Reflection on western themes from politics, art, literature and other disciplines that have shaped our own society. Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this Perspective. One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. Human Identity (HI) An opportunity for self discovery and the study of what it means to be a person. One course credit is required to meet this Perspective. Aesthetics (A) Emphasizes creativity, beauty and selfexpression, and how these enhance the human experience. One course credit is required to meet this Perspective. Social World (SW 1 and 2) The study of social, economic or political systems and how individuals exist within society. One course must focus on current theories.and methods of a social science. Two course credits from different deparbnents are required to meet this Perspective. One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. InterculturalAwareness (IA 1) The study of a specific, non-Western culture and how that culture has shaped the world. One course credit is required to meet this part of the Intercultural Awareness Perspective. 59 60 Academic Information (IA 2 and 3) Study of a modem language other than the native tongue. Up to two course credits of a beginning language or one at your placement level is required. Students with previous language study should contact an admissions counselor or the Registrar's Office for placement information. Students whose native language is not English should contact their admissions counselor or the Registrar's Office. Natural World (NW 1 and 2) The study of the self in relation to the physical world. One course must cover the scientific method through laboratory experience. The other reflects history of science, the difference between science and technology and the importance of symbols. Biology, chemistry, physics and other natural sciences may satisfy this requirement. Two course credits from different departments are required to meet this Perspective unless a two-year sequence is taken. One course is required to meet this Perspective for transfer students entering with 14 or more course credits. THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVES: EXPLANATION Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith This Perspective focuses on Augsburg as a College of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. As a college of the Church, Augsburg accepts as a basis for its educational program the doctrines of the Christian faith as revealed in Scripture and the creeds affirmed by the Lutheran Church. It consciously affirms that all students should reflect upon the Christian Scriptures, theological concepts, ethical values, their own faith and values, and religious concepts outside of the Christian faith as part of becoming educated. From this perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1. The Bible (for example, its origins, structures, content or interpretation). 2. Christian theological and religious concepts and their own religious beliefs. 3. Religious concepts and practices found in religious traditions outside the Christian faith. 4. Their own and others' values, their relation to Christian values, the possible grounds for these values, how these values might be critiqued and defended and the role values play in the issues that confront our society. Perspective: The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The City This Perspective focuses on the College's location in the heart of a metropolitan area. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect upon the city with its diverse populations, cultural, governmental and economic institutions, and opportunities and challenges. In addition, students should experience the community and should explore opportunities for service in the community. This requirement must be covered either by specific courses, by internship and education experiences or by designated or college approved non-credit experiences (such as volunteer service or college programs). Experiences that satisfy the requirement must be accompanied by seminars related to the experience. Academic Information Perspective: Western Heritage Perspective: Aesthetics This Perspective is intended to help students critically examine themes (found, for example, in literature, philosophy and the arts) and events that have historically shaped Western civilization. Attention should be paid to the contributions of and to critiques of Western thought by women and ethnic minorities. Aesthetic creations convey fundamental insights and values, express beauty and enhance life. This Perspective focuses on aesthetic qualities in artistic expressions by oneself and others. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1. Central ideas, texts or works of art that historically have been significant for Western society and the relation of these to present world views. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1. Forms of artistic expression. 2. Historical development and variation in aesthetic taste and performance across cultures and how different cultures have expressed themselves through various aesthetic forms. 3. Different theories of aesthetics. 2. Specific historical themes, trends, events and persons and their roles in shaping both the past and the present. 4. Their own creation or performance of a work of art. 3. Historical and literary methods of ascertawg and conveying the past. Perspective: The Social World This Perspective is intended to help students view themselves as persons, men and women with unique abilities, values, beliefs, experiences and behaviors. This Perspective is intended to help students learn to identify, examine and critique social, economic or political systems: to understand how and why such systems develop, to see the connections among these systems and to use this knowledge as a participant in society. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1.Methods and approaches that attempt to explain how individual persons think, feel and act. 1.The characteristics and dynamics of human organization at the group and societal level. 2. Scientific or humanistic interpretations of their own development as persons. 2. Current theories and methods for understanding social, political or economic systems. Perspective: Human Identity 3. Questions of faith, ethics and moral choice in their personal and professional lives. 4. Factors involved in physical and mental health. 3. The historical development of selected social, economic or political structures. 4. The relationship between various social, political or economic systems and 61 'L Academic Information the student's own responsibilities in society. 5. The ways that social, economic or political structures differ across cultures and affect diverse groups in society. Perspective: Intercultural Awareness This Perspective is intended to comple ment the Western Heritage Perspective by expanding students' awareness of other cultures. One course is required in which students critically reflect upon ways their own cultural biases operate when confronting other cultures. They should become better able to communicate with persons of other cultural backgrounds partially by being introduced to a specific culture other than European or mainstream North American cultures. In addition, students are to gain entry into another culture by learning to speak and read a language other than their native language. For this part of the Perspective, students are required to have demonstrated proficiency in a modern language or American Sign Language for hearing students. The modem language requirement will be determined by assessing previous experience and subsequent placement: Modem Language Course Placement Experience or Requirement College level - none (0-2 semesters in High School) 111,112 College level - 111 (3-4 semesters in High School) 112 College level - 112 (4-6 semesters in High School) 211 College level -211 (7 semesters in High School) 212 College level -212 (8 or more semesters in High School) No course required Students who are required to complete two semesters of modern language must complete the requirement with sequential courses in the same language. Hearing students who have demonstration compe tence in American Sign Language by passing an approved course sequence will have fulfilled IA-2 and IA-3 Perspectives. Perspective: The Natural World This Perspective is intended to help students understand themselves in relation to the physical world. Their active role as observers, explorers and moral agents will be emphasized. Sufficient technical training in scientific knowledge, concepts and methods will be provided to equip students for critical and intelligent participation in public debates on technical issues. From this Perspective, students should gain an understanding of and critically reflect on: 1. Selected aspects of the natural world. 2. The characteristics, strengths and limitations of science and the scientific method, and the complex relations between data and theories, at least in part through practical laboratory experience. 3. The history of science, its relations to other historical/social development and the variety of ways persons and civilizations have approached the natural world. 4. The relations and differences between science and theology; the mutual influences of technology, values, and the natural/ physical environment; the limits imposed on humans by the natural environment and the interconnectednessof all living systems. 5. The importance of symbol systems such as mathematics in attempting to describe, classlfy and model objects and events. Academic Information H THE EIGHT PERSPECTIVES: RATIONALE The Augsburg faculty has designed a cohesive academic program incorporating general education, major courses, supporting courses and elective courses leading to the bachelor's degree. The core of the Augsburg curriculum is found in the liberal arts as expressed in the General Education component of the college curriculum. Augsburg, in its Mission Statement, declares the College exists "To develop future leaders of service to the world by providing high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and values of the Christian church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community." One way which the College seeks consciously to realize this Mission is through its General Education curriculum, which Augsburg has divided under two headings: liberal arts perspectives and skills. The term "perspective" assumes that not only are we engaged in the search for truth, but that this requires the searcher to consider questions from a variety of viewpoints, each of which has something valuable to contribute to the whole. These perspectives are not strictly identified with traditional disciplines, but are understood in ways which encourage multi-disciplinary reflections on the questions at issue. They combine concerns about content with those of process and approach, directed ultimately to making the student a more effective learner and participant in society. The following requirements reflect the way in which Augsburg has chosen to view the liberal arts. Two of the four features of the Mission Statement are embodied in the General Education Perspectives: "The Character and Mission of Augsburg College: The Christian Faith and the City." These Perspectives emphasize that the College's affiliation with the Lutheran Church, its insistence on the value of knowing the approach which derives from the Christian roots of the College and its location in the city, deserve special consideration in Augsburg's educational program. The third feature - that Augsburg is a liberal arts institution - is also emphasized in the other General Education Perspectives. Certain dimensions of human life -of what it is to be human - form the core of the required liberal arts experience. These overall perspectives on what it is to be human can themselves be studied from the vantage points of the various academic disciplines. Students need to learn about themselves, about what it is to be a person. Hence, the Perspective on Human Identity. But the person exists in both a social community and a natural world. Hence, the importance of the Perspectives on the Social World and the Natural World. Because the way in which we understand ourselves derives largely from our Western heritage, students need to learn about and reflect on significant aspects of this heritage. Thus, the Perspective on the Western Heritage. At the same time, to focus on the West alone would be ethnocentric: We live in a global society. Hence the Perspective on Inter-Cultural Awareness. Attention to moral values is found not only in the Perspective on the Character and Mission of the College: the Christian Faith, but throughout the other perspectives as well. The Perspective on Aesthetic Values enables students to focus upon - 6: 54 Academic Information aesthetic works created by themselves or others, which convey fundamental insights, express beauty and enhance life. Finally, the Mission Statement emphasizes that we are concerned with academic excellence. This has a number of features, including the way we teach all the courses in General Education. Beyond this, academic excellence presupposes that students have the requisite skills to do college-level work. The General Education Requirements are couched in a context which pays attention to the skills of both incoming and graduating students. Entrylevel skill requirements in a number of critical areas, including reading, writing, mathematics and critical thinking, will be assessed and help given to students who need it. Graduation-level skills are also emphasized, so that students not only maintain but develop their skills during their Augsburg experience. The General Education Requirements provide a coherent way to address the Mission of Augsburg College. They are not the only way, neither do they guarantee that students who graduate from Augsburg possess the desired knowledge and character traits. What they do is provide a coherent description of the context in which we liberally educate students, a clear statement of expected outcomes and an opportunity for students to see and understand the complexity of what it is to be human and Christian in an urban setting. STUDENTS ENTERING UNDER DISTRIBUTION CURRICULUM Former Students Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, if possible, or using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission provided that they have been away from college for at least one calendar year. Regular Students Enrolled Before June,1991 Students enrolled before June, 1991, have a choice of using all graduation requirements in effect when first enrolled or changing to the graduation requirements in effect beginning in September 1991. No combination of requirements may be made. Students Entering Augsburg September, 1991, or Later Students entering under the following classifications will follow the Distribution Requirements as outlined below. Transfer students who entered in 1991-1992 as sophomores, juniors or seniors; Those entering in 1992-1993classified as juniors or seniors; Those entering in 1993-1994 classified as seniors. All other students entering Augsburg September, 1991, or later will follow the requirements listed in the section titled "The Augsburg General Education Curriculum" (see page 55). REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION DISTRIBUTION CURRICULUM 1. Completion of 35 course credits At least 11course credits must be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13 may be in one department, except in certain approved majors 14 (Accounting) for the Bachelor of Arts degree, 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance) for the Bachelor of Music degree, 15 for the Bachelor of Science (Social Work), and 18 for the Bachelor of Academic Information 6: Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the credit total must include one less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total course credits required: two courses by independent/ directed study; four courses of internship; and eight course credits with a grade of Pass (P). Non-traditional grading (7)also has these limits: two in the major except Elementary Education (two in the major plus student teaching) and Nursing (no P/ N grading is permitted); one in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. 2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) -All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the ME Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors. A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and specifically in all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence - The last year of fulltime study or equivalent (no less than 7 of the last 9 credits) must be completed at Augsburg or within an approved ACTC exchange program. No less than a total of 9 credits are to be taken at Augsburg College. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. Writing A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods and periodically throughout the year. Liberal Arts An approved course from each of these seven areas: Mathematics/Physics Psychology/Sociology Chemistry/Biology Economics/Political Science English/Speech, Communication History/Philosophy and Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) Art/Music A list of approved courses is available from advisers and the Registrar's Office. Modem Languages Two courses (111and 112) of one language at Augsburg. Students who place above the 111level of a language will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another language. International students should consult with the Registrar. Religion Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one may be an Inte* course, are required. The number - Academic Information of religion courses required for graduation is adjusted for transfer students. Transfer students should check their Evaluation of Transfer Credit form, or consult the Registrar's Office. Urban Concerns or Women's Studies or Minority Studies One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registrar's Office. Lifetime Sports Demonstrated proficiency in two different lifetime sports is required. Lifetime sports are no-credit courses and are not included in the 35-course requirement. EXPLANATION OF GRADES Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. PassINo Credit Students who choose the P/N option are cautioned: In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 2.0. Some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C". P-graded courses do not count toward the requirement that 14 traditionally graded course credits be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. Transfer students should be especially aware of this requirement. See P/N limitations under Graduation Requirements, pages 55 and 56. Certain courses have restrictions and are offered on one grading system only (i.e. Lifetime Sports are graded only PIN). In courses where there is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the P/N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. Number Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence Achieves above basic course standards Meets basic standards for the course 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards 0.5 0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. Academic lntormation An incomplete grade (I) may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request, the work required to complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work, and comments from the instructor; and must gain the approval of the Registrar. If permission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that date, the grade for the course becomes a 0.0. Internships, Independent Studies and Directed Studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. A course in which a grade of 0,0.5,1.0, 1.5, or N has been received may be repeated for credit. Courses in which higher grades have been earned may not be repeated for aedit and a grade, but may be audited. All courses taken and grades earned each term remain on the academic record. Only the credits and grades earned the second time, for legitimately repeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without aedit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). Full-time students may audit a course without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs in the Financing Your Education section on page 18. The signature of the instructor is required to register an audit. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirements. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the P/N grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. The formula for computing the GPA is: GPA = Total grade points divided by number of courses taken.* *Courses with 0 to 4 grade assigned Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim terms. 6; Academic Information Sophomores - Seven courses completed. Juniors - 16 courses completed. Seniors - 24 courses completed. International Baccalaureate Program (IB) Courses earned from the International Baccalaureate Program will be considered by the College for advanced placement and appropriate credit. Departmental guidelines are available at the Registrar's Office. ASSESSMENT OF PREVIOUS LEARNING (APL) PROGRAM Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for aedit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: 1)it is relevant to course work in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts cumculum and 2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition. f i e following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) - Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students with scores of 3,4 and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. The College Level Examination Program (CLEP) -This is a series of standardized tests which have been developed by the College Board and are offered to students for a small fee at regional testing centers. (The regional testing center for this area is the University of Minnesota.) Students who score at or above the 65th percentile on a subject examination may receive academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEP tests is available from the Office of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams - These are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: There is a departmental instrument available for the subject area in question. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. The Registrar approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is available on a pass/ no credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam of $485.00 for a full course aedit. The Credit Assessment Program (CAP) - This is a aedit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The faculty committee is composed of the Registrais Office representative and two faculty members from fields of study Academic Information 6! directly related to the student's previous learning. Informational meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP committee. In completing the evaluation of a student's previous learning, the CAP committee applies the following criteria: There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learing experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts course work. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. The learning and skills involved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative Augsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript if credit is approved. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of course credits applied to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx. Application of this credit toward distribution requirements, Upper Division, and academic majors and minors may be subsequently addressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning -While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learning must be placed in the context of formal study in campus-based liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of eight courses (about one-fourth of a baccalau'Ieate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the eight courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the four assessment processes available in the APL program: AP exams, CLEP exams, departmental comprehensive exams and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. English as a Second Language (ESL) Program Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation. Students' placement in ESL, ENG 101Developmental Writing or ENG 111Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (80-100 range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade earned in the class will determine - Academic Information 'O whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 100 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. If students do not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 2171 218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit toward the degree will normally be granted for no more than two courses. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the modem language requirement for graduation. ACADEMIC PROGRESS, PROBATION AND DISMISSAL The College requires that students maintain the following cumulative grade point averages (GPA): Freshman -A student who has taken fewer than seven courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher Sophomore -A student who has taken fewer than 16 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.7 or higher Junior-A student who has taken fewer than 24 courses with a cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher Senior - A student who has taken 24 or more courses with a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher. It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA. Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelines will either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term or will be continued on probation or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a freshman who receives two zero grades or a sophomore who receives three zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Students who have a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of a term. Those on probation who voluntarily withdraw from the College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll. Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reaches the minimum levels stated above. Students placed on probation as freshmen for having earned two zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Students placed on probation as sophomores for having earned three zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. The College reserves the right to dismiss any student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing. Dean's List The Dean's List, compiled after each semester, lists students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or Academic Information better. Students must be full-time students (a minimum equivalent of three full course credits for a weekday schedule student or two equivalent full course credits for a Weekend College student), graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Lf permission is given by the student, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper of each student on the Dean's List. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude - 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude -3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To quallfy for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded course credits) of work at Augsburg. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Education. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. Veterans will need to meet the requirements of the Veterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. W FOUR YEAR ASSURANCE PROGRAM This program applies to students who enter the Day School schedule as full-time freshmen in the fall of 1994 and thereafter. New freshmen are assured that they will be able to graduate,in four years -if they maintain continuous full-time enrollment for four years, maintain a 2.0 GPA and follow advising guidelines - or they will receive the needed remaining courses free of additional tuition. A few professional majors are excluded from this program. Contact the Academic Advising Center in Memorial Hall for details. 7' - LOURSE VESCRIPTIONS WITH MAJOR AND '4 A s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College believes that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more Parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct majors, to create the substance of a broad general education and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Descriptions of courses are arranged by departments and programs. These descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach and requirements for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its goals and its place in the College's program. A listing of requirements for individual majors and minors follows the narrative. Class Schedule Courses listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered FaU and/or Spring terms unless otherwise indicated. The Schedule of Classes published by the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Since some courses are offered in alternate years, it is important that the student review major requirements and course offerings with an adviser to ensure that all requirements can be met. Descriptions and schedulesfor courses offeredin January Interim, Summer School, Augsburg Weekend College and the Master of Arts in leadership, Master of Arts in Education-Leadershipand the Master of sSocial Work are published in separate Credits A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or onequarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies. Unless noted, all courses are one course credit. A full course has the approximate value of four semester credits or six quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, courses in the 100s are primarily for freshmen, 200s for sophomores, 300s for juniors, and 400s for seniors. Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description. A student may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fulfilled if thereis prior approval by the professor teaching the course and the academic adviser. ACCOUNTING See listing under Business Administration, Accounting and Management Information Systems. AMERICAN lNDIAN STUDIES See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies. A rt is important as a field of study for our time. &survival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities. Realizing this, we have made design and sensitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. A liberal arts college like Augsburg is an ideal setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a sigruficant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history provide onthe-job, supervised, evaluated experiences which contribute to the student's overall education and development. Primary goals include improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative strategies. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at Augsburg, draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a human activity does involve manual skill, although to become broadly sigruficant it should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education and science. Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art, such as teaching in public schools and colleges, ceramics, interior design, photography, film and video work, painting, gallery and museum work and design. Augsburg Art Department graduates have worked in many of these fields. Art Faculty Kristin Anderson (Chair), Lynn Bollrnan, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Philip Thompson 'O Art Studio Art Major Majors are required to begin their programs with the Studio Arts Foundations: ART 102 Design ART 107 Drawing One course in two dimensional art from: ART 118 Painting I or ART 223 Printmaking I or ART 225 Communication Design I or ART 360 Watercolor Painting One course in three-dimensional art from: ART 221 Sculpture I or ART 250 Ceramics I Five additional studio arts courses ART 240 Art History Survey And two additional art history courses Art History Major Eight art history courses including: ART 240 Art History Survey ART 388 19th and 20th Century Art Two studio courses from: ART 102 Design or ART 107 Drawing ART 118 Painting or ART 221 Sculpture Honors Majors GPA-of 3.5 in the major, general growth and development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the Deparfment Chair before the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Five courses including ART 240, ART 107 and three additional studio courses. Art History Minor Five art history courses including ART 240. Certificate in Art Eight art courses, including at least one in art history. Up to four courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. STUDIO ART FOUNDATIONS Note: All studio courses require work outside of class sessions. ART 102 Design A study of design as the unifying foundation for the visual arts. T w e and three-dimensional projects demonstrating the use of the basic design elements and principles. ART 107 Drawing Drawing in graphite pen&, pen and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimentalwork. Art STUDIO ART ART 100, 300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the Department. ART 106 Calligraphy Introduction and practice of calligraphic writing and designing with emphasis on the broad-edged pen. ART 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity, expression and communication with attention to black and white photographic processes. Students need access to a 35 mm, single lens reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $175-200. (Fall) ART 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to consider art as a major and/or explore career alternatives. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit. ART 221 Sculpture I An introduction to sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. ART 223 Print Making I An introduction to traditional and experimental media and methods of printing. Intaglio, relief, stencil and mono methods are explored. ART 225 Communication Design I An introduction to the principles and techniques of graphic design. Students will develop visual communication skills working with typography, symbols, logos and illustration. ART 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture The rich heritage of indigenous cultures is explored through the visual arts, particularly within the United States. Other content includes poetry, dance, mythology, ritual, religion and drama of many American Indian tribes. Students will produce various art projects in weaving, basketmaking, pottery, jewelry, sculpture or prints. ART 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 7; - - Art ART 306 Calligraphy II Advanced work in calligraphic media and design. ART 330 ART 351 Communication Design II An advanced study of graphic design using various techniques and tools, including the computer, to create visual communications for the print medium. (Prereq.: ART 225. Spring) Ceramics II Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasis on throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: ART 250) ART 355 Painting II Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: ART 118) ART 360 Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptive and experimental techniques in bansparent watercolor. ART 368 Print Making II Advanced work with color and composition in various media, including silk-screen, etching and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.: ART 223) ART 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of art to the opportunities found in the placement. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit. ART 478 Sculpture II Advanced work in sculpture. Choice of media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster and plexiglass. (Prereq.: ART 221) ART 499 Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. ART HISTORY ART 240 Art History Survey A survey of art of the Western world from preliistoric to modem times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides and visits to museums. Note: Thefollowing courses are offered intermittently, usually two or three sections a year. ART 352 Women and Art A study of the creative role of women in the visual arts, including the fine arts, the "traditional" arts and the work of Native American women. Art 7! ART 382 Scandinavian Arts The visual arts in Scandinavia from the Stone Age to the present, including architecture, folk arts, painting, sculpture and design. ART 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D. ART 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture and architecture in Europe. ART 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries. ART 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture and architecture from Neoclassicism through the present. ART 389 American Art A study of early colonial through contemporary American art, architecture and folk arts. See listing under East and Southeast Asian Studies. - DIOLOGY '" UEPARTMENT - BIO B iology is the study of life and it is natural that we, as contemplative living creatures, seek a deeper understanding of the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain self-understanding and to provide a basis for wise decisions. Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that even the simplest organisms are incredibly complex and a complete understanding of even one of these has, as yet, eluded the grasp of biologists. This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of intensive scrutiny. Biology will thus continue to be a fertile field for research for many years to come. Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have depended on the findings of basic biological research. Because the biological world reveals such variety, complexity and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based. Because a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists. For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professional schools such as medicine, veterinary medicine and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology. Biology Faculty Esther McLaughlin (Chair), Mary K. Chelberg, Robert Herforth, Dale Pederson, Ralph Sulerud Major Nine courses including: BIO 113 General Biology BIO 114 General Biology BIO 201 Introductory Cellular Biology and at least one from each of the five following groups: A. Molecular and Cellular: BIO 367 Biochemistry BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology B. Cellular to Organismal: BIO 355 Genetics BIO 474 Developmental Biology C. Organismic/Animals: BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology BIO 473 Animal Physiology D. Organismic/Plants: BIO 361 Plant Biology BIO 440 Plant Physiology Biology E. Environmental: BIO 476 Microbiology BIO 481 Ecology The ninth course may be BIO 203 Principles of Nutrition or any Upper Division biology course, including an Interim course. BIO 491 Seminar (non-credit) is required of all juniors and seniors. Required Supporting Courses CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115 General Chemistry CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 116 General Chemistry CHM 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry PHY 116 Introduction to Physics Math Placement Group IV Graduate and Professional Training Students who intend to enter graduate school or professions such as medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine should consult with the Biology Department as schools vary in their admission requirements. These may include CHM 351/352 instead of CHM 223, PHY 121/122 instead of PHY 116, and MAT 145/146 or one year of calculus. Training as a physician's assistant, physical therapist or occupational therapist requires specific coursework which should be discussed with a member of the Biology Department. Cooperative Education Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in biology and 3.0 overall, active participation in seminar, one course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. The Department works with the Cooperative Education Office in identifying and defining Co-op Ed experiences in laboratories and other settings in the Twin Cities. Students interested should consult with the Biology Department Cooperative Education Coordinator. Minor Teaching Licensure Major Five courses, including BIO 113,114 and three Upper Division courses; CHM 115,116 (or CHM 105,106). The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. 81 - 32 Biology BIO 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentricpoint of view: what makes a human just another member of the biotic fold? Do humans have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence do humans have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on humans? (Three hours lecture. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 102 The Biological World The basic concepts of biology pertaining to both plants and animals are emphasized. The nature of science and the approach used by scientists to gather and analyze data and propose and test theories are considered. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. (Three hours lecture, three hours laboratory. A student may not receive credit for both BIO 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor. Fall) BIO 105 Biology and Society A consideration of the biological basis of some of the problems facing society, such as toxic pollutants in air, water and soil, genetic engineering, AIDS, genetic diseases and counseling, extinction, wilderness ethics, global warming, cancer, hunger, drugs, biodiversity. (Three hours lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor. Spring) BIO 113, 114 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The course includes an introduction to cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Fall: 113; Spring: 114) BIO 199 lnternshi~ A work-based experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which,enablesthe student to consider biology as a major and/or explore career alternatives. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering. (Prereq.: BIO 114) BIO 201 Introductory Cellular Biology An introduction to function and structure in the basic unit of life, the cell. A variety of methods are employed, including microscopy, cell culture and various separation and analytical techniques. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 203 Principles of Nutrition A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption, transport, metabolism, interaction, storage and excretion. A special effort will be made to differentiatefact from fiction in this controversial biological field. (Threehours lecture. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification,morphology, behavior, life history and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Fall: alternate years) BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, organ system structure and function, and evolution of the vertebrates. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 355 Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stresses Drosophila genetics. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201. Fall) BIO 361 Plant Biology A survey of the major groups of algae, fungi and plants, including the study of structure, physiology, life histories and phylogeny. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 367 Biochemistry An introductory consideration of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids and nucleic acids including intermediate metabolism. (Three hours lecture. Prereq.: BIO 201, CHM 223 or 352 or consent of instructor. Fall) Internship A work-based experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of biology to the opportunities found in the placement. Students must consult with the Department and Internship office before registering. (Prereq.: BIO 201) BIO 440 Plant Physiology A consideration of the process involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth, development and water relationships in plants including the relationships of these processes to structure and life histories. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201 and CHM 223 or 352. Fall: alternate years) BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology An examination of the molecular organization of the cell, including the nature and function of organelles, chemical communication, growth and division, cytoskeleton and motility, the cell surface and gene expression. - Biology ~4 (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201 and CHM 223 or 352. Spring) BIO 473 Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Topics include digestion, respiration, circulation, excretion, movement and sensory perception as well as the neural and hormonal control of these functions. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201; CHM 106 or 116; PHY 116 or 122, or consent of instructor. Fall) BIO 474 Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphological changes which occur during development, with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental and descriptive studies are included in the laboratory. Embryonic development, malignancy, aging and regeneration are discussed. (Three hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201. Spring) BIO 476 BIO 481 Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Environmental, industrial and medical issues are discussed, with particular attention paid to human pathogens. (Three hours lecture, four hour laboratory. Prereq.: BIO 201. Fall) Ecology A survey of representativebiological communities; the study of reciprocal relationsh$s between organisms and their environments. (Threehours lecture, four hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips. Prereq.: BIO 114. Spring) BIO 491 Seminar (.O course) A weekly meeting of biology majors. Active participation by juniors and seniors is required, including an oral presentation by seniors. Guest speakers are often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. (Spring) BIO 499 Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: BIO 201 and previous arrangement with instructor.) DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, 0 ur mission is to -prepare - students for professional careers in business or for graduate studies. This preparation involves a curriculum which stresses analysis and communication, emphasizes both theory and practice, and is shaped by the needs of the business community. The Department fosters close ties with the corporate community which provide a wealth of practical expertise, a variety of internship opportunities and future job prospects. The faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by providing an education that is technically competent, ethically based and socially aware. Faculty Amin Kader (Chair, Accounting and International Business Coordinator),John C. Cemto (Management Coordinator), Fekri Meziou (Marketing Coordinator), Milo Schield (MIS Coordinator),Thomas Morgan (Finance Coordinator), Diane F. Busico, Steven J. LaFave, Lori L. Lohrnan, Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp, Kathy Schwalbe and Stuart M. Stoller. Within the Business Administration major there are four specializations: Marketing, Management, Finance and International Business. Within the Accounting major there are three specializations: General Accounting, Public Accounting and Managerial Accounting. Graduation Requirements To graduate without intentionally taking courses in excess of the minimal number required (see page 55), students must avoid taking too many electives or exceeding the 13-courselimit per academic department. Courses designated as ACC, BUS and MIS are considered as being in the same academic department. Taking extra electives, or choosing a particular combination of major and minor may require students to complete more than the minimum number of credits required for graduation. Transfer Students Transfer students must complete at least four of the Upper Division courses required in the major at Augsburg or obtain an exemption from the Department. Advising Majors The Department of Business, Accounting and MIS offers four majors: Business Administration (BUS), Accounting (ACC), Management Information Systems (MIS), and a combined major in Business and Economics. Specializations Students who plan to major in Business, Accounting or MIS are strongly encouraged to select a departmental adviser who teaches in their major. This should be done by the end of the sophomore year at the latest. In addition to advising, departmental faculty can counsel majors on their careers, assist majors in obtaining intemships or jobs, and provide letters of 85 - Business Administration recommendation for prospective employers or graduate programs. Internships Students are strongly encouraged to work with the Cooperative Education and Department faculty to obtain an Internship (BUS/ACC/MIS 399) during their junior or T he major in Business Administration prepares students for professional careers in business administration or for graduate studies. The four specializations within this major share a common business core. This common core provides students with a broad foundation so they can readily adapt to internal changes in interests and goals and to external changes in circumstances and opportunities. Business Core 10 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Miaoeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics BUS 301 Business Law BUS 331 Financial Management senior year. Although an Internship may count against the 13-course limit, students may petition for an exception. An Internship may satisfy the perspective on the City. Internships can provide students with experience that may be v~luablein competing for jobs after graduationyour adviser on this matter. Specialization in Marketing Business core plus 3 courses: BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 355 Marketing Communications or BUS 357 Advertising BUS 450 Marketing Management Specialization in Management Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Operations Management BUS 465 International Management MIS 376 Project ~ a n a ~ e m e n t or ECO 318 Management Science Specialization in Finance Business core plus 4 courses: ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice BUS 438 Investment Theory and one of the following: ECO 311 Public Finance ECO 312 Intermediate Maaoeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 315 Money and Banking MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Specialization in International Business Business core plus 4 courses: BUS 362 International Business BUS 465 International Management BUS 466 International Marketing and one additional Upper Division course in either International Business or International Economics. I , GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.1 overall ?nior thesis and comprehensive oral .m in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should conta~ the Department Chair. Minor in Business Administration Students must also complete three semesters of a foreign language (or equivalent). The language requirement may be waived for international students. Contact the International Business Coordinator for details on language equivalents or other configurations. Six courses including: ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221 and 222, BUS 242 and 252, BUS 331 or MIS 379. Combined Major in Business Administration and Economics Six courses including: ECO 112 or ECO 113, ACC 221, BUS 242 or BUS 252, and three Upper Division courses in International Business (or one Upper Division course in International Economics i ~in i ~ ~ and two upper~ i ~courses international ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~ ~ This minor is automatically completed while completing a major in Accounting or MIS. Minor in International Business 11 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 of ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics and one other Upper Division Economics course ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics or BUS 331 Financial Management and one other Upper Division Business Administration, Accounting or MIS course BUS 199 Students should consult the area coordinator concerning acceptable altematives in International Economics. Internship Lower Division Internship BUS 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Business Administration BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. BUS 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) BUS 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit BUS 301 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. BUS 302 Business Ethics Examines individual choices in business using various ethical standards. Reviews critical thinking skills in relation to moral reasoning. Analyzes and evaluates various business practices and policies. Emphasizes conceptual precision in thinking, writing andspeaking (&ereq.: BUS 301 or PHI 120 or PHI 125, or Junior/Senior standing) BUS 331 Financial Management Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long- and short-term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy and related topics. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 222) BUS 340 Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision-making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS 252,379, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) BUS 355 Marketing Communications Integration of advertising, public relations, sales promotion and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis is placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs. (Prereq.: BUS 252) Note: Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit but not both. BUS 357 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modem marketing and communications. Note: Either 355 or 357 can be taken for graduation credit, but not both. Business Administration BUS 362 International Business Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an intemational context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and management of any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in intemational business. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113, and BUS 242 or 252, or consent of instructor. Spring) BUS 364 Contemporary East-West Relations An analysis of the conditions and motivations for East-West trade, economic and industrial cooperation. The commercial policies will be explained, including the changes in the organization of foreign trade in the organization of foreign trade in Eastern Europe and Russia. The effectsof GATT, the World Bank, IMF, and EEC on East-West relations will be examined. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge of Japan An examination of current Japanese business practices using a cultural perspective. A multimedia approach will be employed, involving film, television documentaries, and readings from current periodicals in addition to text materials. A seminar model will be used with substantial participation expected on the part of students. (Prereq.:junior standing or consent of instructor) BUS 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduationbut not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331) BUS 438 Investment Theory Appraisal of the risk/retum relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.: all core courses or consent of instructor) BUS 439 Risk Management and Insurance Analyzes exposure to accidental loss - its identification, measurement and evaluation. Reviews techniques for loss prevention and control. Surveys primary types of insurance. (Prereq.: BUS 331 and MIS 379) BUS 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Taught from a managerial viewpoint with examples from various industries and sectors. (Prereq.: BUS 242) 89 90 Business Administration BUS 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision-making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS 352 and either BUS 355 or 357) BUS 465 International Management To provide the student with a private sector manager's perspective on the influence of national and international institutions on the multinational corporation and on the strategies, sbuctures, practices and effects of the national corporation in the world today. (Prereq.: BUS 242. BUS 362 is recommended) BUS 466 International Marketing This course examines those issues and activities unique to marketing in an international setting. Emphasis is also placed on adaptation of a marketing mix according to the international marketing environment. (Prereq.: BUS 252,362) BUS 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) BUS 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) ACCOUNTING - ACC T ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I he major in accounting - prepares ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 students for professional careers in a wide MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for variety of accounting-related positions. Business and Economics This major has two tracks: General BUS 301 Business Law Accounting and Professional Accounting. BUS 331 Financial Management The General Accounting specialization is 4 -2E-35adequate for a wide variety of positions. Practice I The Professional Accounting track includes ACC 323 Accounting Theory and two specializations: public accounting and Practice I1 managerial accounting. The public accountACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting ing specialization is recommended for ACC 425 Advanced Accounting positions with CPA firms. The managerial accounting specialization is recommended (It is recommended that students take for positions with large or rapidly-growing the courses in the sequence given above.) companies. Specialization in General Accounting The two professional specializations No additional courses required. relate to two professional designations: the - CPA and the CMA. A Certified Public Accountant (CPA) focuses on external reporting; a Certified Management Accountant (CMA) focuses on internal reporting. The public accounting specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CPA exam; the managerial specialization includes the materials emphasized on the CMA exam. Both the CPA and CMA designation have an experience requirement in addition to passing the national exam. Under the rules of the Minnesota State Board of Accountancy, Accounting majors in the Public Accounting specialization are qualified to sit for the CPA examination during their last semester. Accounting Core 14 courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Specialization in Public Accounting Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 326 Tax Accounting and 423 Auditing. Specialization in Managerial Accounting Accounting Core (14 courses) plus ACC 424 Internal and Operational Audit and MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concentration. Interested juniors or seniors should contact the Department Chair. Minor in Accounting Six courses including: ACC 221,222, BUS 331 or ACC 324, ACC 322,323 and one of the following: MIS 175,379, ECO 112 or 113. This minor is recommended for majors in MIS and Finance. Accounting ACC 199 Internship Lower Division Internship ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. ACC 222 Principles of Accounting II A continuation of 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: ACC 221) ACC 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) ACC 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to assets. (Prereq.: ACC 222) ACC 323 Accounting Theory and Practice II A continuation of 322. An analysis of financial accounting with emphasis on accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, valuation concepts, FASB statements and other relevant issues as applied to liabilities and stockholders' equity. (Prereq.:ACC 322) ACC 324 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for heavy manufacturing systems as well as for managerial decision making. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: ACC 221,222, BUS 242,252, MIS 379, or consent of instructor) ACC 326 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of planning and compliance for income taxes. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor) ACC 399 Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization.In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.:consent of instructor) Accounting 93 ACC 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on the CPA's role to form the basis of opinion on a set of financial statements. (Prereq.: ACC 323) ACC 424 Internal and Operational Audit Integrating the business arts of accounting, finance, management, marketing and MIS to incorporate and learn the techniques of internal and operation auditing. Also integrated are the professional skills of oral and written communications, problem-solving in an unstructured environment and team projects. (Prereq.: ECO 113, ACC 221,222, BUS 242,252, 331, MIS 175,379) ACC 425 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, consolidations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: ACC 323) ACC 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) ACC 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) v4 IVIANAGEMENT INFORMATION 3YSTEMS - MIS T he major in Management Information Systems prepares students for professional careers in information systems. MIS studies information systems as both a resource and a tool for decision-making. Students learn to analyze and evaluate existing systems and to design and program new systems. MIS is an extensive major (16 courses) and includes courses from Computer Science, Mathematics, Economics, Business and Accounting, as well as from MIS. Management Information Systems Major 16 courses including: A. Six courses in Economics, Business and Accounting: ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 B. Three courses in Mathematics and Computer Science: CSC 170 Structured Programming MAT 121 Finite Mathematics or MAT 171 Discrete Mathematics and one of the following: ' CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 270 FORTRAN CSC 271 COBOL CSC 272 UNIX and C C. Seven courses in MIS: MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business or CSC 160 Introduction to Computing and Communications MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business, Accounting, Economics and MIS or CSC 352 Data Base Management and Design MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design MIS 476 Information Systems Projects and one of the following; MIS 376 Project Management MIS 479 Advanced Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ECO 318 Management Science CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.1 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral exam in the major field of concent~ation. Interested juniors or seniors should contact the Department Chair. Minor in MIS Seven courses including: MIS 175 or CSC 160, ACC 221, BUS 242 or BUS 252, MIS 370 or CSC 352, MIS 375, ECO 113 and one of the following: MIS 376, 475,479 or ECO 318 Mathematics Placement Croup (MPC) Requirements MIS 175,370,379,479, CSC 170,210 and all 100 level Math courses have Placement Group requirements. Since all majors in Business, Economics and MIS must take MIS 379, they all must have at least MPG 111. MIS 95 - MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business An introduction to microcomputer-based information systems. Introduction to business applications, operating systems, computer hardware and languages. Strong emphasis on spreadsheets (basic commands, functions, graphics and database.) Lesser emphasis on database. Emphasis on concepts and relation to business. (To test out of MIS 175, pass either a ' comprehensive exam or MIS 370.) (Prereq.: MPG I1 or a Pass in MAT 103.) MIS 199 Internship Lower Division Internship (see MIS 399). MIS 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the area of Management Information Systems. MIS 299 Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit (see MIS 499). MIS 370 Advanced Computing for Business An investigation of p~ogrammablesystems using personal computers. Examine basic algorithms and associated flow charts. Apply these concepts by programming various applications (spreadsheets, word and database) and application-oriented languages such as Visual Basic. (Prereq.: MPG I11 or a Pass in MAT 105. Also, MIS 175 or CSC 170, or, with permission of instructor, extensive experience with spreadsheets and personal computers. Fall) MIS 375 Management Information Systems in the Organization Use of a systems approach in analyzing the role of information systems in organizations. Analyze various kinds of information systems in terms of their computer components and their benefits to staff and management. Introduction to a CASE tool such as Excelerator. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242 or 252, and one computer course such as MIS 175,370, CSC 160 or 170. Recommended: ECO 113, ACC 221, BUS 242, MIS 379, BUS 331. Spring) MIS 376 Project Management Develops project management skills needed to define, plan, lead, monitor, and complete projects. Combines theories, techniques, group activities, and computer tools such as Microsoft Project. Emphasizes technical and communications skills needed to manage inevitable changes and problems associated with project management. (Prereq.: ACC 221, BUS 242, MIS 175 or 370.) MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics An introduction to quantitative reasoning to assist students in reading and interpreting data. Topics include descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, estimation and hypothesis testing. Emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. Computer software may be used to analyze survey data. (Prereq.: MIS 175 and either Math Placement Group I11 or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104) MIS 399 Internship Program A student may receive credit through an internship program which is applicable to graduation but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with an organization. In addition, the students prepare a written report on the activities involved. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) MIS 475 Systems Analysis and Design Identify the necessary steps of systems analysis and design. Investigate various representations for information, processes and relationships. Utilize analytical tools such as data flow diagrams and CASE tools such as Excelerator. Complete a rudimentary systems design. (Prereq.: MIS 375. Fall) MIS 476 Information Systems Projects Using skills developed in MIS 375 and 475, generate a complete and extensive project of systems analysis and design. (Prereq.: MIS 475. Spring) MIS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics Utilize computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq.: MIS 379. Fall) MIS 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to provide an opportunity to analyze a topic in depth. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) c hemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science because matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves. *To provide an afmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners, thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change after graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. Chemists as scientists must be well versed in the science of chemistry, knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems, and capable of providing a public understanding of their work including potential problems as well as benefits. *To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of major concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world and the reflection of the implications and limitations of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly human and therefore truly scientific. The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American chemical Society (ACS) and offers a chemisty major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the following objectives to help its students develop into mature scientists: *To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to compete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. *To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. *To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences. Chemistry Faculty Earl R. Alton (Chair), Arlin E. Gyberg, Joan C. Kunz, Sandra L. Olrnsted 0 . BACHELOR OF ARTS Graduation Major in Chemistry CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry CHM 351 Organic Chemistry CHM 352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361 Physical Chemistry CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar and one additional course from: CHM 364 Physical Chemistry CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry - Chemistry CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry BIO 367 Biochemistry Also required: PHY 121,122 General Physics I, II MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I & I1 or one year of calculus Because Upper Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 145,146 in the freshman year and PHY 121,122 in the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure in Physical Science The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identdy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major The same as the Graduation Major. In addition, medical schools expect at least two courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the Chemistry Department for assistance in planning a course program early in their college career. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE American Chemical Society Approved Major 12 courses including: CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361,363 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory CHM 364,365 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I & I1 or one year of calculus MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I or approved math course PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1 (should be taken in sophomore year) Recommended: Modem Physics, additional mathematics, research experience, reading ability in German and computer proficiency. Honors Major Full ACS major; GPA of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics and physics, 3.0 overall; one course or summer of approved , research; participation in seminar. Minor Five courses which must include: CHM 105,106 or CHM 115,116, CHM 353, and two other Chemistry courses from: CHM 223, CHM 351,352, CHM 361, or BIO 367 Note: credit will not be granted for both CHM 105 and 115, or for both CHM 106 and 116. Other restrictions are in the course descriptions. Chemistry CHM 105 Principles of Chemistry Topics in this course include an introduction to matter, chemical change, chemical reactions, chemical bonding, energetics and equilibrium. The sequence, CHM 105,106, is designed for students who have not studied chemistry in high school or who are less confident about their background in chemistry. Students may go into CHM 351 or 353 from CHM 106 and major in chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall) CHM 106 Principles of Chemistry CHM 106 is a continuation of CHM 105 with more emphasis upon equilibrium and the chemistry of the elements. (Three onehour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 105, MPG III. Spring) CHM 115 General Chemistry An intensive course for pre-medical students and future chemists. Includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: high school chemistry, MPG 111. Fall ) CHM 116 General Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 115. Emphasis on equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures, one threehour laboratory. Prereq.: 115. Spring) CHM 199 Internship A work-based learning experience at the sophomore chemistry level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the opportunitiesinherent in the placement. Participatim in a mcurrent I seminar is expected. Prior to the b e w i n g of the ~ I BJregistrzrtim, interested students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and permission to register. CHM 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry This onesemester course is designed for students whose professional goals require a survey of organic chemistry. Topics covered will include synthesis, properties and reactions of selected aliphatic and aromatic compounds. This course will not count toward a Chemistry major, nor will credit be given for this course if CHM 351,352 is taken, nor does it fulfill the prerequisite requirement for CHM 352, nor does it meet Biochemistry requirements for other programs. (Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Spring) CHM 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit/sophomore standing. Students interested in directed study projects should contact a faculty member in the Chemistry Department. - Chemistry CHM 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energy relations and reaction mechanism. (Three one-hour lectures, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. Fall: CHM 351; Spring; CHM 352) CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to electrochemical and spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (Three hours of lecture, one four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116. MPG 111. Fall) CHM 361 Physical Chemistry The basic theoretical concepts of chemistry; thermodynamics, kinetics and quantum chemistry. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 106 or 116; MAT 145,146; PHY 121,122. Fall) CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (.5 course) Physical c h e m i s e ~ a b o r a t ointroduces j students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in Physical Chemistry lecture. CHM 363 is to be taken in the fall and involves experiments related to CHM 361. (One four-and-onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 361 or concurrent registration.) CHM 364 Physical Chemistry Applications of concepts studied in CHM 361 to areas of solutions, phase equilibria, electrolytes, molecular structure and electrochemistry. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 361. Spring) CHM 365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (.5 course) CHM 365 is to be taken the second semester and involves experiments relating to CHM 364. (One four one-and-onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 364 or concurrent registration. Spring) CHM 399 Internship A work-based learning experience at the junior-senior chemistry level in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of chemistry with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship Office regarding requirements and permission to register. CHM 464 Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectra correlationsfor IR, UV, NMR and mass spectroscopy; use of the literature (including Beilstein); and further study of organic reactions. (Three one-hour lectures, six hours of laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,353,361 or consent of instruc- Chemistry tor. Some reading knowledge of German recommended. Fall) CHM 481 Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographic and electroanalytical techniques of analysis. (Three o n e hour lectures, one four-and-onehalf hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 353, 361 or consent of instructor. Spring) CHM 482 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: CHM 352,361 or consent of instructor. Fall ) CHM 483 Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger'swave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbital theory for molecules. Includes commutators, electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: CHM 364 or consent of instructor. Spring) CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar (.O course) This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are also invited to participate. CHM 497 Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors planning research careers need research experience before graduation which may be obtained by working on a summer research project (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academic year (which may be counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing) CHM 499 Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing) See listing under Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts. -1' " LOMPUTER 3CIENCE - CSC T he Augsburg Computer Science ~e~artmentstrives to give students a sound theoretical and practical foundation in computer science. We offer both a B.A. and a B.S. major. The computer science curriculum places emphasis on networks, communications and the use of computers as an information access tool. The course work provides students a strong base in computer science, with emphasis on concepts rather than on applications. We encourage students to strengthen their course work by electing an Internship or Cooperative Education experience. Our location in the Twin Cities provides us an excellent resource of such experiences for students, and allows them to add practical applications to their education. and two courses, at least one of which is upper division, from: PHY 261 Electronics CSC 270 FORTRAN CSC 271 COBOL CSC 272 UNIX and C CSC 352 Data Base Management and Design CSC 399 Internship CSC 440 Advanced Networking and Communications CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science (may be repeated once) CSC 499 Independent Study Computer Science Faculty Larry Ragland (Chair), Larry Crockett, Noel Petit BACHELOR OF ARTS Computer Science Major 11 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computing and Communications CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 330 Theory of Computation CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science (may be repeated) MAT 145 Augment Mathematics I BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Computer Science Major 15 courses including: CSC 160 Introduction to Computing and Communications CSC 170 Structured Programming CSC 210 Data Structures CSC 320 Algorithms CSC 330 Theory of Computation CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications CSC 345 Principles of Computer Organization CSC 440 Advanced Networking and Communications CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science MAT 145 Augment Mathematics I MAT 146 Augment Mathematics I1 MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning II Computer Science 1 and two courses, at least one of which is upper division, from: PHY 261 Electronics CSC 270 FORTRAN CSC 271 COBOL CSC 272 UND( and C CSC 352 Data Base Management and Design CSC 399 Internship CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science (may be repeated) CSC 499 Independent Study CSC 145 CSC 160 Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in computer science and mathematics, GPA of 3.1 overall, and an independent study project. Minor Six courses including CSC 160,170,210, 345, MAT 145, and one Upper Division Computer Science course. Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward a computer science major or minor. Introduction to Computing and Communications. Basic computer applicationsusing word processing, spreadsheets and databases; files and disks; using the computer as an information accessing tool through remote access to the library; use of e-mail, Internet, news, and information services; simple programming. (Prereq.: MPG 111) CSC 170 CSC 210 Structured Programming An introduction to problem-solving, algorithm development and programming using Pascal. (Prereq.: MAT 114 or MAT 122 or BUS 279 or MPG Iv) Data Structures Data structures such as linked lists, stacks and queues; recursion; objects, classes and methods. (Prereq.: CSC 170) CSC 270 FORTRAN Study of the FORTRAN programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) - Computer Science CSC 271 COBOL Study of the COBOL programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) CSC 272 UNIX and C Study of UNIX operating system and the C programming language. It is assumed that the student has a knowledge of programming methods and has done programming in some other language. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or another course with a study of a programming language) CSC 320 Algorithms A systematic study of algorithms and their complexity, including searching and sorting algorithms, mathematical algorithms, scheduling algorithms, and tree and graph traversal algorithms. The limitations of algorithms, the classes P and NP, NP-complete problems and intractable problems. (Prereq.: CSC 210 and MAT 145) CSC 330 Theory of Computation Basic theoretical principles embodied in formal languages, automata and computability. Topics include regular and context-free languages, finite automata, Turing machines, the halting problem and unsolvability. (Prereq.: CSC 170 or 345; MAT 145) CSC 340 Introduction to Networking and Communications Principles and methods of data communications, information theory, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, standards, network management and general computer interfacing. (Prereq.: csc 345) CSC 345 CSC 352 Principles of Computer Organization An introduction to computer architecture, processors, operating systems, instruction sets and assembly language programming. (Prereq.: CSC 160) Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, and the development of database systems. (Prereq.: CSC 210) CSC 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of computer science to the opportunities found in the placement. Students must consult with the Computer Science Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit. CSC 440 Advanced Networking and Communications Network management; client/se~erdatabases and workstations; TCP/IP, IPX, Appletalk networks. (Prereq.: CSC 340) Computer Science CSC 445 Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major components of computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architecture on operating systems. (Prereq.: CSC 345) CSC 450 Principles of Programming Languages Principles that govern the design and implementation of programming languages. Topics include programming language syntax and semantics, parsing, compilers, interpreters, data structures, control structures and the run-time environment. (Prereq.: CSC 210) CSC 495 Advanced Topics in Computer Science Study of advanced topics from areas of computer science not included in other courses. This course may be repeated when the topics vary. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) CSC 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and Department. - EASTAND SOUTHEASTASIANSTUDIES A major in East Asian Studies is offered through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an inter-college, interdepartmental program which is available as a result of the cooperation and crossregistration possibilities among Augsburg College, Hamline University, Macalester College, The College of St. Catherine and the University of St. Thomas. The program pools the resources and expertise within the five institutions. This major enables students to acquire a broad knowledge of Japan, China and other East Asian nations and to gain a functional knowledge of the language of one country. Career opportunities for those who attain a liberal arts degree in East Asian Studies are diverse. Majors have the opportunity to be involved in government service, international business, journalism, language instruction, Asian arts and intercultural communication. The major provides a foundation for graduate work in various fields such as anthropology, economics, history, international relations, business, law, political science, sociology and theatre. This major is also recommended for those interested in education and work with social and recreational agencies. East and Southeast Asian Studies Faculty Martha Johnson, Director courses, two of which must be Upper Division (strongly recommended that one of these be a history course on China or Japan); and an East Asian Studies Seminar. A term of study abroad and the completion of a minor in a discipline are strongly recommended. Study abroad opportunities for the semester or a year are available in Hong Kong, Japan, Korea and the People's Republic of China. Study abroad strengthens the East Asian studies major by offering a cross-cultural experience in the country of specialization. Language Courses Elementary and intermediate courses in Chinese are offered at Hamline University. Elementary and intermediate courses in Japanese are offered at Macalester College and the University of St. Thomas. There is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota to take Chinese or Japanese languages (without extra tuition charges); see campus adviser. Non-majors are also eligible to take the Chinese and Japanese language courses. Minor in East Asian Studies Five courses, no more than two of which may be in the language. A minor in East Asian studies provides exposure to an area of East Asia which would complement other disciplines. Minor in East a'nd Southeast Asian Studies Major in East Asian Studies The requirements for the major consist of nine courses. Courses in the major must be approved by the campus adviser, and are distributed as follows: four courses in an East Asian language; four additional A minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies is an area of concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. East and Southeast Asian btudies - Five courses including one from: PHI 355 Oriental Philosophy REL 356 History of Religions SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology and one course from: HIS 474 The World and the West POL 351 Topics in Communist/Post Communist Systems POL 363 Foreign Policy: China and Russia and one course from: HIS 226 Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life HIS 399 Internship HIS 495 Seminar Recommended: HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World Note: Interim courses or new courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies Program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the campus adviser. Faculty advising is recommended at all stages of the major to plan a coherent and effective program. Each campus has a member on the ACTC East Asian Studies committee who can assist students. The current advisers are: Augsburg College -Khin Khin Jensen 330-1193, Hamline University -Richard Kagan 641-2433, Macalester -Yue-him Tam 696-6262, St. Catherine -Martha Hardesty 690-6189, St. Thomas -Robert Werner 962-5565. Approved Augsburg College courses for the East Asian Studies Program (consult program director for ACTC listing of approved courses): BUS 368 Responding to the Challenge of Japan HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World PHI 355 Oriental Philosophy POL 363 Foreign Policy: China and Russia REL 356 History of Religions THR 245 Introduction to Asian American Theatre - tCONOMlCS DEPARTMENT - ECO T he Economics Department at Augsburg offers s t u d e k a program which stresses a strong theoretical background, quantitative analysis and an emphasis on both national and international issues. Students who graduate with a major in the Economics Department are well prepared to continue their education in a variety of fields or to work successfully in the business world and government because of the strong liberal arts emphasis within the major. Currently, three Economics majors are offered to students. The Economics major is designed primarily for students who are planning graduate or advanced professional studies. The Applied Economics major generally leads to careers in the business world or government. Finally, the combined Economics/Business Administration major is designed for those who wish to have more flexibility in planning their program of study. As graduates, students will face a world in constant change. Students have to prepare themselves to take advantage of whatever opportunities become available. The study of Economics provides a firm foundation for confronting change because it presents a disciplined way to analyze and to make choices. Some reasons for studying economics are: economics deals with current problems; economics is a successful and prestigious social science; economics employs theoretical models and the scientific method; an economics major prepares students for community leadership; and an economics major leads to a great diversity of career opportunities. These include careers in business, law, teaching, journalism, politics, banking and finance, service in government, educational administration, both private and public international service and industrial relations. A degree in Economics may prove to be a valuable credential. We encourage students who major in economics to learn to be somebody rather than to simply learn to do something. Students are also able to combine an economics major with other disciplines such as business administration, international relations, mathematics, computer science, management information systems (MIS), political science, history and Nordic Area Studies. Internships are available and highly recommended. Students must consult with the Department chair and the Internship office before registering for academic credit. Economics Faculty Satya P. Gupta (Chair), Jeanne Boeh, Edward Sabella. Maior in Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Maaoeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 414 Welfare Economics and three other Upper Division Economics courses: MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics MAT 114 Elementary Functions or MAT 121 Finite Mathematics or MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Economics 1( The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. Computer courses are also strongly recommended. BUS 331 Financial Management or MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics and one other Upper Division Business course Major in Applied Economics ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 311 Public Finance or ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics or ECO 315 Money and Banking ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics ECO 360 International Economics ECO 318 Management Science or ECO 415 Managerial Economics ECO 413 Labor Economics ECO 399 Internship Program or ECO 499 Independent Study MIS 175 Principles of Computing for Business MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics or PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity Combined Major in Economics and Business Administration Five Economics courses including: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics And one other Upper Division Economics course and six Accounting/Business Adrninistration/MIS courses including: ACC 221 Principles of Accounting I ACC 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and compre-hensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Economics ECO 112,113,312,313, and one additional Economics Upper Division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Note: Students who plan to major in the Department are strongly encouraged to select a Department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed on the following pages, these topics have been offered under ECO 295,495 Topics: Consumer Economics, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, Decision-Making with Finite Markov Chains and Soviet Economy. lo Economics ECO 110 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of various topics, e.g. crime prevention, education, discrimination. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration or MIS). ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics: national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113 or 110. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 11) ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independentlyof ECO 110 or 112. ECO 112 and 113may be taken in either order. (Prereq.: MPG 11) ECO 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to consider Economics as a major and/or explore career alternatives. ECO 219 History of Economic Thought A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the political, economic, philosophical and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. Major topics may include ancient, medieval, mercantilist, classical, socialist/utopian and contemporary economic thought. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) ECO 295 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies. ECO 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. ECO 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Fall) Economics 11 ECO 312 lntermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the role of expectations. (Prereq.: ECO 112. Fall, Spring) ECO 313 lntermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113) ECO 315 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112) ECO 317 Comparative Economic Systems This course focuses on comparing the performance of various countries that rely on different economic systems for the allocation of resources, including systemic changes in Eastern Europe. Theoretical models are examined and compared to real-world variants. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or 113) ECO 318 Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modem techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq.: ECO 113, MPG 111) ECO 360 International Economics A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of payments; exchange rate systems and commercial policy. (Prereq.: ECO 113. Spring) ECO 399 Internship Program A work-based leaming experience in which a student, faculty member, and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of Economics to the opportunities found in the placement. (Prereq.: 50 percent completion of major or consent of instructor) ECO 41 3 Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) ECO 414 Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring: alternate years) 'f Economics ECO 415 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: MIS 379, ECO 313. Spring) ECO 416 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 312,313, MAT 122) ECO 495 Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. ECO 499 Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford hirn/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. LDUCATION DEPARTMENT - EDE, s tudents interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will find opportunities in the Department of Education. Professional education combines the study of theory with practice, and field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin Cities. Classroom teaching is the career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education programs. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and abroad. The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves as a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education. However, not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in management, sales, production and service areas. As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to take the PPST (a set of basic competency tests prescribed by the Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience EDS, EDU Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics prior to beginning Upper Division courses. All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department. Any Education course grade below 2.0 must be retaken. Licensure in Kindergarten-Elementary Education is available both through Day School and Weekend College. Selected secondary education programs are also available in Weekend College. Student Teaching Abroad Selected Education Department students may participate in an International Student Teaching Abroad program. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the international and American School network. Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad will do part of their student teaching in the Metro area under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. Education Faculty Rich Germundsen (Chair), Virginia Allery, Mary Ann Bayless, Bruce Drewlow, Mary Endorf, Joseph Erickson, Ann Fleener, Ethelind Garetz, Gretchen Irvine, Marie McNeff, Mildred Mueller, Vicki Olson EDU 341 Media Technology EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten Elementary and Field Experience l4 Elementary Education - EDE 381 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculm: Art, Music EDE 382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics EDE 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curridum: Physical Education EDE 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature EDE 387 Kindergarten-Elementary Curridum: Language Arts EDE 388 Human Relations EDE 481,482,483 student hi^^ K-6 EDE 484 Student Teaching K-6 (optional) HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education PHY 103 HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators SWK 260 Humans Developing PHY 103 Conceptual Physics or MAT 131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts EDS 377 Mathematics Methods and an academic minor If students also desire kindergarten licensure, EDE 375 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten is also required. A GPA of 2.5 overall and 2.5 in the major and grades of P in student teaching courses is required for licensure, as well as minimum grades of 2.0 in all Education courses. The criteria for acceptance into the Department Licensure are available in the Education Department. Conceptual Physics (See Physics Department for course description.) EDU 120 EDE 199 Learning in an Urban Setting This course provides an opportunity for students to serve as tutors in urban educational environments. Students will be trained to understand the importance of multicultural, gender fair education for all ages and to understand the need to address a diversity of learning styles in urban educational settings. Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore education as a major and/or consider its career is expected. Students alternatives. Participation in a concurrent se*ar must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator before registering for academic credit. Seminar participation required. EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience hvestigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing and ENG 111) EDU 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education for course description.) Elementary Education EDE 295 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDE 299 Directed Study Lower Division independent study. EDU 341 Media Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, and evaluation of effective audievisual m&erks for teaching/leaming situations. Computer training will be included in this course. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of teaching techniques and resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction of reading difficulties. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 352 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand Field Experience The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological and sociological theories. (Prereq.: PPST) EDU 370 Classroom Management (.5 course) A class for Elementary and Secondary education students. The content of this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom manage ment techniques. It is designed to empower future teachers with insights and strategies that will enable them to create positive learning environments that will enhance achievement and build self esteem in their students. (Prereq.: PPST. Spring) EDU 371 Teaching the Individual Learner (.5 course) A class for Elementary and Secondary students designed to address the educational needs of a diverse student body. Includes strategies for teaching special education students in the regular classroom as well as teaching the student at risk. Students are encouraged to take EDS 282 Introduction to Special Education prior to registering for this course. (Prereq.: PPST. Fall) EDE 375 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten (.5 course) Study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources for teaching kindergarten. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 381 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics lo Elementary Education - at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 383 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 384 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies, Thematic Studies (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDE 387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and r,esources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST, EDU 265) EDU 388 Human Relations (.5 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. (P/N grading only) EDE 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, f a d t y member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education to the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students must consult with the Department and the Internship Office before registering. EDE 478 School and Society (See Secondary Education for course description.) EDE 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching K-6 and Seminar Observing and teaching at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. Students must apply to student teach at least three months prior to enrolling for the courses. A full term of student teaching is required for all students pursuing an initial license. (Prereq.: All K-Elementary course work satisfactorily completed and admission into the Education Department Licensure program.) EDE 491 Pradicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education for course description) Secondary Education EDE 495 Topics in Education (.5 course) Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDE 498 Independent Study (.5 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). EDE 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. A projected program must be outlined and approved by the Kindergarten-Elementary education faculty. 1 t is the responsibility of each student to meet all specific requirements of the Education Department. Secondary Education students are expected to consult with Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher licensure, in addition to conferring with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Requirements in the state of Minnesota for teaching in secondary schools are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Licensure program: Baccalaureate degree; academic major in an approved teaching area; and the following courses: EDU 210 Learning and Developing in an Educational Setting EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience EDU 341 Media Technology EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas EDS 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary Field Experience EDU 388 Human Relations EDS 478 School and Society EDS 481,482,483 Student Teaching EDS 484 Student Teaching Seminar (for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors) HPE 114 Health Safety Education (or equivalent) HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 116 Health Concepts for Educators Methods course in major/minor areas GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in Education, 2.5 in academic major and P in student teaching required. All required EDU/EDS courses must have a grade of 2.0 or higher. Application for and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure Program required. Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education Department. '1 Secondary Education Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elementary school level. A person with a major in one of these special areas will take four courses in student teaching and do some student teaching at both the secondary and elementary levels. In addition to 354, the art major will register for 361,362; the physical education major for 365; and the music major for 355. Art and physical education teacher education programs lead to licensure for grades K-12. Music teacher education programs lead to licensure in the following areas: 1) Band (K-12) and classroom music (5-12); 2) Orchestra (K-12) and classroom EDU 120 music (5-12); 3) Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4) Vocal and classroom music (512). Modern Language Licensure For modern language teachers (French, German, Spanish), see Modem Language Department for information on the required competency exams. Teaching in the Minor Field Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor subject area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive licensure or be recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College. Learning in an Urban Setting (See Elementary Education for course description.) EDS 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore education as a major and/or consider its career alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students must consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator before registering for academic credit. Seminar participation required. EDU 210 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. PSY 105 Principles of Psychology is strongly recommended. EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. (Prereq.: sophomore standing and ENG 111) Secondan, Education EDS 282 Introduction t o Special Education (See Special Education for course description.) EDS 295 Topics i n Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDS 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. EDU 341 Media Technology (-5 course) (See Elementary Education for course description) EDS 350 Reading i n the Content Areas (.5 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for Secondary Education. Upper Division. (Prereq.: P E T ) EDS 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: PPST) EDS 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshops and laboratory experience. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring) EDS 356, 357, 358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (.5 course each) Study and application of instructional methods, materials and techniques. Courses offered on two-year cycle. Even year: Woodwinds. Odd year: Brass and Percussion, Strings. (Prereq.: PPST. Fall) EDS 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the elementary, middle and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Fall) EDS 362 Art Methods (Senior High School) (.5 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (To be taken concurrently with 361. Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Fall) EDS 364 English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PET. Joint day school and WEC. Fall) HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-12) (.5 course) (See Health and Physical Education Department for course description. Prereq.: P E T ) 11 - Secondary Education EDS 366 Modern Language Methods (.5 course) World language learning theory. The theory and practice of world language teaching. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Consult with the Modem Language Department. Joint day school and WEC. Fall) EDU 370 Classroom Management (.5 course) A class for Elementary and Secondary Education students. The content of this course includes theories, issues and strategies of classroom management techniques. (Prereq.: PET. Spring) EDU 371 Teaching the Individual Learner (.5 course) (See Elementary Education for course description. Prereq.: PPST) EDS 374 Natural Science Methods (.5 course) Course structures, goals, and procedures in science education. Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PET. Joint day school and WEC. Fall) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (.S course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciences and history in secondary school classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and cumculum development. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PET. Joint day school and WEC. Winter: WEC) EDS 376 Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (.5 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion and theatre, and directing of cmxn-ricular speech and theatre activities. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PPST. Spring) EDS 377 Mathematics Methods (.5 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. Consult with the Education Department. (Prereq.: EDS 354 and PET. Spring) EDU 388 Human Relations (.5 course) (See Elementary Education for course description.) EDS 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of education with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Prior to the beginning of the term/registration, interested students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. S~ecialEducation EDS 478 School and Society Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modem society and final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. (Prereq.: senior standing, EDU 265 and P E T ) EDS 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar Obsenring and directing learning at the secondary level under supemision of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses required of all 712 licensure majors. Four courses required of K-12 Art, Music, and Physical Education licensure majors and of double majors. (Prereq.: completion of all education coursework and admission to the Department.) EDS 495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in education that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. EDS 498 Independent Study (.5 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). EDS 499 Independent Study Opportunity for advanced and specialized research projects not otherwise provided for in the Departmental cumculum. A projected program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. See Department listing for a description of the following approved electiue: HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program (See Health and Physical Education Department for course description. Prereq.: PPST) Minor Minimum of six courses: EDU 282 Introduction to Special Education EDE 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child PSY 357 Behavior Analysis One course chosen from: HPE 354 Physiology of Exercise MUS 110 Interim Course PSY 362 Behavior Disorders SWK 340 Interim Course and one course chosen from: PSY 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult PSY 359 Psychological Assessment EDS 388 Human Relations LIN 289 Introduction to Linguistics Recommended as an additional course: BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology 12 zZ Special Education EDU 110 Introduction to Deafness and Language of Deaf People Introduction to issues related to deafness and the modes of cornmunication used by deaf people. Through lectures, guest speakers, videotapes, reading and field trips, we examine the language, education, social and political aspects, and cultural issues within the deaf community. (Odd years) EDU 282 Introduction to Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, causes and educational interventions for such exceptionalities as mental retardation, physical disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disorders and giftedness. (Fall) EDU 491 Practicurn and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. (Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Prereq.: completion of special courses for Special Education minor or consent of instructor. Spring) A ugsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. Because of the special requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for these programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Engineering Adviser Stuart Anderson University of Minnesota The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: Bachelor of Arts/Bachelor of Engineering (B.A. / B.E.) enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology. Students may apply for the program after completing the sophomore year. At that time, they will be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for final acceptance into the program. Formal application to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Bachelor of ArtsIMaster of Engineering (B.A. / M.E.) enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology. The curriculum is the same as the B.A./ B.E. curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to minimize the number of undergraduate courses, if any, that students must take at the University before proceeding through the graduate curriculum. The number of such courses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A./M.E. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed during the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E. program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. Washington University (Three Year Plan) Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan) These two programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Engineering degree from Washington University School of Engineering and AppEed Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. 24 Engineering The first three years are spent at Augsburg followed by two years at the affiliated university. Students accepted into the program will be considered for admission to the engineering school if they will complete course requirements, have the requisite cumulative grade point average and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College. Minimum course requirements for admission to the Dual Degree or ThreeTwo Programs: CHM 115 General Chemistry CHM 116 General Chemistry CSC 170 Structured Programming ENG 111 Effective Writing PHY 121 General Physics I Students are also encouraged to explore PHY 122 General Physics II Four Mathematics courses from A or B: opportunities for graduate work at A. Washington University and Michigan Technological University. Further informa- MAT 145 AUGMENT I tion on these and other graduate programs MAT 146 AUGMENT II is available from the Augsburg Engineering MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I Adviser. MAT 247 Mathematical Structures and Financial Aid: Students receiving Reasoning II financial aid who are participants in these B. (For WEC students. See WEC catalog for dual degree programs will be encouraged course descriptions.) to apply to the engineering school of their MAT 124 Calculus I choice for continuing support. Their MAT 125 Calculus II applications will be evaluated using need MAT 224 Calculus 111, Differential and academic performance as criteria. Equations MAT 226 Calculus III, Differential Equations Additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124, 125 or 145,146 and PHY 121,122 are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351,352. - ENC T hose who study - English - believe that an intense concern for words, ideas and images helps people understand who they are and who they can become. Writing helps all of us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the study of English we see life's complexity, experience life as others do and better understand the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communication, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. ism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing and other professions and businesses. English Faculty Kathryn Swanson (Chair), Barbara Andersen, Cathleen Dalglish, Douglas Green, Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Catherine Nicholl, Ronald Palosaari, John Schmit Major The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films and readings available near the campus. English majors have the opporhmity to use and refine their skills through working in Internships on and off campus, tutoring English as a Second Language (ESL) students, tutoring in the Writing Lab or participating in the Cooperative Education Program. Nine courses above 111, including: ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing ENG 245 Introduction to Literature One course in European literature: ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante or ENG 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period Two survey courses in British literature from: ENG 331 British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan ENG 336 British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries ENG 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians One Upper Division course in American literature: ENG 350 American Literature to 1920 or ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 One 400 level course Two additional electives Students with an Augsburg English major pursue careers in elementary, secondary and college education, journal- Majors are encouraged to consult their Departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program 12 - 26 English that involves considerable work in the English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the Department. Note: Transfer majors must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. 10 courses, including those listed under the major, and: ENG 345 Introduction to the English Language ENG 399 Internship in Teaching Writing EDS 364 English Methods and one course with a component in nonWestern literature (for example, ENG 361). In addition, the ACTC courses, Communication Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media, are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education no later than the spring of their junior year. Minor Five courses above ENG 111, including ENG 245; an upper~ i ~literature i ~ i course; and an additional writing course. Transfer Students Transfer students with a B.A. in English from another college must take at least two of their English courses at Augsburg (preferably Upper Division). These courses must be taken before the Department can recommend a student for student teaching. The English Placement Test A writing sample is required of students to determine their placement in an appropriate writing class. Students who do not show competence in composition skills - such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences - are required to enroll in ENG 101 Developmental Writing where thev receive more individual instruction than is possible in ENG 111Effective Writing. These students must pass ENG 101Developmental Writing before enrolling in ENG 111 Effective Writing. V Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as the requirements for the major. Prerequisites Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; submit proposal to Department Chair by October 15 in senior year for Department approval. Submit and defend paper before faculty committee. Honors project may be an Independent Study program (refer to Departmental guidelines). ENG 111Effective Writing is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division literature course is ENG 245 Introduction to Literature and/ or consent of the instructor. ~ Enalish ENC 101 DevelopmentalWriting A preparatory course for ENG 111Effective Writing, this course is required of students identified by a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing additional preparation in composition. Students receive course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0. ENC 111 Effective Writina Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing anddeveloping topics, thinking critically and revising for clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing grade is 2.0. ENC 216 American Indian Literature A study of poetry and fiction by selected American Indian writers. Discussion and analysis will focus on ways in which literature reflect and illuminate American Indian culture and traditions. (Spring) - ENC 217,218 English as a Second Language Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level materials and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing will determine placement in these courses, and testing, as well as c o ~ r s ~ ~ e r f o r m a nwill c e , determine whether the ESL requirement is met. Students will continue in ESL until the requirement is completed. (Fall: ENG 217; Spring: ENG 218) ENC 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed to improve writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters and proposals is emphasized. Students are encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: ENG 111.Spring) ENC 225 Intermediate Expository Writing This course builds on the practices and methods of Effective Writing, ENG 111.Its workshop format stresses style and organization, the process of revision, self and peer evaluation and the relationship between reading and writing. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ENC 226 Introduction to Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction, but including journal keeping and creative prose. (Prereq.: ENG 111.Fall) ENC 227 Journalism An introductory newswriting course with emphasis on writing for the print media, including practice in writing for radio and television. Students consider how to recognize news, gather and verify facts, and write those facts into a news story. Basic copy preparation, editing 12 28 Enalish practices and an introduction to legal and ethical questions are included. (Prereq.: ENG 111) ENC 241 Introduction to Cinema Art An investigation of the cinematic qualities, theoretical principles and historical evolution of the film medium. The emphasis is on film as an audiovisual language. The course includes the viewing and analysis of both feature length and short films illustrating the international development of film form and selected esthetic movements. (Spring) ENC 245 Introduction to Literature An initiation into the formal study of fiction, poetry and drama, drawing on works from several periods, different cultures and races, and male and female writers. As the prerequisite for all upper level courses in literature, Introduction to Literature aims in particular to develop students' critical and analytical skills in reading literature and writing about it. ENC 251 Readings in American Literature An introduction to representative works that yield an understanding of the Western heritage and American world views. Themes could include the emergence of national identity, the relationship between humankind and God, the nature of nature, definitions of the American self, individuality, the place of women and of racial and ethnic minorities in the development of American thought and the continuity of Western culture in America. (Fall) ENC 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante Study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, including works by such authors as Homer, Virgl, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Aristophanes, Ovid and Dante. These works are studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature and their enduring relevance. (Fall) ENC 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Rabelais, Voltaire and Ibsen. (Spring) ENC 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction. ENC 299 Directed Study Directed study for Lower Division credit. Supervised but largely independent study of a topic not normally offered among course selections. Instructor's and Department Chair's consent required. Students are responsible for proposing topics before the term in which they wish to undertake the study. English 11 ENC 327 Advanced Journalism:Interviewing and Editing Emphasis is on interviewing, organizing and writing the story, editing the work of others and learning layout and design. Includes workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of others and laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: ENG 227. Alternate years) ENC 331 British Literature, Medieval to Elizabethan A study of Chaucer and the medieval milieu, as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 336 British Literature, 17th and 18th Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual and social influences and the major literary movements. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic and Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers are emphasized, as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 341 Advanced Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creative writing in a single genre, as announced in the class schedule. (Prereq.: ENG 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work.) ENC 345 Introduction to the English Language A structural and historical overview of theoretical and social issues concerning the English language, including theories of language acquisition. Students will be introduced to the primary components of linguistics, the development of the English language and the social impact of language. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor) ENC 350 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of selected American writers from colonial times to WWI. Attention is given to issues relating to race, class and gender. Conceptions of the individual in relation to society, the nature of nature and regional differences are also studied. The approach is historical as well as topical. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary works. Writers are selected to represent the literary variety and the regional, ethnic and racial diversity of the men and women who have responded significantly in literary works to the changing conditions of modem American life. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 361 Studies in Modern Fiction Emphasis is on sigruficant works of selected prose writers, chiefly nonWestern, of the 20th century. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Fall) ENC 399 Internship The Department offers on-campus Internships in teaching writing and English as a Second Language, and various off-campus Internships in writing and editing. Interns meet with faculty advisers or seminar groups. Interested students should consult the Department Chair. ENC 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th century beginnings to the 20th century. Novels studied are selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bronte, Eliot, Joyce and Woolf. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) ENC 438 Shakespeare Study of major plays -comedies, histories and tragedies. Additional plays are assigned for reading analysis. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Spring) ENC 445 Creative Non-Fiction: Advanced Expository Writing Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course emphasizes the conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects and techniques for gathering information. (Prereq.: ENG 225 and consent of instructor. Alternate years) ENC 480 Criticism The course focuses on a variety of recent critical theories and approaches with which graduate programs in English expect some familiarity. In a seminar setting, students read and discuss original theoretical essays and experiment with applications to a small group of literary and cinematic texts. (Prereq.: ENG 245 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) ENC 482 Topics in Language and Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors or works. The subjects selected for study in any year are listed in the class schedule for that year. Sample topics include Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) ENC 499 Independent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with an overall GPA of 3.0 or consent of Department Chair. Designed to enable advanced students to pursue a topic not covered by course offerings. The student must define a topic and a tentative reading list, then seek a faculty member willing and able to supervise the project. Department chair approval required. See Department listing for a description of the following approved elective: THR 325 Playwriting See listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. T he initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students in making a successful transition to being college students and to help them become part of this academic community. Students are introduced to the character of the College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated seriously, and the logstics of being college students. The First Year Experience (ME)is composed of four parts: Summer Registra- CST 005 FYE Seminar tion, Fall Orientation, ME Seminars and an optional FYE Interim Term Course. Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the ME Seminars is required of all students who begin Augsburg College as freshmen in the day schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily by attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a notation of a passing (P) grade for ME 005 on their official transcript and a 0.25 credit. Students without a P for ME 005 will not be permitted to graduate with an Augsburg degree. (.25 course) A series of Fall term meetings with an ME faculty adviser to discuss issues related to becoming an active member of the.Augsburg College community of learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a variety of disciplines and sources collected in the "Augsburg Anthology." (P/N grading only; evaluation based on attendance and participation.) See listing under Modern Languages. See listing under Modern Languages. s ome courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies includes specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative proseminar created by cooperating faculty and CST 009 Cooperative Education offerings of the Center for Global Education. General Studies Faculty ~~~lM ~~ ~ ~warren ~ ~ ~ l , d (.O course) Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of the evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Cooperative Education staff. No course credit. CST 140, 141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (.5 course each) An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The course also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic success: reading rate and comprehension, notetaking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning and making decisions. GST 209 City Seminar: Experiential Education (.O course) Students engaged in a minimum of 50 hours of intemship/service/ cooperative education use that experience as a catalyst for learning about the Twin Cities as an urban community system. Students do a series of 5-6 reflective assignments designed to introduce them to a systematic way of thinking about how their particular organization functions in the larger community. The seminar enables the student to utilize experiential education options to meet the objectives of the City Perspective. Permission of Instructor. Non-credit. CST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar This seminar consists of a series of mini-courses offered in a number of relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each mini-course consists of 12 hours. Any four mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. See listing under Modem Languages. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL DUCATI ION v irtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional participant will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and minor programs: general education in Physical Education; men's and women's intercollegiate athletic programs; intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilities for developmental and recreational activities. Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunities are possible in YMCA/YWCA programs and community services, municipal park and recreation departments as adult fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities. Health and Physical Education Faculty Carol Enke and Edwin J. Saugestad (CoChairs), Brian Amrnann, Richard Borstad, Marilyn Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Jack Osberg, Joyce Pfaff, Jeff Swenson. HEALTH EDUCATION Health Education Major HPE 110 Personal and Community Health HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 216 Human Sexuality HPE 254 Introduction to Developmental/ Adapted Physical Education HPE 320 School Health Curriculum HPE 355 Tests and Measurement HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology BIO 114 General Biology PSY 105 General Psychology PSY 351 Developmental Psychology: Child or PSY 352 Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. 14 Health and Physical Education Teaching Minor Students interested in the Teaching Minor should consult with the Department Chair. PHYSICAL EDUCATION Physical Education Major HPE 101 Fitness for Life HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 210 History and Principles of Physical Education and Sport HPE 220 Motor Learning HPE 223 Team Sports HPE 231 Individual and Dual Sports HPE 232 Dance HPE 254 Introduction to Development/ Adaptive Physical Education HPE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs HPE 350 Kinesiology HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise HPE 355 Tests and Measurement HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Jnjuries BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education Students interested in this program should consult with the Department Chair for individual program planning. Minor HPE 101,115,210 223,231,232,351. There is no PE teaching minor in Minnesota Public Schools. Coaching Endorsement (not a major) HPE 310 Psychology of Sport HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries HPE 486 Organization and Administration of Coaching HPE 489 Practicum One course from: HPE 476 Coaching of Football HPE 477 Coaching of Basketball HPE 478 Coaching of Hockey HPE 479 Coaching of Track and Field HPE 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball HPE 483 Coaching of Volleyball HPE 487 Coaching of Wrestling (Interim only) Internship in Athletic Training BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology HPE 110 Personal and Community Health HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 350 KineSiology HPE 351 Physiolggy of Exercise HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries And advanced athletic training (ACTC schools) Also required: 1500 hours of practical experience under the direction of a Certified Athletic Trainer. Health and Physical Education 1 HEALTH EDUCATION HPE 110 Personal and Community Health Modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. HPE 114 Health and Safety Education (.5 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. National Safety Council First Aid and CPR certification. HPE 115 HPE 116 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health education and services. Health Concepts for Educators (.5 course) A course to prepare future teachers for their role in the school health program. Includes common childhood health problems with an emphasis on prevention. HPE 199 1 HPE 216 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore health or physical education as a major and consider its career alternatives. Students should consult with the departmentalIntemship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Human Sexuality A study of the psychological, social and biological components of human sexuality. Open to all students. HPE 254 Introduction to DevelopmentalIAdapted Physicat Education (.5 course) A general overview of developmental/adapted physical education from early childhood to grade 12 and the role of school-based health and physical education programs for special needs and handicapped students. HPE 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. HPE 320 School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: HPE 110) HPE 355 Tests and Measurement (.5 course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. HPE 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles - Health and Physical Education of health or physical education with the opportunitiesinherent in the placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. HPE 410 Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: HPE 110) HPE 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE 002, 003 Lifetime Sports (.O course) Three hours per week. Two Lifetime Sports meet the General Education requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department Chair.) No course credit. HPE 101 Fitness for Life A course designed to provide the knowledge and skills to mod~fypersonal health and fitness. HPE 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to consider Health/Physical Education as a major and/or explore career options. HPE 210 History and Principles of Physical Education and Sport (.5 course) History, principles and philosophy of physical education and sport. HPE 220 Motor Learning (.5 course) The study of the processes associated with developing motor skills relative to physical activity. HPE 223 Team Sports Theory and practice in team sports including history, rules and skill development. HPE 231 Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports including history, rules and skill development. HPE 232 Dance (.5 course) Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances. HPE 254 Introduction to Developmental/Adapted Physical Education (.5 course) (See Health Education for course description.) Health and Physical Education 1: HPE 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. HPE 310 Psychology of Sport (.5 course) The application of psychology to athletes and athletic situations. Psychology of Sport deals with the effect of psychological factors on behavior in sports, and the effect that participation in sport or physical activity has on the performer. HPE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education Programs (.5 course) A survey of management, leadership and decision making for Physical Education and athletic programs. (Prereq.:HPE 210) HPE 350 Kinesiology (.5 course) Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103) HPE 351 Physiology of Exercise The major effects of exercise upon the systems of the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. HPE 355 Tests and Measurement (-5 course) (See Health Education for course description.) HPE 365 Physical Education Methods (K-6) Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education in grades K-6.An in-depth view of all aspects of teaching physical education to elementary aged children. (Consult with Department Chair for prerequisites) HPE 368 (.5 course) Physical Education Methods (7-12) Procedures, materials and issues for teaching physical education in secondary schools. (Consult with Department Chair for prerequisites) HPE 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the principles of health or physical education with the opportunitiesinherent in the placement. Students should consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. HPE 473 Physical Education Curriculum (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education with laboratory experience. (Prereq.: HPE 210) HPE 475 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (.5 course) Preventing and treating common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training room procedures. (Even years. Interim) HPE 476 Coaching of Football (.5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd years) - Health and Physical Education HPE 477 Coaching of Basketball (-5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Odd years) HPE 478 Coaching of Hockey (.5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd years) HPE 479 Coaching of Track and Field (.5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Odd years) HPE 480 Coaching of Baseball/Softball (.5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Odd years) HPE 483 Coaching of Volleyball (.5 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd years) HPE 486 Organization and Administration of Coaching (.5 course) Principles of athletic administration at the interscholastic level. (For non-physical education majors seeking coaching endorsement.) HPE 489 Pradicum HPE 499 Independent Study Directed intensive study in an area of physical education. Open only to junior or senior majors. HISTORY - HIS H istory is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished medievalist J.R. Strayer expressed it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community." A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us to deal more knowledgeably with the continuities and changes in current issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by developing concepts and skills that enable one to deal with masses of information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer enjoyment of travel, cultural events and the broad reading enjoyed by the educated person. Accordingly, history has long held a major role in the liberal arts. This is true at Augsburg. The Department has strength in, and requires of its majors, work in four main areas: ancient and medieval, modem Europe, United States and the non-Western world. The Department's graduates are well represented among professional historians; at present, some are in graduate schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social studies teachers in elementary and secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history majors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for a wide variety of career choices and personal enrichment. History Faculty Richard Nelson (Chair), William Green, Donald Gustafson, Christopher Kimball Major Eight courses plus one seminar. At least four of these courses must be Upper Division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: ancient and medieval; modern Europe; U.S.; and nonWestern. Teaching Licensure The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Minor Five courses, at least three of which must be Upper Division. Honors Major GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, application before the end of the first term of the junior year; two years of a foreign language at the college level (or its equivalent); an honors thesis (equal to one course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. - History Prerequisites First year students should enroll in one or more of the 101-104 courses. 200level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or Upper Division students. Upper Division courses are numbered 300 and above. Satisfactory completion of a Lower Division course is normally required before enrolling in an Upper Division course. See instructor for permission. Transfer Students Transfer students planning a major must normally take at least three of their courses at Augsburg. A minor normally requires two courses taken at Augsburg. HIS 101 The Beginning of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the Middle Ages of Europe into the 13th century. HIS 102 The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the Middle Ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. HIS 103 The Modem World A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. HIS 104 HIS 199 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. Internship A limited number of work-based Lower Division experiences may be available to qualified students in which the student, faculty member and site supemisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to consider history as a major while exploring career alternatives. Consultation with the Department and Internship Office is required before registration. HIS 220 America to 1815 The historical evolution of America to 1815beginning with the contact of American, African and European cultures, then turning to the political, religious and racial diversity of colonial life. After treating independence and the creation of a new republic, the course will conclude with examination of the expansion and democratization of that republic. HIS 221 19th Century U.S. An historical survey of the United States during the 19th century, empha- sizing the social changes brought about by immigration, expansion, sectionalism and the slavery debate. After considering the Civil War and History 14 Reconstruction, the course will conclude with an examination of political, economic, and cultural changes influenced by industrialization and urbanization. HIS 222 20th Century U.S. An historical survey of the United States in the 20th century, focusing on the nation's adjustment to industrialization and urbanization, the emergence of the U.S. as a world power, the rise of a strong federal government, the implications of inaeasing racial and ethnic diversity, and the impact of affluence. HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities A local history course using the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area as a case study for examining large themes and issues in U.S. urban history. Topics considered include frontier urbanism, industrialization and economic change, transportation, immigration and ethnicity, and urban politics and reform. HIS 241 Topics in African-American History Selected topics in African-American history including the history of civil rights, African-Americans in Minnesota, contributions to world culture and leadership. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 242 History of African-American Civil Rights, 1619-1915 An examination of the historical development of civil rights for African- Americans from the appearance of black slaves brought to Jamestown to 1915, focusing on the legal, economic and political issues stemming from race and class, with special consideration of perception, emancipation and integration of slaves and former slaves. HIS 243 History of African-American Civil Rights, 1915-1972 A continuation of the examination of the historical development of civil rights for African-Americans for the period 1915-1972,with special emphasis placed on the contributions of W.E.B. DuBois, Marcus Garvey, A. Philip Randolph, Charles Houston, Thurgood Marshall and Martin Luther King, Jr. HIS 2451345 The American and Scandinavian Shared Heritage An exploration of key aspects of the cultural history of the United States and Scandinavia from the 19th century to the present. Emphasis is placed on the Atlantic migration and the similarities and differences between these cultures, especially in their movement from agrarian to industrial society. (Offered only in the Augsburg College/lZlstfold, Norway program. See International Studies) HIS 299 Directed Study An opportunity for the student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chair of the department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. wL History HIS 326 American Indian History A study of the native people of North America from the pre-Columbian period through European exploration and settlement to the present, emphasizing American Indian contributions to world culture, tribal structure and inter-governmental relations. HIS 331 Topics in U.S. History In-depth exploration of selected topics in U.S. history not regularly examined in other departmental offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign Relations A survey of U.S. foreign relations from the American Revolution through the Cold War. Attention will be paid to changing definitions of war and peace, tensions between internationalismand isolationism, the emergence of the U.S. as an economic and military power, and the making of diple macy in the nuclear age. HIS 335 American Urban History A study of urban development from colonial and frontier beginnings through the age of industrialization to the present, including the dynamics of urban growth and planning, politics and reform, and the growth of urban culture. HIS 346 Namibia and South Africa: An Historical Perspective An historical overview of Manibia and South Africa including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of South African occupation, the war for independence, and the roots of apartheid and its institutionalization. (For offerings see International Studies) HIS 347 MesoAmerica: Legacy of the Conqueror Four specific mini-courses together provide an overview of Mexico's historical development from pre-Columbian times to the present day. (For offerings see International Studies) HIS 360 The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on cultural borrowing, achievement in the arts, religion and political institutions. HIS 361 Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's ~ m ~ i rthe e , Hellenistic kingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. HIS 370 The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state, eniphasizing modifications of these institutions by the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. History 1' HIS 399 Internship A limited number of work-based Upper Division learning experiences are often available to qualified history majors in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which unites the study of history with opportunitiesfound in the placement. Consultation with the Department and Internship Office is required before registration. HIS 440 Topics in World History This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. HIS 474 The World and the West This course begins with Europe's discovery of the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century. HIS 495 Seminar This course is required for the major and enrollment is normally restricted to students who have nearly finished their course work. Selected topics will be announced prior to registration. Permission of the instructor is required. (Offered at least once each year, during the Fall term.) HIS 499 Independent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 GPA or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for Independent Study. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chair of the Department before registration. A maximum of one course in Independent Study may be applied to the major. 1 nterdisciphary Studies covers a broad specof experience and course work. Through Interdisciplinary courses, students gain greater insight and understanding of cultures and perspectives different from their own. Through these experiences students are better prepared to become contributing members of the global community. Courses listed in these areas may be used to fulfill the Urban Concerns, Women's Studies or Ethnic Studies requirements under the General Distribution Requirements. Consult the General Education list for courses which fulfill the specific perspectives. Augsburg also offers students the opportunity to major and minor in Women's Studies, and to minor in American Indian Studies. For other Interdisciplinary course listings, see International Studies. INS 105 AMERICAN INDIAN STUDIES The American Indian Studies minor offers nine courses that encompass the range of American Indian contributions to North American culture including art, religion, literature and history. Also offered are two beginning courses in Ojibwe (Chippewa), the original language of one of Minnesota's native people. Approved electives from other departments include Women, a Cross-Cultural Perspective; Contemporary American Indians; and American Indian Women. Coordinator Virginia Allery Minor Five courses including INS 105 and at least one Upper Division course. Indian Studies courses may also be taken as part of majors or minors in other academic subjects or to meet distribution/general education requirements. Introduction to American Indian Studies This course is a n introduction to the content areas of the American Indian Studies curriculum, including an ovemiew of American Indian history, American Indian literature, federal Indian policy, land issues, reservation and urban issues, cross-cultural influences, art, music and language. (Required for American Indian Studies minor.) OJB111, OJB112 Beginning Ojibwe (See Modem Languages for course description.) ENC 216 American Indian Literature (See English Department for course description.) INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course examines a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and historical origins of women's roles and status in society. Interdisciplinary Studies Comparative roles of women are examined in tribal contexts across various indigenous cultures. Studies include the role of women in Native American and African tribes, peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, the Middle East and China. (Cross-listedwith the Women's Studies Department.) INS 260 Contemporary American Indians This course examines the situation of American Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934). Emphasis is on such current issues as tribal sovereignty, treaty rights and education. The tension of cultural change and religious, traditional persistence among selected American Indian tribes today is highlighted. ART 290 Tribal Arts and Culture (See Art Department for course description.) INS 320 American Indian Women The focus is on the roles played by women in the tribal cultures of North America. It explores the continuity of women's roles over time, as well as changes in these roles, precipitated by the influence of Western colonialism. It examines the life histories of Indian women and assesses their contributions to Indian community life today. (Prereq.: one course in Women's Studies or American Indian Studies or consent of instructor. This course also applies to Women's Studies.) HIS 326 American Indian History (See History Department for course description.) REL 370 American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought (See Religion Department for course description.) ETHNIC STUDIES REL 231 Religion in African-American History (See Religion Department for course description.) INS 232 The African-American Experience in America An overview of the major issues related to the African-Americanexperience, focusing on historical, sociological, economic, legal and psychological aspects of that experience. HIS 241 Topics in African-American History (See History Department for course description.) METRO URBAN STUDIES - INS Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinaTy major and minor by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and other related disciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies program seeks to blend classroom and field experience, theory and internships which focus the content of liberal learning On the community and the process of urbanization. The Metro-Urban Studies major and Interdisciplinary Studies graduate preparation for postgraduate studies in planning, architecture, law, public administration, environmental studies, social welfare, government, community organization and theology. The program and General Education City requirement introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs and equip students with the analybcal and theoretical tools required to understand the metropolitan communitv. Internships, Community ServiceLearning and Cooperative Education are available as ways to enhance the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's location. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) enrich the overall program. Metro-Urban Studies Faculty Garry Hesser (Director, SOC), Andrew Aoki (POL), Jeanne Boeh, (ECO),Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson (PSY), Chris Kimball (HIS) Major 13 courses including: POL 122 Metropolitan Complex POL 421 Topics in American Politics PSY 356 Environmental Psychology SOC 211 Human Communities and the Modem Metropolis SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning HIS 225 History of the Twin Cities HIS 335 Urban American History MIS 379 Quantitative Methods for Business and Economics or SOC 362 Statistical Analysis POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar or SOC 363 Research Methods INS 399 Internship Plus three additional approved urbanrelated coursees. (Courses fulfilling the City Perspectives generally meet the urbanrelated requirement.) HECUA off-campus programs are highly recommended, especially the MUST Twin Cities program. Students interested in graduate school are encouraged to take ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics. Minor POL 122, SOC 211, HIS 225 and two of the following: POL 421, PSY 356, HIS 335, SOC 381 or INS 399. The Internship, INS 399, is highly recommended where appropriate. Other combinations ate feasible if approved by the Director of the Program. INS 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supemisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to explore Metro Urban Studies as a major and consider its career Interdisciplinary Studies alternatives. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students must consult with the Department and Internship and Cooperative Education Office prior to registration. INS 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.: consent of instructor and POL 122 or SOC 211) INS 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of Metro Urban Studies with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. Students must consult with the Department and Internship and Cooperative Education Office prior to registration. INS 498 Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course which a student (or group of students) develops, which utilizes resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g., lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department faculty member. (Prereq.: POL 122 or SOC 211 and consent of instructor) INS 499 Independent Study Student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.: POL 484 or SOC 363 and consent of instructor) I URBAN STUDIES OPTIONS THROUGH HECUA Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), a consortium of 18 colleges and universities. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America and the Twin Cities. For information on the international HECUA progams, see International Studies listings. I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This "Semester in the Cities" program focuses upon the Twin Cities metro area. INS 358 Reading Seminar: Diversity and Unequal Urban Development Interdisciplinaryreadings connect experiences and direct observation with theory and research on the impact of race, class and gender on social inequality and unequal urban development. Competing theories and strategies for urban and neighborhood development are examined in the context of dominant ideology and perspectives of people who challenge it. 14 18 Interdisciplinary Studies INS 359 Field Seminar: Urban Inequality and Social Change Concrete conditions of life and community issues in different neighborhoods provide varying -at times competing -views on the Twin Cities "civic ideology." Field observations, dialogue with residents, interviews and oral history provide data to identify inequality and to assess theories and strategies for explaining and overcoming it. INS 399 Internships (2 course credits) Internships place students with sponsoring organizations that provide supervised work experience for a minimum of 24 hours a week. Coursework also includes readings, seminar discussion, field assignments and writing to meet the objectives of the internship. II. City Arts This program studies the politics of artistic expression and the relationship between emerging art and urban cultures. Minneapolis-St. Paul provides rich resources for the program. INS 330 Field Seminar: Emerging Art and Urban Cultures Exploration of the life experiences and works of artists, cultural workers and community organizers for understanding the differences between formal institutional art and community-based art forms. Interviews and participant observation at a variety of arts performances and cultural events. INS 331 The Politics of Artistic Expression Study of the social and cultural history of urban art, the role of art and culture in everyday life, and the relationship between intellectual discourse and the politics of cultural work. Readings, films and discussions integrate aesthetic theory and artistic expression with issues of social change and activism. INS 399 Internships (2 course credits) Internships involve participation in an ongoing project with an individual artist, community organizer, art group or organization for the purpose of learning about life and work in that setting. The form and placement varies with each student's goals, needs and experiences. NORDIC AREA STUDIES - NAS (Formerly Scandinavian Area Studies) Nordic Area Studies is an interdisciplinary program drawing on the combined resources of the ACTC schools and the Nordic Center at Augsburg College. The curriculum treats Norden (Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden) not only as a geographical area, but as an integrated cultural region with a shared history, common values, and a high degree of political, social, and economic interdependency. Courses in Nordic Area Studies postulate a Nordic regonal identity as a context in which to appreciate the differences between the five individual countries and to understand the complexity of their interactions among themselves and the global community. Interdisciplinary Studies 14 Advisor Frankie Shackelford Major Eight Upper Division courses. Minor Four Upper Division courses. Note: At least four of the Upper Division courses required for the major must be Augsburg courses. The remainder NAS 330 may be transfer credits included in the major on approval of the program adviser. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian language course listings under the Modem Language Department. Recommended supporting preparation: Study in Denmark, Norway, Sweden, Finland or Iceland (see International Studies Department - Qstfold Program, Metro-Urban Studies, SUST or Oslo Year Program), and elective courses or a second major such as Norwegian, History, Political Science, Urban Studies, Business Administration, International Relations, Sociology or Social Work. Contemporary Norden A broad survey of Nordic culture with special emphasis on conditions and developments in the 20th century. Knowledge of Scandinavian language not required. (Fall: altemate years) NAS 351 The Modern Nordic Novel Lectures illustrate the development of the Nordic novel. Class discussion based on reading of selected works in translation, including masterpieces from all five Nordic countries. Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: alternate years) NAS 352 The Modern Nordic Drama Readings include dramatic works by Ibsen, Strindberg, and selected 20th century dramatists. Lectures provide a context for understanding the development of the Nordic drama. Norwegian majors will be required to do appropriate readings and written work in Norwegian. (Spring: altemate years) NAS 372 Norwegian Language and Culture (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.) NAS 377 Scandinavia in the World (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.) - Interdisciplinary Studies ART 382 Scandinavian Arts (See Art Department.) NAS 393 Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change (See International Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.) NAS 394 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia (See Intemational Studies, Scandinavian Urban Studies Term.) NAS 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, a faculty member and the site supervisor design a learning agreement that enables the student to apply theoretical knowledge of Nordic culture in a professional context and to explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. NAS 499 Independent Study In consultation with a faculty member, the student selects a specific topic for study. H WOMEN'S STUDIES The program in Women's Studies provides students with the oppormn~vto examine critically women's contributions and experiences in various historical and cultural contexts. This is an inter-college program with course offerings at Augsburg College, Hamline University, the College of St. ~aiherineand the University of St. Thomas. Courses are drawn from many disciplines and combine theoretical, practical and research components that focus not only on gender, but also acknowledge that race, class and sexual identity are crucial aspects of women's experiences. The Women's Studies Program offers both a major and a minor, and provides students with academic preparation for careers in human services, education, and social work as well as graduate study. Women's Studies Faculty Maria Woroby (Coordinator),Kristin M. Anderson, Maria Brown, Grace B. Dyrud, Mary G. Endorf, Milda Hedblom, Victoria Littlefield, Lynne Lorenzen, Mildred "Mike" Mueller, Catherine Nicholl, Beverly J. Nilsson, Norma Noonan, Nancy K. Stebla~f , , J. Stratton , ,, , ,, 1 f Major Ten courses which must include INS 201 Foundations in Women's Studies, INS 495 (Seminar),and INS 199 or INS 399 (Internships).The remaining seven electives are to be selected from approved Women's Studies courses. At least three courses must be Upper Division courses. Students may take courses at any of the colleges participating in the Women's Studies Program. However, at least three courses must be completed at Augsburg. The writing component of the Graduation Skills Requirements for the Women's Studies major must also be completed at Augsburg. Each student's program must Interdisciplinary Studies 15 have the written approval of the Women's Studies Program Coordinator. Minor Upper Division; and INS 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the other ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written Five courses which must include INS 201; three electives, one of which must be INS 199 of the Studies Program Internship Must be approved by Women's Studies Program Coordinator. INS 201 Foundations in Women's Studies This multidisciplinarycourse introduces students to the contributions of women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences and the arts, and how the questions and methodologies of these disciplines differ when seen from women's perspectives. Students will also study the diversity of women's experiences in terms of race, sexual orientations and class, and other contemporary issues. INS 233 Women: A Cross Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the lives of women in non-Western societies, including their economic, political and social contributions, familial roles, and status in society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. INS 265 Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, literature and other aesthetic creations, the class analyzes the position of women in American culture. Emphasis will be placed on the perspectives of women of color and other women minority groups. INS 281 Topics in Women's Studies INS 311 The Development Process (See International Studies, Women and Development.) INS 320 American Indian Women (See American Indian Studies for course description.) INS 325 African American Women: Social, Historical and Creative Perspectives This course examines the historical roots of African American women from Africa to locations in the United States and other parts of the African Diaspora. The effects of slavery and its resulting effect on African women are examined in depth, as well as past and current contributions by African American women to government, business and family. INS 399 Internship in Women's Studies (Must be approved by the Women's Studies Program Coordinator.) bL Interdisciplinary Studies INS 481 Topics in Women's Studies INS 495 Women's Studies Seminar This advanced course will include student research and presentations that incorporate feminist theory. The seminar is required of all majors and minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study (499). It is offered at a different college each year. INS 499 Independent Study The student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to program guidelines. (Must be approved by the Women's Studies Program Coordinator.) See department listings for descriptions of the following approved electives: ART 352 Women and Art ENC 282 or 482 Topics in Literature: Women and Fiction POL 421 Topics in American Politics POL 459 Topics in Comparative Politics PSY 371 Psychology of Gender REL 441 Feminism and Christianity 1 ntemational Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of seven courses and six electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for an Interim or semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to international studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, Russia and East Central Europe, the Far East, Southeast Asia, etc. Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, International Business or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the Intemational Relations major. Director Norma Noonan POL 490 Seminar in International Relations Two of the following: HIS 332 History of U.S. Foreign Relations POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy POL 461 Topics in International Politics Also, the equivalent of four terms of college work in a modem language Required electives Six of the following (not more than three from any one discipline may be counted toward the major): BUS 362, 465,466 ECO 314; 317,360 HIS 440,474 PHI 355 POL 350,351,359,382,459 REL 356,420 SOC 336 SPC 329 FRE 332, GER 332, NOR 331, SPA 331, SPA 332, SCA 330 (See Modem Languages.) Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and courses at other colleges/universitiescan be considered here with the approval of the Program Director, as well as a fourth term or higher of college work in a second language. Honors Major Major Required courses: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics HIS 103 The Modem World or HIS 104 The Modem Non-Western World POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes or POL 160 World Politics GPA of 3.6 in the major; 3.0 overall. In addition to fulfilling the requirements for the major, the student must complete an Honor's Thesis no later than March 1 of one's senior year and must defend the thesis before a faculty committee. Students should declare their intention to complete an Honor's Major by the end of their junior year. International Studies Minor ECO 112 or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158 or 160. One course from HIS 332, POL 363 or 461. One year of modem language. Three courses from the list of required electives for the major. Not more than two courses from any department can count toward the minor. I ntemational Study at Augsburg College is intended to motivate students to act responsibly and effectively in society by expanding their awareness of other cultures, deepening their understanding of the human condition on a global scale, and helping them to understand the connections between social justice and global interdependence. The Center for Global Education administers international study opportunities available to Augsburg students. Study abroad is an integral part of several majors at Augsburg, but will add an international dimension to any academic program. Students majoring in a variety of disciplines, from the natural sciences to mathematics, study abroad each year. Students normally receive the same number of course credits abroad as they would if studying on-campus. Courses abroad can fulfill major, distribution/ general education and graduation requirements when approved by the Coordinator of Academic Programs Abroad and appropriate faculty before departure. Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages counts toward the major; prerequisite courses or competencies cannot be credited toward the 13 required courses. Students should confer with the Program Director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major; for example, a concentration in a geographic area or one of the major disciplines in the program. All students in good academic standing (a minimum GPA of 2.5) at Augsburg may apply for permission to study off-campus through the Center for Global Education. Students must apply by December 15 for study off-campus for the next year. The cost for many programs is equivalent to full room, board and tuition for a semester on-campus. Financial aid is granted on the same basis as on-campus study. International study programs approved through Augsburg are listed below. For information on these or other programs, contact the Coordinator of Academic Programs Abroad. THE CENTER FOR GLOBAL EDUCATION The Center for Global Education facilitates cross-cultural learning experiences which prepare people to think more critically about global issues and to work toward a more just and sustainable world. The Center's programs explore a diversity of viewpoints and are grounded in the perspectives of the poor and of others International Studies struggling for justice and human dignity. The Center's study programs are conducted in Mexico, Namibia, Norway and Swiberland. Students experience Ulree distinct types of living situations, which include living with other participants in a community house, spending several days in a rural setting and several weeks living with host families. They also travel together on two-week seminars: in Mexico to Central America, in Namibia to South Africa, and in Switzerland to Italy and Germany. WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT: LATIN AMERICAN PERSPECTIVES - FALL This program explores the experience of women in Latin America, focusing on their roles in economic development, social change strategies, and the connections women are drawing among issues of gender, race, class and global economics. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. INS 311 and POL 359 are also approved for credit in Women's Studies. POL 495 may be taken as a course in Women's Studies, depending on the mini-courses chosen. SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director.) INS 31 1 The Development Process An integrative seminar providing opportunity to rdkct critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. Latin American development and educational theories and practices are examined, as well as social change strategies. POL 359 Topics: Women in Comparative Politics -Women in Latin America A n examination of critical global issues affecting Latin America and the impact these factors have on women: diminishing resources and sustainable development, refugee issues, foreign debt and international trade, political ideologies and revolution. REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the emerging "Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologians as well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuemavaca. Special attention will be given to the complex interactionsbetween women and religious institutions. 13 j6 - International Studies 1 SOCIAL POLICY AND HUMAN SERVICES IN LATIN AMERICA - FALL This program introduces students to the central issues currently facing Latin America by focusing on new models of political organizing, popular education and human services. SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director.) POL 295 Latin America: Development Issues A survey of global issues affecting the human condition in a rapidly changing and increasingly interdependent world: modernization and development, economic change and international trade, diminishing resources, war and revolution, peace and justice and cultural diversity. Emphasis on the development of a global perspective which recognizes human commonalities as well as diversity in perceptions, values and priorities. SWK 361 International Models of Social Work Social Work is social policy in action. Currently social workers are involved at many levels of a nation's social system -with natural helping networks, families, community groups, volunteer organizations, formal government services and private initiatives. Through a series of four minicourses, the course explores the different approaches to social work in several countries in order to compare methods and service and to analyze the current response to human needs in Latin America. SWK 399 Internship A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on acquiring an overview of how the agency functions and how populations are served. The placement will be for 80 hours during the Fall term. There are a limited number of internship placements. Preference will be given to Social Work majors. One-and-one-half years of Spanish study (or demonstrated proficiency) is required for placement. EDE/EDS 412 Latin American Models of Education A comparative approach to learning methods of educational models being developed in Latin America. Students will apply their knowledge of educational concepts used in the U.S. to an understanding of basic processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical -&inking, con&iousness-raising and cooperative problem-solving. Exploring the transferability of these learning models to North America wzl be a focus throughout the course. SWK 465 or 468, or SOC 271 Social Policy and Social justice (Social Work - Upper Division, or Sociology - Lower Division) Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members of Mexican and Central American societies. The course will examine the International Studies distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups, the impact of international economics and politics, and movements that have emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies. (Note: Augsburg students majoring in Social Work can take this course as SWK 465 if they agree to take a .5 Independent Study to supplement the North American legislative procedure and mini-policy study they do on the Augsburg campus.) SOUTHERN AFRICA SOCIETIES IN TRANSITION - FALL This intensive program of travel and study is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa. Namibia is a nation that has recently gained independence and is making a transition from colonialism to independence. Students will explore the complex political, social and economic dynamics of building a new nation. INS 312 The Development Process - Southern Africa This course will provide the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice and human rights. The course will examine basic theories of development as well as particular strategies of development that are being implemented in Namibia and South Africa. REL 346 The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. Readings include selections of biographies and personal accounts of some key religious leaders in Southern Africa who played important roles in the anti-apartheid struggle. HIS 346 Namibia and South Africa: An Historical Perspective This course is an overview of the history of Namibia and South Africa, including the experience of indigenous peoples, the impact of occupation by South Africa and the war for independence. An exploration of the historical roots of apartheid and the process by which it has been institutionalized during the 20th century is an integral component. POL 353 or SOC 304 Political and Social Change in Namibia: A Comparative Perspective This course is an integrative seminar for the semester. The Namibian situation is a case study for exploring the process of political and social change occurring in Southern Africa during the second half of the century. The legacy of apartheid in Namibia will be examined with particular focus on the social and political movements that have evolved in the struggle for independence. The structure and process of Namibian politics will be compared to those of South Africa and Zimbabwe. INS 399 Internship A limited number of Internships will be available to provide students with opportunities to gain hands-on work experience in a development agency. 13 58 International Studies W AUCSBURC COLLEGE OSTFOLD, NORWAY - SEMESTER OR ACADEMIC YEAR Augsburg, in cooperation with the University of North Dakota and the city of Moss, offers this semester or year-long exchange program in Moss, Norway. Twenty U.S. students and 20 Norwegian students join to explore the cross-cultural dimensions of a variety of fields. NOR 1111112 Beginning Norwegian This course aims to develop the four basic language skills of speaking, listening, reading and writing. Special emphasis will be placed on helping students learn to use Norwegian in their daily lives, including at school, with host families and in the community of Moss. Television, radio, movies, newspapers, magazines and visits by native Norwegians are incorporated into class sessions. (Intermediateand advanced Norwegian courses can be arranged for students who have already completed a year of Norwegian language study.) NAS 1991399 Internships Students are placed in local businesses, institutions, or organizations in the Moss area where they work approximately 8 to 10 hours per week. In addition, students complete the academic component of the internship, which usually includes reading appropriate books and articles, keeping a journal, writing a paper, and participating in seminars with other interns. Students, faculty, and work supervisors cooperate to develop learning contracts which spell out the work and study obligations of the students. HIS 2451345 The American and Scandinavian Shared Heritage An exploration of key aspects of the cultural history of the United States and Scandinavia from the 19th century to the present. Emphasis is on the Atlantic migration and the similarities and differences between these cultures, especially in their movement from agrarian to industrial society. NAS 250 Comparative Social Structures in Scandinavia and the United States This course examines concepts basic to the study of sociology, including group interaction, social institutions and culture. It also explores the development and current status of social structure in Scandinavia and the United States. NAS 2991499 Directed Studyllndependent Study (Some of the Lower Division courses may also be taken for Upper Division credit.) SPC 332 Intercultural Communication This course will explore both the opportunities and the problems associated with communication between people from different cultural backgrounds. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectation, values and non-verbal symbols will be examined. The Western cultures of Norway and the United States will be examined as well as the non-Western culture of Asian foreign workers. SPC 346 Theories of Communication and Media This course will explore the relationship between communication and International Studies media by examining texts, ideas, media products and technical facilities. Special attention will be given to the social, psychological, ethical and demographic issues from American and Scandinavian cultures, which have resulted in the development of two distinct media traditions. SPC 349 Interactive Communication and Media This course will explore interactive communication and media. In this context, interactive communication refers to a two-way exchange of messages, and the media most commonly used for this purpose are computers, television and interactive video systems. Scandinavian and American media systems and their interactive media products will serve as the framework for this study. ART 382 Scandinavian Art (See Art Department for course description.) INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND HUMAN RIGHTS IN LATIN AMERICA - SPRING This program examines approaches to development in Latin America and the relationship of these approaches to achievement of basic human rights. SPA 116, 216, 316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instruction for several hours a day for four weeks at the beginning of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director) ECON 495 Topics of Economic Development in the Third World Study the models of economic development implemented in Latin America during the past 50 years. Examine the economic strategies utilized in Mexico and Central America during the past decade, as well as the impact of U.S. economic policies in the region. Learn about the current debate on economic development as well as the irhplications of the North American Free Trade Agreement for Latin America. (Prereq.: ECO 112 or equivalent) POL 495 Seminar on Human Rights in Latin America Examine the philosophical foundations and contemporary definitions of human rights, including international standards and covenants. Become familiar with the work of international agencies, grassroots organizations and churches in promoting respect for human rights. Concentrate on the ways in which human rights affect women, children and other marginalized groups. Study international humanitarian law and the relationship of human rights to both international development and U.S. foreign policy. CST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar Look at aspects of Latin American culture, history and contemporary realities. Through a series of mini-seminars gain an understanding of Mexican cultural identities and develop a cultural framework for understanding contemporary issues. 15 - International Studies HIS 347 Mesoamerican Legacy of Conquest Obtain a comprehensive view of Mexico's development from preColombian times to the present day. Through a series of mini-seminars trace the roots of pre-Colombian civilization in Mexico, study the turmoil of the Mexican revolution and its effects on modem Mexican society, and investigate the strategies of current revolutionary movements in Mexico, Nicaragua and El Salvador. REL 366 The Church and Social Change Learn about the role of religion past and present within situations of political oppression and social injustice. Focus on the role of women in the church and emerging theologies of liberation. INS 399 Internship Gain hands-on work experience in a human rights organization or development agency located in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Provide 80 hours of service to the agency, attend field placement seminars, and report to fellow students about experiences. WOMEN AND DEVELOPMENT: A SOUTHERN AFRICA PERSPECTIVE - SPRING This intensive travel and study program is designed to introduce participants to the central issues facing Southern Africa, with emphasis on the experience of women. The program introduces students to the struggle of women in Southern Africa, to the history of their role in society and to the situation that exists for women in Africa. SOC 236 Family Systems and Social Policy in Southern Africa Using a cross-cultural approach, this course will examine the family as a social institution in Namibia and South Africa. A family stay will serve as a laboratory for students to observe various aspects of family life in Namibia, including kinship, child-rearing, courtship and the marriage relationship. The course will also examine formation of social policy responses to family issues in post-independent Namibia. INS 312 The Development Process - Southern Africa This course will provide the opportunity to reflect critically on issues of development, hunger, injustice, and human rights, with special emphasis given to the experience of women. The course will examine basic theories of development as well as particular strategies of development being implemented in Namibia and South Africa. REL 346 The Church and Social Change in Southern Africa This course examines the changing role of the church in the midst of the political transformations of Southern Africa. Students will meet with people representing a variety of religious perspectives and roles within churches and religious organizations. Readings include selections of biographies and personal accounts of some key religious leaders in Southern Africa who played important roles in the anti-apartheid struggle. International Studies It POL 359 Topics: Women in Comparative Politics - Southern Africa This course is an integrative seminar focusing on the participation of women in struggles for liberation in Southern Africa and on their emerging role in newly independent Namibia. The experience of Namibian women in the political process will be compared to that of women in South Africa and Zimbabwe. INS 399 Internship A limited number of internships will be available to provide students with the opportunity to gain hands-on work experience in a development agency working with or providing special services to women. GLOBAL ISSUES AND WORLD CHURCHES - SUMMER This intensive program of study and travel is designed to introduce participants to the workings of international nongovernmental organizations, especially ecumenical church agencies. The program is focused on peace and justice issues and the integrity of creation. Based in Geneva, Switzerland, the program will also include seminars in Italy and a family stay in Eastern Germany. POL 356 International Organizations and Religious NCOs A study of the functional organization and role of nongovernmental agencies, with emphasis on world church agencies, and their relationship to other voluntary agencies and to intergovernmentalorganizations (United Nations committees) responding to global issues. REL 379 Ecumenism in the Contemporary World A study of the policies and programs of world church agencies with attention to the ethics, theology and socio-political assumptions on which their work is grounded. i2 International Studies THE HIGHER EDUCATION CONSORTlUM FOR URBAN AFFAIRS (HECUA) Augsburg, in consortium with other colleges and universities, offers programs through HECUA in three different full semester programs in Norway, Colombia and ~cuadorAll programs emphasize the impact of social change and cross-cultural factors on the human community. FIECUA programs include intense language experience, internships and field trips. The cost of HECUA programs is equivalent to full tuition, room and board for one semester on-campus plus airfare. For non-international HECUA courses, see Interdisciplinary Studies (INS), MetroUrban Studies. SCANDINAVIAN URBAN STUDIES TERM: NORWAY (SUST) - FALL This interdisciplinaryprogram focuses on the contemporary Scandinavian societies and issues of the development of cities, urban problem solving and urban life. Local, regional and international field study and site visits in Scandinavia and the former Soviet Union. INS 372 Norwegian Language Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with . emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying Norwegian literature. Students should consult with the Chair of the Modem Language Department for language credit. INS 377 Scandinavia in the World Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, East-West relations, European security, trade and the Third World. Includes field travel to other capitals for discussionswith advocates of competing perspectives. INS 393 Scandinavian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a variety of media. INS 394 Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices as a reflection of issues of the modem welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to other capitals for a comparative view. International Studies It INS 499 Independent Study Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of conducting Independent Study research, using Norwegian language skills, on a topic approved by the SUST Program Director and the appropriate home college faculty adviser, SOUTH AMERICAN URBAN SEMESTER: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR (SAUS) - FALL This semester in the city program is located in either Bogota, Colombia or Quito, Ecuador. This interdisciplinary program focuses on the relationships between Third World development and the consequences of urbanization, especially inequality in Latin America. Analyses of competing theories of development are integrated with field study in the host city and outlying regions. INS 261 Spanish Language All students take Spanish at the intermediate level or conduct an Independent Study if they are at an advanced level (see below). Language emphasizes acquisition of skills for maximum participation in SAUS program and field work. INS 361 Introduction to Latin America Overview of Latin American geography, history, economy, politics, culture and arts with emphasis on program sites as case studies. Focus is on economic development issues, theories and models applicable to Latin America. INS 362 Urbanization in Latin America The development of cities and implications for social change in Latin America. Topics include history of cities, rural-urban migration, industrialization, environmental issues, govenunental policies and urban elites. Models and theories of urbanization and development are compared and applied to Latin America. INS 363 Wealth, Poverty and Community Development The plight and prospects of the urban poor in Latin America. Emphasis on field study in barrio communities and site visits to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. INS 499 Independent Study Students with advanced Spanish are required to prepare an Independent Study research paper. Depending on the topic and resources required, supervision is by a professional at a local college or research institution or by SAUS faculty. COMMUNITY INTERNSHIPS IN LATIN AMERICA: ECUADOR (CILA) - FALL OR SPRING This interdisciplinary program enables the student to combine intense involvement in a community-based organization with the study of community development process and the increase of language skills. i4 International Studies LITERATURE, IDEOLOGY, AND SOCIETY IN LATIN AMERICA: COLOMBIA OR ECUADOR (LISLA) - SPRING This interdisciplinary propam focuses on developments and social change in Latin America through the study of ideology, as reflected in literature, the arts and the ways in which ideologies shape social realities. INS 360 Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Study of selected literary works that illustrate social realities and express a variety of perspectives on Latin American societies and social change. Historical survey of the dominant trends in Latin American thought as manifested in major artistic periods. INS 364 Latin American Arts and Society Introduction to theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among art, ideology and society. Intensive readings include works by theorists from Europe, the U.S. and Latin America. INS 367 Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America Theories of ideology and overview of Latin American ideologies related to development and social change. Emphasis on current debates and their implications, with special attention to ideologies of diffusion, dependence and Marxism. INS 499 Independent Study All students prepare an Independent Study paper on a topic and design approved in advance. Topics can include Latin American literature and others appropriate for Spanish language credit. See listing under Business Administration, Accounting and Management Information Systems. A t least since Soaates, scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing the skills of a-itical thinking, understanding abstract concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modem needs of quantitative reasoning, these skills are still essential for any liberally educated person. Mathematics courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills. Mathematical ideas have had a formative impact on the development of civilization. Since a liberal education should include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of mathematics and its influences is an important part of a liberal arts education. The Department aims to provide its majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of careers. Mathematics majors are prepared for graduate school or work in industry or service professions. Students may pursue a concentration in applied mathematics or the more traditional major. Internship and Cooperative Education options help students take advantage of Augsburg's proximity to the many technically-oriented enterprises in the city. Additionally, an increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics. This Department serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields. Toward the goal of serving students with a diversity of needs, the Department uses an integrated curriculum that introduces mathematics and science majors to modern mathematical developments and a wide variety of concepts in the first two years, not just calculus. A major federal grant supported the development of this AUGMENT curriculum. Mathematics Faculty Larry Copes (Chair), Suzanne Dorge, Beverly Durkee, Ken Kaminsky, Beverly Stratton Major Eight courses including: MAT 145 AUGMENT Mathematics I MAT 146 AUGMENT Mathematics I1 MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I1 MAT 314 Abstract Algebra MAT 324 Analysis MAT 491 ~ a t h e m a t i c s / ~ o m ~ uScience ter Colloquium (junior and senior years) CSC 170 Structured Programming or CSC 270 FORTRAN And three electives from MAT courses above 200, at least two of which are above 300. Note: At least two mathematics courses above 300 must be taken at Augsburg. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Mimesota teacher licensure requirements. - Mathematics Mathematics Major with concentration in Applied Mathematics Ten courses including: MAT 145 AUGMENT Mathematics I MAT 146 AUGMENT Mathematics I1 MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I1 MAT 247 Introduction to Applied Mathematics MAT 324 Analysis MAT 491 Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium (junior and senior years) PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics I1 CSC 170 Structured Programming or CSC 270 FORTRAN And three electives from: PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics MAT 328 Complex Analysis MAT 355 Numerical Analysis MAT 373 Probability and Statistics I MAT 374 Probability and Statistics I1 MAT 481 Topics (must be approved) Note: At least two mathematics courses above 300 must be taken at Augsburg. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major, 3.1 overall, and Independent Study at an advanced level. Mathematics Minor MAT 145 AUGMENT Mathematics I MAT 146 AUGMENT Mathematics I1 MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I1 or MAT 247 Introduction to Applied Mathematics And one elective above MAT 300. At least one of the MAT courses above 200 must be taken at Augsburg. Math Placement Croup (MPC) Before enrolling in any mathematics course, the student must have appropriate math placement. All students are required to have their Math Placement Group (MPG) determined. In some cases, students who have transferred in a college-level mathematics course taken at another college may have their Math Placement Group determined by the Registrar's Office. Students who have passed the College Board Advanced Placement Exam should consult with the Mathematics Department. All other students must take the Augsburg Math Placement Exam. The exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. Students who need to advance their Math Placement Group may take the appropriate MAT course or study on their own and retest. Additional information about the Math Placement Exam is available from the Director of Testing in the Academic Dean's Office. Prerequisites A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite for a mathematics course. MAT 103 Basic Mathematics A review of arithmetic and an introduction to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, exponents, radicals and evaluation of algebraic expressions. Successful completion advances the student to Math Placement Group 11. P/N grading only. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG I. Fall, Spring) MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra A review of basic algebraic skills and concepts. Topics include polynomials and rational expressions, exponents and radicals, solving and graphing linear and quadratic equations, and inequalities. Successful completion advances the student to Math Placement Group 111. P/N grading only. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. (Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall, Spring) MAT 105 Applied Algebra An exploration of applications of algebra to the social and natural sciences, business and everyday life using linear, exponential, logarithmic and other models. Use of calculator, estimation and graphs are stressed. Successful completion advances students to MPG 111. Students in Math Placement Group III or IV should consult the Mathematics Department. Students preparing for MAT 114 should consult the Mathematics Department. (Prereq.: MPG 11 and a year of high school algebra) MAT 114 Elementary Functions A study of algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and Mpnometric fmctions. For students planrung to take MAT 145 or calculus. Studens who h a w completed MAT 145 or l r l d u s may register for credit only wiLh consent of instructor. S u c c ~ ~ fcompletion ul advances student to Math Placement Group IV. (Prereq.: MPG I11 and two years of high school algebra. Spring) MAT 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of finite mathematics including combinatorics, probability, matrices, linear programming and graph theory. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG III. Fall: odd years) MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus with applications in the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG In. Offered occasionally) MAT 131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. Students who have completed MAT 145 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: MPG 111. Offered occasionally) Mathematics MAT 145, 146 AUGMENT Mathematics 1 & 11 An exploration of mathematical ideas, paying attention to historical and philosophical connections and to reading, writing and thinking in mathematics. Includes calculus concepts such as limit, continuity, derivative, anti-derivative, integral, sequences and series; and selected topics from linear algebra, abstract algebra, number theory, probability, geometry, topology, graph theory and combinatorics. (Prereq.: MPG IV for MAT 145; MAT 145 for 146. Fall: 145; Spring: 146) MAT 173 Math of Interest An introduction to actuarial mathematics. Topics include life insurance, annuities, mortgages, loan payments, and other topics in the mathematics of financial transactions. Offered occasionally. (Prereq.: MPG 111) MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I Further exploration of topics introduced in hL4T 145-146 including calculus, vectors, matrix theory, graph theory and set theory. Emphasis is on mathematical thinking, including logical reasoning and understanding algorithmic procedures and proof formats. Part of the AUGMENT curriculum. (Prereq.: MAT 146 or a year of college calculus. Fall) MAT 246 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning II Emphasis on mathematical thinking continues from MAT 245 with conjecturing, generalizing, abstracting and communicating mathematics in both written and oral forms. Topics include ideas from linear algebra, dynamical systems, analysis, number theory and abstract algebra. Part of the AUGMENT curriculum. (Prereq.: MAT 245. Spring) MAT 247 Introduction to Applied Mathematics Designed primarily for applied mathematics, pre-engineering and physical science majors. Includes topics from calculus, differential equations, discrete mathematics and applied algebra. Emphasis is on modeling and reading mathematics. Part of the AUGMENT curriculum. (Prereq.:-MA~245 orthree semesters of college calculus. Spring) MAT 314 Abstract Algebra An introduction to modern abstract algebra: a rigorous study of the basic structures of modem abstract algebra, such as groups, rings, integral domains and fields. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or three semesters of calculus and one course in linear algebra. Fall) MAT 324 Analysis An introduction to mathematical analysis: a rigorous study of major concepts used in the calculus and their application to more abstract situations. (Prereq.: ENG 111, MAT 246 or 247 or three semesters of calculus and one course in linear algebra. Spring) MAT 328 Complex Analysis A study of complex numbers, functions, limits, derivatives, integrals, series, analytic functions, conformal mapping and applications. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or 247 or three semesters of calculus and one course in linear algebra. Fall: even years) Mathematics MAT 351 Modern Geometry A study of transformational geometry including complex number representations and applications to fractal geometry. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or three semesters of calculus and one course in linear algebra. Spring: even years) MAT 355 Numerical Analysis A study of approximation methods and an analysis of the computational algorithms used. Topics include approximating solutions of nonlinear equations, linear systems of equations and differential equations, interpe lation, extrapolation, curve fitting, numerical differentiationand integration, and error analysis. (Prereq.: MAT 245 or three semesters of calculus, CSC 170. Fall: odd years) MAT 373 Probabilitv and Statistics I A study of modern probability, enumeration techniques, discrete and continuous probability distributions with applications to statistical problems, mathematical expectation, ~ h e b ~ s h e vinequality 's and the central limit theorem. (Prereq.: MAT 245 or three semesters of calculus. Fall) MAT 374 Probability and Statistics II A study of sampling distributions associated with the normal and other distributions, methods of estimation, hypothesis testing, regression, analysis of variance and nonparametric statistics. (Prereq.: MAT 373. Spring) MAT 399 Internship A work-based learning experience that links the ideas and methods of mathematics to the opportunities found in the Internship. Presentation at a departmental Colloquium is expected. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering. MAT 441 Foundations of Mathematics A rigorous investigation of some of the foundations of mathematics including set theory, logic, axiomatic method and development of the real number system. (Prereq.: MAT 314, Coreq.: MAT 324. Spring: odd years) MAT 481 Topics in Mathematics Study of an advanced topic. (Prereq.: MAT 246 or 247 and consent of instructor. Spring) MAT 491 Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium (.O course) This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep students informed about contemporary developments, career opportunities, and other interesting ideas in Mathematics and Computer Science. Junior and senior majors must attend. Others are welcome. Sessions are presented by students, faculty members or outside visitors. (Fall, Spring) MAT 499 Independent Study The student, with the guidance of a faculty member, selects and studies an advanced topic. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics (See Physics Department listing for a description of this approved elective) 1' See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies. See Ethnic Studies listing under Interdisciplinary Studies. T he Modem Languages - - Department at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today's world. The Department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, second language study goes beyond the development of new communication skills to foster an abiding awareness that the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures and cultures represents a rich historic legacy developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The Departmental faculty believes that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of a global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education of Augsburg students. The Modem Languages Department offers language, literature, and culture courses leading to majors in French, German, Norwegian and Spanish. Intre ductory courses in Qibwe and Russian are offered at Augsburg, and courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin and Greek are available to Augsburg students through the College's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities colleges. In addition to courses in language and culture, the Department offers linguistics courses in which students may go beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the general principles that operate in and shape all languages. In this way the study of linguistics provides a unique view of one of the most intriguing and central facets of the human mind. Knowledge of several languages, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, is essential in preparing for careers in second-language education and translation, but also represents a valuable special qualification in many other professions. Students anticipating careers in international business, social work, the diplomatic corps, the health professions, or the ministry may wish to take a second major or minor in modem languages. In addition, a minor in languages or linguistics is a valuable research tool for those intending to pursue graduate study in most academic disciplines. Modem Languages Faculty Frankie Shackelford (Chair), Nancy Aarsvold, Ruth Aaskov, Mary Kingsley, Randi Quanbeck, R o d n Soto, Donald Steinmetz Modern Languages Transfer Students Major Requirements Majors must take nine Upper Division courses, five to seven of them at Augsburg and two to four on an approved studyabroad program. The major must include the following: 350; two courses in culture; two courses in language (311 or above); two courses in literature; two electives (from any of the three areas above). Minor Minors must take at least two Upper Division courses at Augsburg. 311 is a prerequisite to all other Upper Division courses. The minor must include four courses above 212, including one each in language, literature and culture. Honors Major Majors seeking Departmental honors must apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall and honors thesis demonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department Chair for details. Transfer students intending to major or minor in languages must take a minimum of one Upper Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department faculty for limits on non-Augsburg courses. Study Abroad Study abroad is required of all language majors (minimum of one semester) and highly recommended for minors. An advanced-level Internship in the major language (399) or an interdisciplinary internship (INS 199), linking language skills with community service and career exploration, is strongly encouraged. Teaching Licensure Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the program as well as for information on Special Methods courses. All transfer teacher candidates, including those who have completed a college language major elsewhere, must take at least two courses in language, literature, or culture at Augsburg. A 3.0 average in Conversation and Composition (311) is a Departmental requirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency Exam prior to student teaching. See requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools under Department of Education. I CHINESE (CHN) Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. '2 Modern Languages FRENCH (FRE) FRE 111, 112 Beginning French Aimed to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall: 111; Spring 112) FRE 21 1,212 Intermediate French Selected articles, interviews and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulary building and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall: 211; Spring: 212) FRE 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. Through assigned readings, class discussion and written reaction, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and culturalhistorical significance of these works. Sophomore standing. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (On demand) FRE 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. FRE 31 1 Conversation and Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. A prerequisite to other Upper Division courses. (Fall) FRE 312 French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of spoken models from the media. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) FRE 331 French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 332 French Civilization Today Topics in 20th-century problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of French-speaking people and their contribution to the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audiovisual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) Modern Languages 1; FRE 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) FRE 351, 353 Survey of French Literature I, II The study of major French authors and literary movements in France through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 355 20th Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theater, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) FRE 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, a faculty member, and the site supervisor design a learning agreement that enables the student to apply advanced French skills in a professional context and to explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. FRE 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition By means of reading, speaking and writing on topics of intellectual, social or political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristiclevels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) FRE 450 French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story In-depth study of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students. (See also Interim Catalog. Prereq.: FRE 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) FRE 499 Independent Study Individual pursuit of a topic, movement or genre at an advanced level. Designed to complete a balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a major paper and its defense are included. (Consultationswith French teachers required. Junior standing. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser.) GERMAN (CER) CER 111, 112 Beginning German Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, under- - Modern Languages '* standing and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations.Laboratory materials available. (Fall: 111; Spring: 112) GER 21 1, 212 Intermediate German For students with two tenns (or four to five semesters high school) of previous German. Aims at developing basic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materials representing contemporary German life and literature. (Fall: 211; Spring: 212) GER 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing Medieval to modem periods (including Mann, Hesse, Grass, Kafka, Brecht) are read and discussed in English. Readings are considered in the context of German cultural history as well as in context of the universal human condition. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomore standing. On demand) GER 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. GER 311 GER 331 Conversation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercises in written composition. (Fall) German Civilization and Culture I Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643),with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness in the Middle Ages and the upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) GER 332 German Civilization and Culture II Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitical, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) GER 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) beats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Modern Languages CER 351 German Literature through the 18th Century Survey of heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Enlightenment, Storm and Stress, Classic and Romantic literature. Readings in German supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitical context. Class discussions help improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) GER 352 German Literature: The 19th Century Study of later Romanticism, Yowg-Germany, Poetic Realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. Lectures include the literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the rise of technology and science. Readings in German. Class discussions help improve students' ability to express ideas in Gennan. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) CER 353 German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed: Kafka, Hesse, Mann, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' selfexpression in Gennan. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) CER 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, a faculty member and the site supervisor design a learning agreement that enables the student to apply advanced German skills in a professional context and to explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. CER 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition Aims at developing and refining the student's use of.German as a vehicle for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) CER 451 German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Lectures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) GER 452 German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: GER 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) CER 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. 1; '6 Modern Languages JAPANESE (JPN) Japanese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. 1 LINGUISTICS (LIN) LIN 289 Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals and psycholinguistics. Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (On demand) LIN 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. LIN 311 Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of distinguishing underlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria and explanatory goals. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplines (anthropology, psychology, logic and communication theory). (On demand) LIN 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. NORWEGIAN (NOR) Two courses in Norwegian are also offered as part of the 0stfold Program, listed under International Studies. NOR 111, 112 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress is on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (Fall: 111;Spring: 112) NOR 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued acquisition and refinement of communication skills (speaking, listening, reading, writing). Emphasis is on social or cultural contexts and integrated vocabulary clusters. Selected readings in Norwegian are used as a basis for class activities and writing exercises. Includes grammar review. Laboratory work expected. (Prereq.: NOR 112 or equivalent. Fall) NOR 299 Directed Study Study for Lower Division credit. NOR 311 Conversation and Composition Practice in spoken and written Norwegian with emphasis on communicative contexts and integrated vocabulary. Some attention given to regional dialects and to differencesbetween the two official languages of Norway. Modern Languages Readings in history, social science and literature form a basis for class activities and frequent writing practice. (Prereq.: NOR 211 or equivalent. Spring) NOR 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culture A two-tiered approach allows students to place contemporary cultural developments, such as Norway's changing role in the global community, into an historical context. Readings in history are supplemented by newspaper articles and video tapes. Readings, lectures, class discussion, writing assignments and periodic oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years) NOR 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) NOR 353 Survey of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a basis for the study of major works from earlier periods, including several in nynorsk. Readings, lectures, discussion, journals, essays and oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Fall: alternate years) NOR 399 Internship A work-based experience in which the student, a faculty member and the site supemisor design a learning agreement that enables the student to apply advanced Norwegian skills in a professional context and to explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the Departmental Internship Coordinator and Internship and Cooperative Education Office. NOR 41 1 Advanced Conversation and Composition Extensive practice in spoken and written Norwegian, based on literary and cultural readings. Some attention is given to the historical develop ment of the Norwegian language. Students serve as peer-tutors for those registered in NOR 311. Readings, journals, discussion, role-playing, written and oral reports in Norwegian. (Prereq.: NOR 311 or consent of instructor. Spring) NOR 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. OJlBWE(OJB) Two courses in Qibwe (Chippewa)are offered at Augsburg, both as part of the Modem Language Department and as part of the American Indian Studies minor. OJB111, 112 Beginning Ojibwe An introduction to the language and culture of the Ojibwe (Chippewa). - - - Moaern Languages Emphasis is on vocabulary, reading, writing and conversational skills. Classroom practice will include linguistic patterns and oral interaction. The second course extends vocabulary usage, reading, writing, oral skills and cultural studies, with increased emphasis on comprehension. RUSSIAN (RUS) One year of Russian is offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian, Central and East European Studies Program, which requires two years of language for the major. See Russian, Central and East European Studies Program Campus Coordinator for more information. RUS 111, 112 Elementary Russian Aimed 'to develop reading, writing, understanding and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, elementary readings, short compositions and a growing acquaintancewith Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. (Fall: 111;Spring: 112) SPANISH (SPA) Courses in addition to those below are offered through various programs listed under International Studies. SPA 111, 112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall: 111;Spring: 112) SPA 21 1, 212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts that stimulate intellectual growth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish and build conversational skills through class discussions. Designed for students with four to five semesters of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (Fall: 211; Spring: 212) SPA 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit for this course does not apply to a Spanish major or minor. (On demand) SPA 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. SPA 311 Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of Modern Languages fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratory work. This course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. (Prereq.: SPA 212 or equivalent. Fall) SPA 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanish and wish to expand them. Intensive practice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Conducted in Spanish. (Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 331 Spanish Civilization and Culture Study of the Spanish character and of Spanish contributions to world civilization through historical, intellectual, literary and artistic movements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 332 Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the pre-Colurnbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 350 Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussing selected works of literature. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) SPA 352, 353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, II A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lectures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Note: Students who have taken SPA 356 [taught in Mexico] may not take 354. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 399 Internship A work-based leaming experience in which the student, a faculty member and the site supervisor design a learning agreement that enables the student to apply advanced Spanish skills in a professional context and to explore career possibilities related to the major. Consult with the departmental Internship Coordinator and the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. SPA 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, written Modern Languages compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: SPA 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) SPA 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. Emphasis on the Golden Age and the Modern Period. (Prereq.: one survey course. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 457 Spanish Novel Study of the outstanding novelists of the 19th and 20th century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: one survey course. Spring: on rotational basis) SPA 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. MUS M u s i c has the power to move and change us. Whether we experience music as a listener, teacher or performer, it adds a significant and satisfying dimension to our lives. The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human history and culture. In addition, all students of the College community have the opportunity to participate in choral and instrumental ensembles which perform locally, nationally and internationally. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education needs of students and offers professional training in music. The Music major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with preparation for a wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Students may choose from among four majors in three degree programs: Bachelor of Arts -Music Major; Bachelor of Music - Performance Major; Bachelor of Music - Music Education Major, and Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy Major. In addition to opportunities as professional musicians, teachers of music and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers. Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts major as an excellent preparation for satisfying and effective service in many occupational areas. Music Faculty Merilee Klemp (Chair),Stephen Gabrielsen, Robert Karlen, Roberta Metzler, John Moye, Robert Stacke Music Coordinator Mary Ella Pratte Bachelor of Arts Freshmen will enroll in the regular Bachelor of Arts program. Theory tests will be required of all incoming students and will be given the first week of class. The petition to be accepted as a B.A. candidate will be submitted to the Department prior to registration for Upper Division courses. Bachelor of Music - Education Theory placement tests will be required of all incoming students and will be given the first week of class. Students wishing to become Bachelor of Music - Education candidates must perform (Level 11 repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They may then apply, by petition, to the Department as early as their second semester of study. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply to the Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure program. Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the education licensure program. Bachelor of Music - Performance Theory placement tests will be required of all incoming students and will be given the first week of class. Students wishing to become Bachelor of Music - Performance candidates must perform (Level I1 repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, to the Department before the end of their second semester of study. uL Music - Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies. A cumulative GPA of 2.5 in music courses and a 3.0 in performance studies must be maintained. Bachelor of Science - Music Therapy Theory placement tests will be required of all incoming students and will be given the first week of class. Students considering a music therapy major should consult with the director of the program. An equivalency program is available for those who have a four-year college degree. juniors with a GPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: a senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble; conducting an ensemble concert; or combinations of the above. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. Music Minor Candidates must apply by petition to the Department prior to registration for Upper Division courses. Freshman Performance Scholarships Available to freshmen taking lessons for credit. Consult with individual instructors or the Music Office. Transfer Students Transfer students will enter the B.M. program on probation, subject to Departmental approval of a performance hearing and petition during their first semester in residence. All transfer students will be required to take the theory placement test the first week of class. Core Curriculum (required of all majors): MUS 101 Materials of Music I MUS 102 Materials of Music I1 MUS 111 Aural Skills I MUS 112 Aural Skills I1 MUS 201 Materials of Music 111 MUS 211 Aural Skills 111 MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1 Plus ensemble participation, performance studies, and recital requirements as given under each speafic degree and major (see A p plied Music section).Also, French or German study as stated in General Education Require ments and in speafic degree requirements. BACHELOR OF ARTS Ensembles Music Major Auditions for membership in ensembles are scheduled, following application, during summer orientation sessions or during the first week of the school year. Offers the broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performancegraduate study, or desire to enter one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often choose this course of study. Honors Major Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from among those Music Requirements: 12 course credits Core curriculum plus: MUS 202 Form and Analysis MUS 212 Aural Skills IV One music credit elective And two semesters chosen from: MUS 311,312 Composition MUS 341 Basic Conducting MUS 342 Choral Conducting MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting MUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era MUS 332 Music of the Classical Era MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century Performance Studies Eight quarter course credits in the major instrument/voice. Eight quarter course credits in a major ensemble Four semesters in a non-credit small ensemble Keyboard proficiency Pass tluee Music Repertoire tests Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information on individualized degree requirements. Music Minor Six course credits including: MUS 101,102 Materials of Music I, I1 MUS 111,112 Aural Skills I, I1 MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I or MUS 232 History and Literature of Music I1 MUS 341 Basic Conducting And one additional course in Music History or Conducting Plus four consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with four quarter courses of Performance Studies in the student's major instrument. Music minors also must pass one Music Repertoire test. W BACHELOR OF MUSIC Music Education Major Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes course work which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementary through the secondary levels. Requirements: 16.5 course credits Core curriculum plus: MUS 202 Form and Analysis MUS 212 Aural Skills IV MUS 311,312 Composition I, 11 MUS 341 Basic Conducting MUS 342 Choral Conducting or MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting Performance Studies Two quarter course credits in the major instrument/voice Four half course aedits in the major instrument/voice Two full course credits in the major instrument/voice Two quarter course credits in the minor instrurnent/voice MUS 358 Half junior recital MUS 459 Full senior recital Eight quarter course credits in a major ensemble Four semesters in a non-credit small ensemble Improvisation competency on major instrument or voice Keyboard proficiency Pass three Music Repertoire tests Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Choose one area of emphasis: Vocal emphasis - MUS 251,252,253, 254,435 Music Instrumental emphasis - MUS 152, 155, and one course credit of music elective Other Requirements HPE 114 Health and Safety Education HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education HPE 116 Healthy Concepts for Educators EDU 210 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting EDU 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience EDS 341 Media Technology EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas EDS 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience EDS 355 Music Methods (K-12) EDS 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings EDS 388 Human Relations EDS 478 School and Society EDS 481,482,483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar Consult the Education Department and Music Department Student Handbook and program adviser. BACHELOR OF MUSIC Music Performance Major Designed for students who display advanced competence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosen by students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance. Requirements: 19.5 course credits: Core Curriculum plus: MUS 202 Form and Analysis MUS 212 Aural Skills IV MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1 MUS 341 Basic Conducting MUS 342 Choral Conducting or MUS 344 Instrumental Conducting Performance Studies Two quarter course credits and six full course credits in the major instrument/ voice Two quarter course credits in the minor instrument/voice MUS 358 Full junior recital MUS 459 Full senior recital Eight quarter courses in a major ensemble Four semesters in a non-credit small ensemble Keyboard proficiency test Pass three Music Repertoire tests Achieve a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and 3.0 in the major performance medium. Choose one area of emphasis: Vocal emphasis - MUS 251,252,253, 254,435, one course credit of music elective. French or German to fulfill language requirement. Piano or Organ emphasis - MUS 301, 302,436,456, one-half course credit of music elective. Instrumental emphasis - MUS 301,302, one and one-half course credits of music electives. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for more information. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Music Therapy Major Fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and prepares students for the professional Music certification examination developed by the Certification Board for Music Therapists. This course is chosen by students who wish to become registered music therapists. Requirements: 16.5 course credits Core curriculum plus: MUS 152 Basics of Singing MUS 155 Class Piano MUS 158 Class Guitar MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials MUS 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 311,312 Composition I, I1 MUS 341 Basic Conducting MUS 372,373 Psychological Foundation of Music I, I1 MUS 374,375 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 472 Human Identity Through the Creative Arts MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar MUS 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship Performance Studies Eight quarter course credits in the major instrument/voice MUS 458 Half senior recital Four quarter course credits in major ensemble Four semesters in major (credit) or small (non-credit) ensemble Four semesters in small ensemble (no credit) Keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency Pass three Music Repertoire tests Achieve a minimum grade of 2.5 in each music therapy course Additional required courses: EDS 282 Introduction to Special Education EDS 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings PSY 105 General Psychology PSY 362 Behavior Disorders BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology SOC 362 Statistical Analysis or PSY 230 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination. APPLIED MUSIC Ensembles (MUE) One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members of major ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no credit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student way register for credit with either traditional or P/N grading, or may choose no credit status with audit (V) designation. A maximum of two course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Performance Studies for Credit Four elements are required of music majors/minors - lessons, jury examination at end of each semester, mandatory attendance at performance workshop and attendance at off- and on-campus performances. See Music Department Student Handbook for details. Areas of Concentration The music major/minor student must declare an area of concentration. A secondary area, required of Music Educa- 18 Bd Music tion students, necessitates additional lessons, jury examination and performance. Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit - one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week. One-quarter course credit - one halfhour lesson and four hours of practice per week. One-half course credit -two halfhour lessons and eight hours of practice per week. One course credit -two half-hour lessons and 12 hours of practice per week. Performances: All students registered in Performance Studies for credit must perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a faculty panel (jury examination), and additional performances as required by the instructor. Listening: All music majors/minors registered in Performance Studies for credit are required to attend designated music events during each semester (recommended:four on-campus and four professional off-campus) during each semester. Failure to attend the required number of recitals, major ensemble concerts, other designated events and the Performance Workshops or student recitals will be a factor in determining the final grade received in Performance Studies. Music majors must pass a total of three Music Repertoire tests; music minors must pass one. Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for contents of Music Repertoire tests and specific degree requirements. Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals. A pre-recital hearing will be mandatory for all students performing recitals that partially fulfill degree requirements. The charge of the recital jury shall be to determine if the recital is likely to be adequately prepared by the recital date for the student to receive a grade of 3.0 (B.M. Performance) or 2.5 (B.A., B.M.Education, B.S.) as specified in Department guidelines. Concurrent registration in Performance Studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance. Students should carefully read the Music Department Student Handbook and consult continually with their applied teacher. The following guidelines provide an outline of requirements and procedures which must be followed by all recitalists. Departmental Sponsorship Recitals required for the fulfillment of the B.M., B.A. or B.S. degree requirements or Honors Major will be sponsored by the Music Department. Other student recitals may be departmentally sponsored. Duration and Repertoire Level All departmentally sponsored recitals must be representative of the academic guidelines set forth in this catalog and Repertoire Lists available in the Music De~artment. 1.B.M. degree junior recitals (MUS 358) will be one-half hour in duration, and will be at repertoire Level I11 for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level IV for Music Performance majors. 2. B.M. degree senior recitals (MUS 459) will be one hour in duration at repertoire Music l a Level IV for Music Education majors and one hour in duration at Level V for Music Performance majors. Keyboard Proficiency B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarity by passing the Piano Proficiency test. (Consult the Music Department Student Handbook for contents of Piano Proficiency test.) 3. B.A. and B.S. degree senior recitals (MUS 458) will be one-half hour in duration at repertoire Level 111. Many music courses are offered alternate years. Consult the ACTC Class Schedule or the Music Department for course offerings in each term. THEORY MUS 101 Materials of Music 1 (.5 course) Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111. (Fall) MUS 102 Materials of Music 11 (.5 course) Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. To be taken concurrentlywith MUS 112. (Spring) MUS 111 Aural Skills 1 (.5 course) Rhyhmc and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in MUS 101. (Prereq.: concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 101. Fall) MUS 112 Aural Skills 11 (.5 course) Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in MUS 102. (Prereq.: concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 102. Spring) MUS 201 Materials in Music 111 (.5 course) Continuation of MUS 102 with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: MUS 102. Fall) MUS 202 Form and Analysis (.5 course) Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th century practice. (Prereq.: MUS 201. Spring) MUS 21 1 Aural Skills 111 (.5 course) Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in MUS 201. (Prereq.: MUS 211 and concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 201. Spring) MUS 212 Aural Skills IV (.5 course) Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in MUS 202. (Prereq.: MUS 211 and concurrent registration in/or completion of MUS 202. Spring) - Music MUS 301 Counterpoint 1 (.5 course) Sixteenth through 18th century contrapuntal techniques including double counterpoint, passacaglia, fugue and canon. (Prereq.: MUS 201,211. Alternate years: Fall 1995) MUS 302 Counterpoint 11 (.5 course) Study of contemporary counterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Alternate years: Spring 1996) MUS 31 1 Composition 1 (.5 course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Fall) MUS 312 Composition 11 (.5 course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are studied and used. (Spring) MUS 341 Basic Conduding (.5 course) Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique. Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall) MUS 342 Choral Conduding (.5 course) Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Alternate years: Spring 1995) MUS 344 Instrumental Conduding (.5 course) Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Alternate years: Spring 1996) W HISTORY AND LITERATURE MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. MUS 230 Electronics in Music Exploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th century music. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be combined with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art. For non-music majors. MUS 231 History and Literature of Music I A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: MUS 112,201. Fall) MUS 232 History and Literature of Music II Continuation of MUS 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: MUS 112,201. Spring) Music The following four half-courses are extensive studies of speaal eras in music history: MUS 331 Music of the Baroque Era (.5 course) (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Fall 1994) MUS 332 Music of the Classical Period (.5 course) (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring 1995) MUS 333 Music of the Romantic Period (-5 course) (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Fall 1995) MUS 334 Music of the 20th Century (.5 course) (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring 1996) MUS 432 Church Music and Worship Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as the music and theology student. (Alternate years: Spring 1995) MUS 435 Voice Repertoire (.5 course) Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th century to the present, with an emphasis on literature and source materials used for teaching voice. (Prereq.: MUS 231,232. Alternate years: Spring 1995) MUS 436 Piano Repertoire (-5 course) Study of the piano literature from the 17th century to the present by listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.: MUS 231 and 232. Alternate years: Spring 1995) MUS 498 lndependent Study (.5 course) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. MUS 499 lndependent Study Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. W TECHNIQUE MUS 152 Class Voice (.25 course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. (Spring) MUS 155 Class Piano (-25 course) Basic keyboard familiarity, including scales, chords, arpeggios, sightreading, and simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to pass the Piano Proficiency Test. (Prereq.: MUS 101 or consent of instructor. Fall) MUS 158 Class Guitar (.25 course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. (Spring) -11 - Music MUS 252 English Diction (.25 course) Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all students registered for vocal instruction. (Alternate years: Fall 1995) The following three quarter-courses are continuations of MUS 252 with application for the Italian, German and French languages. MUS 251 Italian Diction (.25 course) Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet and its application to basic Italian song literature. (Prereq.: MUS 252. Alternate years: Fall 1995) MUS 253 German Diction (.25 course) Continued use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in basic German song and choral literature. (Prereq.:MUS 252. Alternate years: Spring 1996) MUS 254 French Diction (.25 course) Continued use of the International Phonetic Alphabet in basic French song and choral literature. (Prereq.: MUS 252. Alternate years: Spring 1996) MUS 358 junior Recital (.O course) B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111, Music Education majors or full recital at Level IV, Music Performance majors. No course credit. MUS 456 Piano Pedagogy (.5 course) Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Alternateyears: Spring 1996) MUS 458 Senior Recital (.O course) Half recital by B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoire Level 111. No course credit. MUS 459 Senior Recital (.O course) B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by faculty committee. Repertoire Level IV for Music Education majors and Level V for Music Performance majors. No course credit. THERAPY MUS 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (.5 course) Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings. Includes on-campus practicum with children. MUS 272 Human Identity through the Creative Arts A study of the aesthetic expression and experience as they relate to human identity, with an emphasis on psychological, cultural and biological aspects of musical behavior. An understanding of the relationships of the creative therapies of art, music, drama and movement. (Alternateyears: Fall 1995) Music 19 MUS 274, 275 Music Therapy Practicums (.O course) Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. MUS 372 MUS 373 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objective approach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics and sociopsychological aspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. (Alternate years: Fall 1994) Psychological Foundations of Music II Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinaryapproach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical talent and performance. (Alternate years: Spring 1995) MUS 374, 375 Music Therapy Practicums (.O course) Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. MUS 472 Human Identity through the Creative Arts (See course description for MUS 272.) Enrollment for Upper Division credit required for music therapy majors, and will include an additional course module. (Alternate years: Fall 1993) MUS 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music. (Alternate years: Spring 1994) MUS 474, 475 Music Therapy Practicums (.25 course each) Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two hours per week. (Prereq.: three of MUS 274,275,374,375.) MUS 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (.5 course) Full-time placement in an NAMT internship setting for six months. Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements) W ENSEMBLES AND PERFORMANCE STUDIES Ensembles (MUE) These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of Fall semester or by arrangement with the ensemble director. Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. For Jazz Ensemble membership, preference is given to Concert Band members. While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chapel Choir will satisfy the major, minor or Distribution/General Education Requirements. Some instruments are available for use by students. 92 Music MUE 111Augsburg Choir (.25 course) MUE 131Woodwind Chamber Music (.O course) MUE 112 Chapel Choir (.25 course) MUE 141 Concert Band (.25 course) MUE 113 Vocal Chamber (.O course) MUE 142 Brass Ensemble (.O course) MUE 114 Advent Vespers Choir (.O course) MUE 143Jazz Ensemble (.O course) MUE 121 Orchestra (.25 course) MUE 144 Percussion Ensemble (.O course) MUE 122 Sbing Ensemble (.O course) Performance Studies (MUP) Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. All areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor. All lessons are adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying, ensemble participation and other performances. Repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors - Enter I and attain 111; B.M. - Education Major - Enter I1 and attain IV; B.M. - Performance Major -Enter I1 and attain V. MUP 111-411 Voice lessons MUP 121-421 Violin lessons MUP 122-422 Viola lessons MUP 123-423 Cello lessons MUP 124-424 Bass lessons MUP 131-431 Oboe lessons MUP 132-432 Bassoon lessons MUP 133-433 Clarinet lessons MUP 134-434 Saxophone lessons MUP 135-435 Flute lessons MUP 137-437 Horn lessons MUP 141-441 Trumpet lessons MUP 142-442 Trombone lessons MUP 143-443 Baritone lessons MUP 1 4 - 4 4 Tuba lessons MUP 152-452 Piano lessons MUP 159a Piano accompanying MUP 161-461 Guitar lessons MUP 171-471 Percussion lessons MUP 181-481 Organ lessons MUP 191-491 Harp lessons Note carefully the following provisions: 1. Performance study registration occurs the first week of classes. 2. A semester of study is 14 weeks of lessons and coaching. Any lessons during the Interim or Summer are arranged privately with the teacher. 3. A student who cannot attend a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. 4. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department. T he Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to strong preparation for science teaching and satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements. The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specialization in an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the Distribution/ General Education Requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors, the courses required in the Department of Education and, in the physical sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is essential. Coordinator Arlin Gyberg Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Broad Base Requirements Two Earth Science (PHY 101 Astronomy, PHY 106 Meteorology or Geology) BIO 113,114 General Biology PHY 116 Introduction to Physics or PHY 121,122 General Physics I, I1 CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry Biology Major (for licensure in Life Science) Broad Base Requirements, plus: BIO 201 Introduction to Cellular Biology BIO 491 Seminar Six other Biology courses, including at least one from each of the following groups: BIO 351 Invertebrate Zoology or BIO 353 Comparative Vertebrate Zoology or BIO 473 Animal Physiology BIO 361 Plant Biology or BIO 440 Plant Physiology BIO 367 Biochemistry or BIO 471 Advanced Cellular and Molecular Biology BIO 476 Microbiology or BIO 481 Ecology And one course in Organic Chemistry Physical Science Broad Base Requirement Two courses: one in Earth Science (Astronomy, Meteorology or Geology), and one in General Biology. Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science) Physical Science Broad Base Requirement Graduation Major in Chemistry: CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry CHM 351 Organic Chemistry CHM 352 Organic Chemistry CHM 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry CHM 361 Physical Chemistry CHM 363 Physical Chemistry Laboratory CHM 491 Chemistry Seminar MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, I1 or MAT 124,125CalculusI, II (WEC only) One advanced Chemistry Course One year of General Physics and Two Physics courses above General Physics (Recommended: PHY 245 Modem Physics and PHY 261 Electronics) - Natural Science l4 Physics Major (for licensure in Physical Science) Physical Science Broad Base Requirement Graduation Major in Physics: PHY 121 General Physics PHY 122 General Physics PHY 245 Modern Physics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields 11 PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, 11 or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1 WEC only) MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I MAT 247 Introduction to Applied Mathematics* or MAT 224,226 Calculus Ill, Differential Equations (WEC only) Two additional Physics courses above 122 One year of General Chemistry One course of Organic Chemistry and One course of Analytical Chemistry *Note: PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics may substitute for MAT 247 NORDIC AREASTUDIES See listing under InterdisciplinaryStudies. NORWEGIAN See listing under Modem Languages. I he Augsburg Nursing Program is designed exclusively for registered nurses who want to increase their opportunities in the health care field. The scope of nursing practice is changing and expanding. Nurses are being called on to function in a variety of settings that differ from those in the past. Today nurses work in hospitals, clinics, corporations, government agencies, schools and community organizations. Some are selfemployed, m i n g their own businesses. All of these nurses provide comprehensive health assessment for individuals from all cultures and socioeconomic levels. From helping parents have safe deliveries of healthy infants to coordinating home care for the dying, nurses assist people through the entire life span. The bachelor's degree equips the nurse with a working knowledge of the biological, physical, social, behavioral and nursing sciences. The nursing program at Augsburg College also provides the educational opportunities to increase skills in critical thinking, clinical investigation and decision-making that prepare nurses to handle challenging new positions in today's health-care field. Augsburg's nursing program, leading to a Bachelor of Science degree with a major in Nursing, is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for public health nurse registration in Minnesota. With one additional course, they are eligible to apply for school nurse certification. Nursing Department Faculty Beverly Nilsson (Chair),Marian Enos, Lucie Ferrell, Sharon McDonald, Pamela Weiss Major Nine courses including: NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing LI: Paradigms in Nursing NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111: Families NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing: Nursing of the Family NUR 431 Leadership and Management: Theory and Practice PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of Level I and Level 11 courses of study are required. Students also must complete Augsburg's residence and General Education Requirements. The program has been planned so that the Nursing major can be completed within two academic years, however, students may pursue their studies at a slower pace. Courses in the Nursing major are offered on weekends with clinical courses requiring additional weekday time. While courses are designed so that the major may be completed within two years, more time may be required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of credits transferred from other collegeso r universities. Students in nursing may take non-nursing courses in both day school and Weekend College. Students interested in "- Nursing pursuing the Nursing major should consult with an adviser from the Nursing Department for program planning. Honors Major GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; application to the Department Chairperson by November 1of the senior year; recommendation by Nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended before a faculty committee by April 15. Candidates register for NUR 499 to complete the thesis. *If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, students are required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. The following steps may be taken in any order, but all must be completed prior to application for admission into the Nursing major. 1. Admission to Augsburg College: Before you can apply for the Nursing Program, you must first be admitted into Augsburg College. All applicants must present a high school diploma or equivalent and a 2.0 GPA. 2. RN Licensure in Minnesota: Applicant must be a registered nurse licensed in Minnesota or be registered to take the State Board Exams prior to beginning at Augsburg. 3. Prerequisite Course Content: The following courses must have been completed with a GPA of 2.0 or better: chemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition, introductory sociology and introductory psychology. These courses may be taken at Augsburg or at another accredited college or university. 4. Written Entrance Exam: Applicants must validate their theoretical knowledge by taking the AD Comprehensive written exam. There is a fee for this examination, which is given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Upon successful completion of the validation testing, credits for up to six courses may be granted. Scores for this test may be transferred. 5. Current Clinical Practice: Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice (within the past five years). This may include: graduation from a school of nursing (a minimum overall GPA of 2.5 is required), work experience, or completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. Options for Completing the Degree Augsburg recognizes that nurses have a variety of time schedules, personal responsibilities and work demands that must be taken into account in any decision to work toward a college degree. For this reason, Augsburg offers full and part-time alternatives for pursuing this degree. Courses are offered at different times throughout the year to suit various schedules. The entire Nursing major and the necessary prerequisite courses are available through Augburg's Weekend College. Classes usually meet on alternate weekends for one three-and-one-half hour time block. Students also can complete their liberal arts General Education Requirements by taking courses in day school and Weekend College. Nursing NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication A course that introduces the components of the professional role and begins the professional socialization process. The communicative process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is negotiated. Interactive and group theories are explored for their applicability to changing professional roles and practice. NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory in piding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined. NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on community health delivery systems. Health care is examined within the cultural, political, and economic diversity of the city. Students complete an assessment of an elderly person and an urban community and critically discuss the ethical issues of health care delivery. NUR 311 Community Health Nursing II: Practicum'* This course provides a clinical experience in the practice of p ~ ~ b lhealth ic nursing in which students give direct care to culturally diverse clients and groups. Students will provide care to both disease and disability and health promotion clients. Students analyze a specific community system and the community's provision of health related services. (Prereq.: NUR 310) NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This transitional course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Current economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice. NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are emphasized in this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice and design a research proposal. NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing Ill: Families This course provides a theoretical basis for nursing interventions with culturally diverse families and explores theories related to family structure and functioning throughout the life span. Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq:NUR 311) NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing: Nursing of the Family** A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to provide complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.: NUR 403) 1! - Nursing NUR 431 Leadership and Management: Theory and Practice** This course examines the professional nurse roles of leader and manager. Concepts of change, conflict and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountabilityand advocacy in the leader-manager role are studied. Application of theory occurs in selected practicesettings. (Prereq.: NUR 423) NUR 432 Topics in Nursing A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the interests of the faculty and students. NUR 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with f a d t y and submit written proposals, objectives and methods of evaluation prior to registration. ** This course involves an additional clinical fee. T he Philosophy Department assists students to understand issues raised in the traditional areas of philosophy. To this end, we consider problems of knowledge and questions of truth, the nature of reality, the basis of values and rules for correct reasoning. Our goals are to instill in students a love of truth, to inspire a curiosity about the sigruficanceand meaning of the world they experience, and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative synthesis. studies such as law, medicine or the Christian ministry. Many enter the marketplace, confident that the study of philosophy has given them the ability to think critically. The liberal arts curriculum provides an opportunity for students to explore different aspects of the world from a variety of perspectives or disciplines. Philosophy plays a central role in the liberal arts by encouraging students to explore questions about themselves, human experience, right and wrong, the world and God. Beginning with two Socratic principles: "The unexamined life is not worth living" and "Know yourself," the study of philosophy assists students in the realization of their unique potential for understanding and self-fulfillment. Major Nine courses including: PHI 230 Logic PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers PHI 242 History of Philosophy 11: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy PHI 343 History of Philosophy 111: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy PHI 344 History of Philosophy lV:20th Century Philosophy A 400 level course (other than PHI 499) Three elective courses in Philosphy Note: Five courses must be Upper Division. Four courses in the history of philosophy -beginning with the ancient Greeks and Romans and continuing through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to the present - form the core of the philosophy program. In these courses students are taught how to read, understand and criticize great texts of Western civilization. In addition, students have the opportunity to explore the relation of philosophy to other disciplines and to take advanced seminars in special topics. This major has been carefully planned so that students can easily have two majors. Though some majors go on to graduate school in philosophy, most use the major to prepare for other professional Philosophy Department Faculty Mark Fuehrer (Chair),David Apolloni, Bruce Reichenbach. Honors Major Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the Philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end of the junior year. The program will consist of an honors thesis on an approved topic of the student's choice that involves research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the Department. Minor Five courses, including two from PHI 241,242,343 and 344. - Philosophy lo PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy Philosophy raises some of the most basic questions that human beings can ask about meaning, ideas, beauty and truth. The purpose of this course is to provide the student with some experience in examining these concepts, thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. (Fall, Spring) PHI 120 Ethics Ethics studies our moral beliefs, helping students to consider the bases they use to make moral judgements. The course explores the major philosophical approaches to evaluating moral actions, and then applies them to contemporary personal and social moral issues. Throughout the course Christian ethics will inform our considerations. Students taking PHI 120 may not take PHI 125. (Fall, Spring) PHI 125 Ethics and Human Identity This course is a philosophical study of the role of human understanding, feelings and action with respect to the pursuit of happiness. We begin by asking what the end or purpose of human life is, assess the role of reason, will and passion with respect to this end, and then decide on the moral and intellectual virtues required to reach the end. The topic of friendship and human love is investigated next. The course ends with an analysis of human happiness. Students taking PHI 125 may not take PHI 120. (Fall, Spring) PHI 175 Philosophy of Love and Sex We begin by studying some common conceptions and misconceptions of romantic love and some philosophers' definitions of it. We then try to decide what it is to be in love with someone, and how this differs from just being friends or sexually desiring them. Finally, we consider issues such as the ethics of sex, sexual attraction, marriage, adultery and homosexuality. PHI 230 Logic Students learn to distinguish arguments from exposition. Then they learn the rules which govern valid arguments and develop their ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. The last part of the course focuses on inductive reasoning. PHI 241 History of Philosophy I: The Classical Philosophers The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical thought in Western civilization. In this course students read and analyze some of the key works by Plato and Aristotle, as well as work in Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplatonism. (Fall) PHI 242 History of Philosophy II: Medieval and Renaissance Philosophy The Middle Ages was a period of great synthesis of elements of Christian revelation, classical philosophy and Islamic culture. In this course students will read writings by various Medieval and Renaissance philoso- Philosophy 2' phers in order to understand the process of philosophical assimilation involved in constructing a Christian philosophy. (Suggested prior course: PHI 241. Spring) PHI 260 Philosophy and the Arts What is artistic creativity?What is a work of art and what makes great works of art great? What is it to appreciate works of art? Is one's appreciation of music or art simply a matter of taste? Does aesthetic experience differ from other kinds of experience? We will consider answers to these and many other related questions. PHI 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (On request) PHI 343 History of Philosophy Ill: Enlightenment and 19th Century Philosophy This course studies the major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, and 19th century Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). (Suggested prior course: PHI 241 or 242. Fall) PHI 344 History of Philosophy IV: 20th Century Philosophy What lies behind 20th century philosophy's love affair with language? Is truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a rigorous science? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism, phenomenology and post-modernism. (Suggested prior courses: PHI 241,242, and 343) PHI 350 Philosophy of Religion What is the relation between faith and reason? Does God exist, and if so, what can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these questions which form the basis of Western religious beliefs. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Cross-listed with Religion Department. Offered annually) PHI 355 Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years) PHI 360 Political Philosophy By studying the writings of political philosophers from antiquity up to the modem period, students will be asked to examine crucial questions concerning the organization of human society. The relation of the nature of the state to religion, the home and the city will be looked at through the eyes of Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli. (Alternate years) PHI 365 Philosophy of Science The course explores what scientific knowledge is, whether the scientist's knowledge of the world is profoundly differentand better than that of the non-scientist, and what degrees of certainty are yielded by scientific - Philosophy l2 methods. Students will also work in researching and developing philosophical responses to sigruficant issues in this area. (Suggested prior course: PHI 230 or one course in natural science. Alternate years) PHI 370 Existentialism Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary -of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, g d t , despair and paradox. (Suggested: one prior course in philosophy. Alternate years) PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, genetic engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. (Alternate years) PHI 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. PHI 410 Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering either an individual philosopher or a specific area of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or inter-disciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses: any from PHI 241,242,343,344 or consent of instructor. Offered annually) PHI 499 Independent Study Jndividual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. (On request.) See listing under Health and Physical Education. P hysicists are not only curious about the woild, but ambitious as well. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of galaxies and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinating and expanding area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributes to society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science and space exploration. Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and reaIizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing challenge, the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects challenges to arise, be met and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, engineering and medical and health related fields. In addition, the Physics program at Augsburg functions in a supportive role for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry,biology and computer science. The Department also supervises the PreEngineering program with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelor's and the advanced degree levels. The Department maintains active research programs through its Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences. Several students work each academic year and summer as research assistants in these efforts, which are supported by NASA, the National Science Foundation and other federal agencies. The Department also administers Augsburg College's portion of funds designated for the Minnesota Space Grant College Consortium, funded by NASA. Cooperative Education, internship and undergraduate research programs provide opportunities for students to apply their physical science knowledge and problem solving skills in practical.situations in industrial, governmental and academic settings. Students may participate in alternating term Cooperative Education programs or work part-time during two or more academic terms. Internship opportunities alone generally involve only one semester. The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the nonscience students that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to follow new developments with some degree of comprehension. 4 Physics - Physics Department Faculty Jeffrey Johnson (Chair), Stuart Anderson, Mark Engebretson, Kenneth Erickson, William Monsma, Robert Stenstrom. Physics Research Staff Anthony Hansen, William Jasperson, David Venne. Atmospheric Sciences Research Group, Augsburg College Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences. BACHELOR OF ARTS Major 13 courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics II PHY 245 Modem Physics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1 PHY 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory Two elective Physics courses above PHY 122 MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, I1 or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, I1 (WEC only) MAT 245,247 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I, I1 or MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics or MAT 224,226 Calculus 111, Differential Equations (WEC only) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Major 17 courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics 11 PHY 245 Modern Physics PHY 261 Electronics PHY 351 Mechanics I PHY 352 Mechanics I1 PHY 362 Electromagnetic Fields I PHY 363 Electromagnetic Fields I1 PHY 395 Comprehensive Laboratory PHY 396 Comprehensive Laboratory PHY 486 Quantum Physics I One Physics course above PHY 122 CHM 105,106 Principles of Chemistry or CHM 115,116 General Chemistry MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, 11 or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, II (WEC only) MAT 245,247 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I, I1 or MAT 245 Mathematical Structures and Reasoning I and PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics or MAT 224,226 Calculus 111, Differential Equations (WEC only) BACHELOR OF SCIENCE Physics Major With Concentration in Space Physics 18 course credits. It is the same as the B.S. major, with the addition of PHY 320 and PHY 420, and the omission of the elective Physics course. Honors Major A GPA of 3.5 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written Physics 2' research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to work closely with members of the Physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124 or 145,125 or 146, and PHY 121,122 during the freshman year, and MAT 224 or 245 and 226 or 247 (or PHY 327) during the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. PHY 101 Minor Seven courses including: PHY 121 General Physics I PHY 122 General Physics II Three elective Physics courses above PHY 122 MAT 145,146 AUGMENT Mathematics I, II or MAT 124,125 Calculus I, II (WEC only) Society of Physics Students The Augsburg chapter of the Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership in a national physics society and of participating in the physics comunity on a professional basis. Membership in SF'S is open to all students interested in physics. Sigma Pi Sigma Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class. Astronomy A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies. In addition the course traces the development of scientific thought from early civilization to the present day. Night viewing and laboratory sessions are important components of the course. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall, Spring) PHY 103 Conceptual Physics An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles of physics. The course stresses a hands-on intuitive approach to physics and is designed to serve students in education. (Two three-hour lectures/laboratories. Prereq.: MPG IlI. Fall, Spring) PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology A survey of the basic principles involved in understanding the earth's weather and climate. Topics include winds, fronts, cyclones, clouds and - Physics precipitation, thunderstorms, tornados and hurricanes, climate and climate change, global warming and ozone depletion. (Three onehour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 11. Fall) PHY 116 Introduction to Physics An algebra-based introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected to illustrate fundamental principles and provide a broad survey of physics. (Three one-hour lectures, one two-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG 111. Fall) PHY 121,122 General Physics I, II A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MPG IV.Fall: PHY 121; Spring: PHY 122) PHY 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which enables the student to consider physics as a major and/or explore its career alternatives. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit. PHY 245 Modern Physics An introduction to modem physics from a historical and experimental basis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This course indicates the need for, and develops the experimentalbasis of, quantum mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures, one oneand-one-half hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 122. Fall) PHY 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronics comprises the first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Three onehour lectures, one three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: PHY 116 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125 or 146. Spring. Cross-listed with Computer Science Department.) PHY 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. PHY 320 lntroduction to Space Science A survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric and upper atmospheric physics (solar dynamics, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, substorms, current systems, particle precipitation and aurora). (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245. Spring) PHY 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics An introduction to special functions in physics and engineering (complex numbers, partial differentiation, Fourier series, series solution of selected Physics 2 differential equations, Legendre, Bessel and other orthogonal functions, and functions of a complex variable). (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122 or consent of instructor, MAT 224 or 245 or equivalent. Spring. Cross-listed with Mathematics Department.) PHY 351, 352 Mechanics I, II Classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms. Topics include consenration principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, two-particle kinematics, noninertial reference frames, thermodynamics and statistical mechanics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 122, MAT 226 or 247 (or PHY 327). Fall: PHY 351; Spring: PHY 352) PHY 362, 363 Electromagnetic Fields I, II The classical electromagnetic field theory is developed using the vector calculus throughout. Topics include electrostatics, magnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagneticradiation based on Maxwell's equations. (Three one- hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226 or 247 (or PHY 327). Fall: PHY 362; Spring: PHY 363) PHY 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory (.5 course each) An emphasis on independent laboratory investigations, including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physics, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics and modem physics. (One three-hour laboratory and one seminar hour per week. Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of instructor. Fall: PHY 395; Spring: PHY 396) PHY 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member a learning agreement which links the ideas and and site s u p e ~ s odesign r methods of physics with the opportunities found in the placement. Students must consult with the Internship Office before registering for academic credit. PHY 420 Plasma Physics A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma parameters, plasma drifts, particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, kinetic theory, Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution function, Boltzmam equation, magnetohydrodynamics,plasma waves, instabilities, transport processes and applications to laboratory and space plasmas. (Three onehour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 362,363 or concurrent registration) PHY 486 Quantum Physics I A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedinger equation, operators, wave functions, expectation values, angular momentum and approximation methods. Applications include potential wells and barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 245,351. Fall) Physics PHY 488 Quantum Physics II The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics and particle physics. (Three one-hour lectures. Prereq.: PHY 486. Spring) PHY 499 Independent Study An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimentalor theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval. F irmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and sigruficance of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science; because politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human concerns. As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives. The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare political systems and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history and sociology to the study of politics. Providing work in several sub-fields of political science, the major supplies the breadth appropriate for graduate work in the discipline, as well as in public administration, public policy analysis, law and other professions. It also serves as a foundation on which to develop careers in public service, business, communications and other fields. Legislative and other Internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy reach of ~ u ~ s b uPolitical rg Science students in the Twin Cities area. Combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career. Augsburg Political Science students have the benefit of an experienced faculty that brings a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as special strengths in interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media, communism and American public law. The Departmental faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, involving as it does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important aspect of liberal learning. Political Science Faculty Milda Hedblom (Chair), Andrew Aoki, Mary Ellen Lundsten, Norma Noonan, Myles Stenshoel Major Nine courses: POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar Required elective - one of the following: POL 121 American Government and Politics POL 122 Metropolitan Complex POL 160 World Politics POL 170 Law in the United States And at least five other Upper Division courses in four out of five political science areas. A seminar in one of the five areas may be counted for that area. SOC 362 Statistical Analysis Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change O Political Science - Minor after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Deparlment to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Five courses, including POL 121 or 122 or 170; POL 158; and at least three Upper Division courses in three out of five political science areas. Honors Major Political Science Areas The Honors Major in Political Science includes the requirements listed above, plus the following: The student's GPA must be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March 1of the senior year, an Honors Thesis to be defended before a faculty committee. Students may work with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements, consult the Department Chair. Students should apply for the Honors major no later than the first term of the junior year. (I) American Government and Politics, (11) Comparative Politics and Analysis, (III) International Politics, (IV) Public Law, and (V) Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements. Note: Students interested in secondary education may take a Political Science major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the Department Chair. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS POL 121 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policy making; and current issues in American society. POL 122 Metropolitan Complex Examines politics in metropolitan areas, emphasizing central cities and focusing on actors, structures and other influences on urban public policy. Discussion-lecture, case studies of the Twin Cities metro area, and meetings with public officials and activists. POL 325 Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) Political Science POL 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in nonpresidential election years). (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years) POL 342 Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. (Prereq.: junior or senior standing or consent of the instructor) POL 370 Constitutional Law (See Section IV for description.) POL 371 Topics in Constitutional Law (See Section I V for description.) POL 375 Media Law (See Section IV for description.) POL 421 Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) W II. COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND ANALYSIS POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. POL 350 Topics In European Politics Study of the political behavior, institutions and processes of European states. The course will focus on either European Community Law and Politics or Domestic Politics in European states. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 351 Topics In Communist/Post-Communist Systems Analysis of the former Soviet Union and/or other communist/postcommunist states in terms of political behavior, evolution, institutions and political processes. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 359 Topics: Women in Comparative Politics Various aspects of women in comparative politics will be explored. Themes and countries vary. (Prereq.:one course in political science or consent of instructor) - Political Science I* POL 459 Topics in Comparative Politics Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons of political processes such as political participation, political development, political change and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) Ill. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS POL 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. POL 363 Russian and Chinese Foreign Policy Analysis of theory and policy in the foreign policy process in Russia (and the former USSR) and China. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 461 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 490 Seminar in International Relations Capstone seminar for students majoring in international relations; analysis of some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends; senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. (Prereq.: four courses in the International Relations sequence) IV. PUBLIC LAW POL 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. POL 370 Constitutional Law The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the Supreme Court in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of instructor) POL 371 Topics in Constitutional Law Selected topics in constitutional law, especially civil rights. Content will vary, defined by the subtitle of the course. (Prereq.: POL 170 or consent of instructor) POL 375 Media Law Study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media law and regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about media content, Political Science access, ethics and ownership. (Prereq.: one course in political science, POL 342, or consent of instructor) V. POLITICAL THEORY AND ANALYSIS POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I1 for description.) POL 380 Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizing the values, goals and assumptions which continue to inform and to rationalize human governance. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 381 Topics in Democratic Theory A study of democratic theories. Topics vary and may include the emergence of political democracy in comparative perspective or American political thought. Topic to be included in the subtitle. (Prereq.: one course in political science or consent of instructor) POL 382 Marxist Theory Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the changing role of Marxist doctrines in society. (Prereq.: POL 158 or consent of instructor) POL 484 Political Analysis Seminar An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including an examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study. Major research is required. (Prereq.: POL 495 or SOC 362; POL 158 and two Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor) VI. SEMINARS, INDEPENDENT STUDY AND INTERNSHIPS POL 199 Internship Lower Division internship. Consult Internship Supervisor in the Department to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception.) (Fall, Interim, Spring) POL 295 Lower Division Seminar Special topics. Consult Department Chair concerning terms and subject matter. (On demand) POL 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Fall, Interim, Spring) POL 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which the student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of political science to opportunities found in the placement. 21 Students must consult with the Depariment supervisor and the Internship and Cooperative Education Office. (P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception.) (Fall, Interim, Spring) POL495 . Seminar Selected topics. Consult Department Chair concerning terms and subject matter. POL 499 Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between instriictor and student. (Fall, Interim, spring) IJSYCHOLOCY DEPARTMENT - PSY P sychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and interact with each other. The Department's courses have three basic goals: (1) to introduce the student to the current information and methods in psychology as well as earlier approaches to psychological questions; (2) to develop the ability to analyze, interpret and evaluate behavioral research, and (3) to provide practice in the application of these principles. The Department program provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas. Cooperative Education and Internships are designed to provide students with practical pre-professional experience. On-the-job experience gives students the opportunity to test career fields and develop professional contacts. Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology, human development, personality, social, and organizational psychology and analysis of public policy. The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving approach, the acquisition of information about human development and interaction, and the development of human relations skills can be beneficial in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and govenunent, as well as in careers such as research, law and medicine. Psychology Faculty Nancy Steblay (Chair), Grace Dyrud, Norman Ferguson, Duane Johnson. Victoria Littlefield Major 10 courses including: PSY 102 The Individual in a Social World or PSY 105 General Psychology PSY 230 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I PSY 330 Research Methods: Design, Procedure and Analysis I1 PSY 399 Internship PSY 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective or PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues PSY 354 Perception and Cognition or PSY 355 Brain and Behavior PSY 325 Social Behavior or PSY 359 Psychological Assessment Three additional Upper Division Psychology courses. Note: A minimum of five courses must be from Augsburg. No more than two courses from among PSY 299,399, and 499 may be counted. It is recommended that Psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests and skills in psychology. All Psychology majors must have an adviser in the Psychology Department. l8 Psychology PSY 356 Environmental Psychology This course uses a cultural-ecological viewpoint to study the influence which the environment, both natural and human-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress; territoriality; defensible space and crime; and specific environments such as room, buildings and cities. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 357 Behavior Analysis Principles of learning. Behavior change principles and their application to instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 359 PsychologicalAssessment Theory,principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence. (Prereq.: PSY 230) PSY 361 Personality An introduction to the field of personality study, including theory, research, assessment and contemporary applications. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 362 Behavior Disorders An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from social, organic and psychological points of view. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 371 Psychology of Gender Psychological theory and research on biosocial aspects of behavior. Emphasis on the social construction of gender and its impact on the lives and behavior of individuals. Consideration of such topics as cognitive, physical and soda1 development, social relationships, and economic and political power. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizationsof organizational behavior. The study of the individual, groups, structure and change and development in organizations. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105) PSY 381 Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: two PSY courses) PSY 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of psychology with the opportunities found in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is required. Students must consult with the Department and the Internship Office before registration. (Prereq.: PSY 330) PSY 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: three PSY courses and junior class standing) PSY 490 Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: PSY 102 or 105 and consent of instructor) PSY 493 Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychological viewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: five PSY courses) PSY 499 Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced students in psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including a carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. (Prereq.: PSY 330) - KELICION DEPARTMENT - REL !O A \ ugsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian church have influenced the whole world and they have affected and continue to influence language, literature, history, values and political structures. The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of biblical history and that of the Christian church and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought. While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes more than is represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from Christianity. The Department of Religion seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions. It is the hope and expectation of the Department that students will become better acquainted with the content and character of the Christian faith, enabling them to reflect theologically on their own religious commitment. Courses in religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of theology have an integrity of their own. The College offers both a major and a minor in Religion. Students who wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of Christian Education may find a major in Religion appropriate for that purpose. Religion Faculty ~Lynne~ Bradley ~ ~(chair), l tJohn B LorenZen, philip Quabeck 11, Eugene Skibbe BACHELOR OF ARTS Religion Major Eight courses including: REL 111 Introduction to Theology REL 221 Biblical Studies REL 356 History of Religions REL 481 Contemporary Theology REL 495 Seminar Three additional Religion courses. Note: Seminar, especially for majors, should be taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking the seminar, each major must have written one formal research paper and placed it on file with the Department Chair. Only one Interim course may be applied to the major. One New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Religion Major with a Concentration in Youth and Family Ministry Nine courses including: REL 111 Introduction to Theology REL 221 Biblical Studies REL 342 Theology of Youth and Family Living REL 343 Theology of Marriage REL 358 Life and Work of the Church REL 399 Internship REL 481 Contemporary Theology REL 495 Seminar and a supervised Internship in the Youth and Family area. ~ Reliaion Consultation with one of the staff members in the Youth and Family Institute is required in order that proper preparation in discipline areas outside the Department of Religion may be achieved. Honors Major GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; research project approved by the Department and colloquium with the Department. Minor Five courses. Not more than one Interim course may be counted for the minor. REL 111 Religion 111or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses and is to be taken in either the freshman or sophomore year at Augsburg. Exceptions may be made for junior or senior transfer students, but the basic courses are still highly recommended as preparation for Upper Division courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department credit. All majors must consult with the Department Chair. See also International Studies Department: Global Issues and World Churches. Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. REL 199 Internship A work-based learning experience designed by the student, faculty member and site supervisor to meet the goals of the student; i.e. exploring career alternatives in religion. The learning agreement must be completed before registering. REL 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. REL 231 REL 299 Religion in African-American History An examination of selected topics related to the Black experience, e.g., African backgrounds, religion under slavery and evangelicalism. Directed Study Independent study on Lower Division level. Limited to special cases, on application to Chair. REL 342 Theology of Youth and Family Living Contemporary theories of youth and family living are examined within the context of Christian teachings. Emphasis will be placed on individual development at every age, how individuals relate in systems and how Christian ideas intersect to enhance the functioning of families, particularly in relationship to current crises in teenagers and families. (Fall) 21 REL 353 Denominations and Religious Croups in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major Christian denominations and of many contemporary American religious groups. Some controversial religious movements will also be considered. (Spring) REL 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) REL 357 Survey of Church History A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation and modem periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state and the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. REL 358 Life and Work of the Church Congregational life in its varied character with attention to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Spring) REL 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. REL 361 The Church in the First Four Centuries A study of the early Christian Church, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship and theology. REL 362 Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the 16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. REL 363 Religion in America A study of the history of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) REL 370 American Indian Spirituality and Philosophical Thought Religious beliefs, spiritual customs and philosophy of North American Indians are studied. Within these broad areas, the subjects of medicine, healing, shamanism, dreams, visions, myths and spiritual powers are also included. Tribal similarities and differences are explored as are tribal relationships with nature, religious oversight of life cycles, sacred ritual ceremonies and beliefs in an afterlife. Religion REL 399 Internship A work-based learning experience designed by the student, faculty member and site supervisor focusing on methodology and specialties within the field of religion. The learning agreement must be completed before registering. REL 420 The Russian Orthodox Church This course will explore the history, theology and liturgical life of the Eastern Orthodox Christian Church. Theology and history will be considered primarily from the perspective of those Christians who live in Greece, Turkey and Eastern Europe, with special attention to the Orthodox Church in Russia. (Spring) REL 441 Feminism and Christianity This course will consider the central ideas of Christianity and feminism and how they might be compatible. Attention will be given to religious influences on societal roles for women and men, feminist interpretation of the Bible and the impact of feminism on Christian theology, especially in terms of language and metaphor. (Fall) REL 471 Jesusand His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quests for the historical Jesus." REL 472 Paul the Apostle A study of the Apostle Paul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church and some of the themes found in his writings. REL 473 The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. REL 475 Judaism A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modem times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modem Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism. (Fall) REL 481 REL 483 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. 2; Religion REL 495 Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) REL 499 Independent Study Limited to students who are Religion majors and satisfy Departmental guidelines. See Department listing for a description of the following approved elective: PHI 350 Philosophy of Religion Coordinator Minor Magda Paleczny-Zapp Six courses including: Two courses (one year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) One course in Russian history One course in Marxist theory One course from the approved list of electives. Major 11 courses including: Four courses (two years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies) Two courses in Russian history One course in Marxist theory One course in Russian literature One course in Soviet politics Two courses from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. See Nordic Area Studies under Interdisciplinary Studies. Central and East European Concentration Minor Consult the Coordinator for information. Courses that are regularly offered in Augsburg College are: POL 351, POL 363, POL 382, POL 459, ECO 317, REL 356, REL 420, HIS 348, RUS 111, RUS 112. s tudents preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Coordinator Jerry Gerasimo Social Studies Teaching Licensure Seven courses: ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics or ECO 113Principles of Microeconomics HIS 222 20th Century U.S. POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology One course in geography (human or cultural) plus a major in one of five fields economics, history, political science, psychology or sociology. Geography and anthropology are also acceptable fields, although they are not offered as majors on the Augsburg campus. Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. For students beginning in Fall, 1994 or later: New requirements for the social studies licensure were under consideration as this catalog went to press. Contact Prof. Gerasimo and the Department of Education for information on curriculum and requirements. - 30CIAL VVORK UEPARTMENT - SWK !6 T he Social Work major . prepares - graduates for entry-level generalist professional practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education and leads to a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families, groups, communities and to develop and analyze social policy. Courses within the program utilize a student empowerment model for teaching and learning. of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for these services, provides both a variety of field placements for social work students and external experts for the classroom. The ethnic and economic diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand, appreciate, respect and work with people different from themselves and to be enriched by this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals. The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well as to gain from it. Appropriately, social work students have been involved in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop the LINK program on campus, mobilizing students The College's commitment to the liberal to assist a social service agency in their arts is highly compatible with education for annual Christmas giving program, and professional social work practice. The tutoring at a local neighborhood center. liberal arts with its emphasis on breadth of The Social Welfare minor and electives understanding, cultural and ethnic in the Department allow students to diversity, openness to new ideas, analysis support another major while gaining and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for knowledge about human needs and social work education. As Sir Richard growth, human services and the methods Livingston has said, "A technician is a of effective citizenship. Students taking person who knows everything there is to know about his/her job except its ultimate these courses have the opportunity to purpose and social consequence." Effective become knowledgeable about public issues and develop and nurture a perspective that social workers go beyond being technisees the central importance of diversity to cians. Augsburg social work graduates are the social fabric of this country. But beyond entry-level professionals. knowledge, students are encouraged to use Augsburg College's motto, "Education their talents and skills to address the needs for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of of society in the interest of the public good, the Social Work Department. Unique always emphasizing social justice. learning opportunities for field work Augsburg's social work major also provides a strong foundation for graduate studies in a variety of fields. Augsburg also offers a full-time Master of Social Work degree on a weekend schedule. placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services and a highly-educated populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance Social Work Faculty Rosemary Link (Chair), Vern Bloom, Maria Brown (BSW Program Director),Francine Chakolis (MSW Program Director), Anthony Bibus, Blanca Rosa Egas, Hans Eriksson, Carol Kuechler, Sharon Patton, Social Work Curt Paulsen, Vincent Peters, Michael Schock, Edward Skamulis, Mary Lou Williams Major 11 core courses: SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work SWK 364 Field Work I SWK 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work SWK 462 Field Work I1 SWK 463 Community Development and Organization SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development SWK 466 Field Work I11 SWK 467 The Social Worker as Professional SWK 469 Field Work IV and seven supporting courses: SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing BIO 101 HumanBiology PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 231 Family Systems: A CrossCultural Perspective SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course in the core program and a 2.0 average in the supporting program. Concentration Concentrations in Aging, Chemical Dependency, Crime and Corrections, Social Ministries, and Youth are possible. A concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in Religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is noted on the transcript. Candidacy Social Work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all core and supporting program courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy review. Social Welfare Minor Six courses including: SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs SWK 463 Community Development and Organization SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race and one course from: SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development POL 121 American Government and Politics POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes POL 325 Public Administration School Social Work State Department of Education required coursework includes EDU 255; HPE 115, and 400 hours in a senior year field placement in a school setting. See adviser for additional specifics. 2; - !8 Social Work H ELECTIVE COURSES OPEN TO ALL STUDENTS SWK 230 Global Peace and Social Development This course offers a framework of non-violent social change and development in the " ~lobalcontext. It also identifies the focus of Social Work in addition to many other disciplines which are vital to fostering peace, development and enhancement of a better quality of life for all human kind. SWK 257 Exploring Human Services This course is designed to help students learn about themselves in relation to a possible major or future career in social work. Students must arrange to perform 80 hours of work in a human service agency and must attend the weekly seminar. SWK 260 Humans Developing This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity or special stresses relevant to growth is also a focus. Students will gain self-understandingthrough use of their own experiences. SWK 299 Directed Study An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: SWK 257 and consent of instructor) SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and govenunental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq.: junior standing or consent of instructor) SWK 399 Internship* Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplements the required field work of majors (Prereq.:consent of instructor) SWK 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey of historical forms of community organization and social change; 2) understanding the theories, basic issues, and strategies relevant to social protest and change; 3) examination of the role of staff and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations; and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: senior standing or consent of instructor) Social Work SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official. Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: SWK 361,463 and senior standing or consent of instructor.) SWK 499 Independent Study An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g., lectures, syrnposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. * Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment for work in field sites. W COURSES RESERVED FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORSONLY SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process, theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventative methods and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship-building skills. Includes videotaping laboratory sessions. (Prereq.: SWK 361, junior standing) SWK 364 Field Work I* Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency which focuses on interviewing experience and relationship building. A total of 120 hours, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: SWK 361, junior standing, concurrent with SWK 363) SWK 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative and qualitative information.Use of data-processingequipment for statistical analysis. (Prereq.: MPG El) SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptations of the problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group and family work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches with a focus on diversity of professionals and client populations. (Lectures and/or laboratory exercises each week) 2: SWK 462 Field Work II* Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a social service agency. A total of 120 hours, plus one supportive/ discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: candidacy status; concurrent with SWK 461) SWK 466 Field Work 111 (.5 or 1.0 course*) Continuation of field work, a total of 60 or 120 hours. (1/2 course option during Interim. (Prereq.: candidacy status) SWK 467 The Social Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: candidacy status) SWK 469 Field Work IV* Continuation of SWK 466. (Prereq.: candidacy status. Concurrent with SWK 467) * Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment for work in field sites. 30CIOLOCY DEPARTMENT - soc S ociology is the study of society as a whole and i f human social organization and groups. The sociological perspective provides a way to better understand the social world and how individuals come to think and act as they do. The goal of the Department is to help students develop their understanding of the social order and how it affects them in their daily lives. Sociology majors develop an understanding of the theories of society and social groups, leam to create and use sociological tools of analysis, and leam how to apply sociological concepts to the solution of social problems. Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such as intemships, independent study, Interim courses and field studies. The Department urges students to use Augsburg's metropolitan setting as a laboratory for learning. Internships and Cooperative Education enable majors to apply the theories and research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni who have majored in sociology are currently employed in the personnel departments of both government and private corporations, in industrial relations work and in program evaluation. Others have used their majors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, urban planning and criminal justice. The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a liberal education as a foundation for work and life, are looking for new and different ways of understanding- the often taken-forgranted aspects of our world. Sociology Faculty Diane Pike (Chair), Jeny Gerasimo, Gany Hesser, Gordon Nelson, Rita Weisbrod Major 10 courses including: SOC 121 Introduction to Human Society SOC 349 Complex Organizations SOC 362 Statistical Analysis SOC 363 Research Methods SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 485 Modem Sociological Theory and four additional Sociology courses. Note: SOC 399 is highly recommended. An Internship, Cooperative Education experience, independent study or Upper Division Interim course in Sociology is recommended to take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the Department. Consult the Department Chair concerning areas of concentration. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to identify current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Honors Major To complete the Honors Major in Sociology, the student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and overall. In addition, she or he must: 1) successfully complete an internship, independent study or cooperative educa- - Sociology tion experience; 2) submit a portfolio of completed papers and projects, including a theory paper, a research methods project, and two projects or papers of the student's choosing which represent outstanding work in sociology; and 3) write an acceptable reflective statement on the sociology major and on the work included in the portfolio. Application for Honors Major can be obtained from the Department Chair. A SOC 121 letter of intent to apply for Honors should be received by the Chair no later than Nov. 1of the Senior year. The application and portfolio must be submitted for Department acceptance by March 1. Minor Five courses including SOC 121 and two Upper Division courses (i.e., SOC 300 and above), at least one of which must be taken at Augsburg College. Introduction to Human Society What is society and how does it make us who we are? As a unique way of understanding, sociology offers insights into discovering the world and one's place in it. Course study focuses on an understanding of culture, social structure, institutions and our interactions with each other. (Fall, Spring) SOC 199 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a leaming agreement which enables the student to consider sociology as a major and/or explore career altematives. Students must consult with the Department and Internship Office before registering for academic credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer) SOC 21 1 Human Communities and the Modern Metropolis The course asks a fundamental question of our times: how is community possible in the face of multicultural, economic and ideological forces that are characteristic of urban life? The cultural and structural dynamics of the Twin Cities are a basis for exploring this possibility. (Fall, Spring) SOC 231 Family Systems: A Cross-Cultural Perspective The human family system is explored in its variation among world cultures and within sub-culturesin the United States. Students prepare and deliver oral reports on topics of their choice including a world family pattem, an American sub-cultural pattern and a family process. (Fall) SOC 265 Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Why do we set people aside for negative special treatment? How are they stigmatized?The people to whom we do this are often reflections of our own fears. A sociological analysis of "self" and "other" provides a way to examine racism, sexism and other "-isms." Offered on P/N basis only. (Fall, Spring) SOC 299 Directed Study Lndependent Study for Lower Division students. (Fall, Spring, Summer) Sociology 2. SOC 300, 301, 302, 303, 304 Special Topics in Sociology A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not satisfied by regular course offerings. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology The concept of culture is examined in anthropology. In what way do we see and live in the world? An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "nature," "primitive," "civilized and "progress." The course will examine the person's relation to culture and conduct an analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, Spring) ' SOC 349 Complex Organizations What is the nature of these modem organizations in which we spend so much of our daily lives? Organizations as corporate actors are analyzed with respect to their goals, culture, technology and structure, as well as corporate deviance. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Spring) SOC 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements and institutions in American society. (Prereq.: SOC 121 recommended. Fall) SOC 362 Statistical Analysis The amount of quantitative information in the world is ever-increasing. This course is an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics in the social sciences; as such, it provides a foundation for understanding quantitative analysis -be it in an academic journal or a daily newspaper. (Prereq.: MPG III. Fall) SOC 363 Research Methods Good research -how do you know it when you see it, can you produce it yourself? Social science research skills are learned through the practice and application of the basic tools of valid and reliable research design and data analysis. (Prereq.: SOC 362 or consent of instructor. Spring) SOC 375 Social Psychology An examination of the ideas of group, role and self in the understanding of the relationship between the individual and society. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life using interaction theories. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall, Spring) SOC 381 The City and Metro-Urban Planning The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the present and future metropolis. Emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to planning and shaping metropolitan areas. Resources include extensive readings, simulations, films, outside speakers and field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring) - Sociology SOC 399 Internship A work-based learning experience in which a student, faculty member and site supervisor design a learning agreement which links the ideas and methods of sociology with the opportunities inherent in the placement. Participation in a concurrent seminar is expected. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) SOC 485 Modern Sociological Theory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.: two courses in sociology including SOC 121 or consent of instructor. Fall) SOC 498 SOC 499 Independent Study - Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 and/or consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) Independent Study The student must present a written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. Limited registration by permission for advanced students in Sociology. (Prereq.: SOC 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) SPANISH See listing under Modern Languages. -A 31JttLH/ LUMMUNiLAl IUN AND I H t A l K t ur quality of life, both personally and professionally, depends in large part upon the quality of our communication. A communication major at Augsburg is designed to enhance understanding of communication in a variety of contexts and to ,jrnprovecommunication skills. - p - p - Since communication careers demand a broad educational background, the Department strongly encourages a second major or two minors in fields such as business, economics, English, history, international relations, political science, psychology, religion, social work or sociology. The Augsburg Communication major focuses on competency in both speech and writing, as well as effective use of media. Since the study and practice of communication is grounded in both the humanities and the social sciences, majors are encouraged to include such related subjects as aesthetics, ethics, philosophy, logic, literature, statistics and research methods in their programs. Prospective majors should meet with a Departmental Adviser as early as possible to design an approved major program, preferably by the end of the sophomore year. Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts ~aculty David Lapakko (Chair), Deborah Bart, Julie Bolton, Michael Burden, James Hayes, Anne Holmquest, Martha Johnson I BACHELOR OF ARTS Communication Major 12 courses overall - seven required core courses and five courses within one of three concentrations. For transfer students, at least six of these 12 courses must be Upper Division courses offered at Augsburg. Required of all Communication majors: SPC 111 Public Speaking or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking SPC 351 Argumentation SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 355 S m d Group Communication POL 342 Mass Communication in Society One of the following: ENG 223,225,226, 227. Note: Participation &I at least two interscholastic forensics tournaments in two different events is also required. General Communication Studies Concentration Five additional electives from the following: SPC 329,343,345,347,399,495, 499; THR 350,360; LIN 311; PSY 325,371; 3753621 Organizational Communication Concentration Five additional electives from the following: ART 132,225,330; SPC 329,345, 399,495,499; BUS 340,355 or 357; PSY 325, 371; SOC 265,349,375. Mass Communication Concentration Five electives from the following: SPC 343,347,348,399,495,499; ART 132,225, 330; ENG 241,327; POL 375; THR 232,325, 350,360. /-- For All Three Concentrations Majors must participate in Augsburg's Interscholastic Forensics Program by attending at least two interscholastic speech tournaments in at least two different events. Students should be aware that the tournament season is essentially from October through mid-March, and should plan schedules accordingly. Majors in dl three concentrations should plan to include at least one Internship (SPC 399) as one of their electives. Students may petition the Department to include as part of their major concentration other Augsburg courses not listed above. Such requests must be submitted in writing to the Departmental Adviser for prior approval. Also, students may petition to include up to three courses from other ACTC schools as electives, with prior approval of the Registrar and adviser or Department chair. Honors Major The Honors major is designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall, and, as part of their major program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (SPC 499 registration). Honors candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Communication Minor Six courses including: SPC 111 Public Speaking or SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking POL 342 Mass Communications In Society SPC 351 Argumentation or SPC 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 345 Organizational Communication or SPC 355 Small Group Communication ENG 223,225,226 or 227 Note: For transfer students, at least three of these six courses must be Upper Division courses offered at Augsburg. Prospective minors must obtain prior approval from a Communication faculty adviser. Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to idenhfy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. SPC 111 Public Speaking Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening. Students give several speeches and receive feedback from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on developing self-confidence, speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and listening. (Note: Students may take either SPC 111and 112 for credit, but not both.) (Fall, Spring) SPC 112 Contest Public Speaking Theory and practice of preparing speeches for delivery in formal and contest situations. Students are expected to attend three interscholastic speech tournaments and compete in at least two of the following: informative speaking, persuasive speaking, Lincoln-Douglas debate, speaking to entertain and/or communication analysis. (Note: Students may take either SPC 111or 112 for credit, but not both.) (Fall) SPC 329 lntercultural Communication This course explores both the problems and potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, language and non-verbal symbols are examined in this course. (Fall: altemate years) SPC 343 Broadcast Production I Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing and producing for video. Students will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of equipment. (Fall) SPC 345 Organizational Communication An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal communication networks, management styles, power and authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture, performance appraisal, effective use of meetings and sources of communication problems in the workplace. (Fall: altemate years) SPC 347 Documentary Video A video production course which integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work as production teams, gaining experience in field production editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece. This course requires additional lab time for editing. SPC 348 Broadcast Production I1 This course is an advanced television production course in which students apply knowledge and experience gained in Broadcast Production I. This course combines studio and field production with special emphasis on post-production editing. Students work in production teams to create and produce a one-hour magazine format news program. SPC 351 Argumentation Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion and debates. Stresses skill in analyzing the quality of argumentative claims, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in reasoning, and learning to apply principles of argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students enhance their skills in debate and discussion and learn to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their daily lives. (Fall) SPC 352 Persuasion Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. Examines obstacles to persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychologcal appeals; empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion. (Spring) SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. This course combines theory and practice to help the student understand and manage communication problems more effectively. (Fall, Spring) SPC 355 Small Croup Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related to decision making, styles of leadership and conflict management. This course combines lecture with practical experiences to help the student become a more effective and productive member of a taskoriented small group. (Spring) SPC 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis) SPC 495 Communication Topics Selected topics in communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. SPC 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Theatre Arts See Department listings for the following approved electives: ART 132 ART 225 ART 330 BUS 340 BUS 355 BUS 357 LIN 311 Photography Communication Design I Communication Design I1 Human Resource Management Marketing Communications Advertising Theories of Grammar (see Modem Languages) T he study of theatre is essential to a liberal arts education in that theatre is a laboratory for experiencing, experimenting and integrating knowledge from many disciplines. Theatre enables students to seek, confront and experience authentic life in its mystery, ambiguity and beauty. We seek to create every opportunity for students to grow as human beings by encouraging connections between theory and application through course study, production work and the Artist Series. Currently we offer a solid base in classical, modem and contemporary theatre and we are exploring ways of incorporating non-Western and nontraditional theatre to support our commitment to the multicultural experience. Augsburg is an ideal place to study theatre as it is located in one of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but by working with numerous local theatre artists and professional theatre companies. Our theatre faculty, currim- POL 342 POL 375 PSY 325 PSY 371 SOC 265 SOC 362 SOC 375 Mass Communication in Society Media Law Social Behavior Psychology of Gender Culture: Ethnicity, Gender and Race Statistical Analysis Social Psychology 1um and program are models for other small colleges. At Augsburg we encourage students to participate in all aspects of theatre production, while providing each student the opportunity of emphasizing a specific area of interest. We prepare students to enter graduate school, law school, seminary, education and various communication fields including professional theatre, television and film. BACHELOR OF ARTS Theatre Arts Major 10 courses including: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft THR 232 Acting THR 328 Theatrical Design THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism II THR 366 Stage Direction I 2 O Theatre Arts Three of the following: THR 116 Creative Dance THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre THR 325 Playwriting THR 350 Voice and Diction THR 360 Interpretive Reading THR 365 Advanced Acting THR 399 Internship or THR 499 Independent Study in Theatre Ten production units in three or more of the following areas: acting (two required), technical crew work and design (four required), and theatre management/ miscellaneous (two required). Freshmen planning to major in theatre arts should begin with courses THR 116, 222,232; sophomores:THR 228,245,361, 362; juniors: THR 325,328,350,360,361, 365; seniors THR 365,366. Please Note: Several courses are offered alternate years only. This major should be supported by courses in multi-cultural dramatic literature, and Shakespeare, Modem Drama and Scandinavian Drama. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, art and media art (cinema, radio, television, video). A capstone course is encouraged, but not required. Majors must participate in dramatic productions every year. Students must maintain an overall 2.0 GPA to have major participation in productions. Honors Major Designed to encourage overall excellence as well as outstanding achievement on a specific project of special interest to the student. Honors majors must maintain a 3.5 GPA in the major and a 3.0 GPA overall and, as part of their major program, complete a substantial independent project of honors quality (THR 499). Honors candidates should meet with their Departmental Adviser prior to their senior year to develop a proposal for the honors project. Theatre Arts Minor Five courses including: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft or THR 328 Theatrical Design THR 232 Acting THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I or THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1 THR 366 Stage Direction I Five production units in the following areas: acting (one required), technical crew work (two required), and theatre management/miscellaneous (one required). Theatre History and Criticism Dramaturgy Minor Five courses: THR 222 Introduction to Theatre THR 325 Playwriting THR 361 Theatre History Criticism I THR 362 Theatre History Criticism I1 A directed studies course in dramaturgy or theatre criticism or theatre history Teaching Licensure Major The State of Minnesota has specific licensing requirements for teachers which may differ slightly in emphasis from the Augsburg major requirements. The state requirements may also be subject to change after publication of this catalog. Students therefore should consult with the Augsburg Education Department to idenhfy current Minnesota teacher licensure requirements. Theatre Arts THR 116 Creative Drama A study of various forms of dramatic movement, pantomime and play through activity, reading, observation and discsussion. Emphasis on improvisational techniques and active participation. Development of dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual and audible sources. Some fundamentals of acting are introduced. (Fall) THR 222 Introduction to Theatre A survey of dramatic art including major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. Students attend and review live productions. Crew requirement. (Fall) THR 228 Introduction to Stagecraft Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre; its organization, crafts, magic and art. Technical production experience, practical projects and theatre tours. Open to all students. Lab required, lab fee. (Fall) THR 232 Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional preparation and exploration of the aeative approach to scene and character study in American drama. Students attend and review live productions. (Spring) THR 245 Introduction to Asian and Asian American Theatre This course is a survey of the rich theatrical p e r f o m c e styles, aesthetic theories and plays of traditional Asian culture, as well as Asian American drama. The course will include lecture, films, videos and demonstrations by visiting performers. Students will read and analyze selected plays and attend and review one live production. (Fall: altemate years) THR 299 Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division aedit. THR 325 Playwriting An introductory course in writing for the stage, television and film. Students will learn the basics of dramatic structure, methods of script analysis and techniques for the development of playscripts from idea to finished product. (Prereq.:ENG 111and one literature course. ENG 226 also recommended. Cross-listed with the English department. Fall: altemate years) THR 328 Theatrical Design Introduction to scenery and lighting design for the stage. Each student will execute two design projects dealing with stage design process. The class will also take theatre tours, have visiting designers and practical involvement with the Augsburg spring production. (Lab required, some materials needed. Prereq.: permission of instructor. Spring) -2, *- Theatre Arts THR 350 Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, placement, relaxation, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics and the vocal mechanism. Emphasis on healing vocal vulnerabilities. reports and papers, Theory and practice are combined in oral voice tapes and individual coaching. (Fall: alternate years) THR 360 Interpretive Reading Basic principles of oral interpretation of prose, poetry and drama. Study, discuss, practice and perform readings in prose, poetry and drama before small and large groups. (Spring) THR 361 Theatre History and Criticism I An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the classical Greek through the Medieval period. The theatres of Asia are also introduced. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentiallywith THR 362. (Spring) THR 362 Theatre History and Criticism II An overview of theatre history, dramatic literature and criticism from the Elizabethan through the contemporary theatres. Reading of several plays and attendance at local theatre productions are required. Need not be taken sequentially with THR 361. (Spring) THR 365 Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterizationthrough character analysis and extensive scene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare, French neoclassicism, restoration comedy, realism and non-realism, epic and the theatre of the absurd, culminating in preparation and presentation of a professional audition. (Prereq.: THR 222 and THR 232. Spring: alternate years) THR 366 Stage Direction I Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking and characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play). Permission from instructor required. (Prereq.: THR 361, THR 362, THR 328. Spring) THR 399 Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) THR 495 Theatre Topics Selected topics in theatre. THR 499 Independent Study in Theatre Independent study for Upper Division credit. Chair Vice Chair Rodney P. Burwell Raymond A. Grinde Secretary Treasurer Barbara C. Gage David L. Swanson The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date $current fern. President, Augsburg College, Minneapolis, Minn. Chairman, Xerxes Corporation/Burwell Mr. Rodney P. Burwell (1994) Enterprises, Minneapolis, Minn. Chief Financial Officer, Dart Transit Mr. Darrell J. Egertson (1994) Company, St. Paul, Minn. Retired Businessman, Mesa, Ariz Mr. Julian P. Foss (1996) Homemaker, Long Lake, Minn. Ms. Barbara C. Gage (1998) Retired businessman, Roseville, Minn. Mr. Raymond A. Grinde (1996) Administrator, S.J. Groves & Sons Company Ms. Carolyn T. Groves (1996) Guelzow & Senteney, Ltd. Mr. Thomas K. Guelzow (1998) President, Norsen, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn. Mr. Norman R. Hagfors (1995) President, Papillon Airways, Inc., irkl land, Mr. Elling 8. Halvorson (1996) Wash. Homemaker, Apple Valley, Minn. Ms. Beverly J. Thompson Hatlen (1996) President, A.A. Housh and Associates, Edina, Mr. M e n A. Housh (1995) Minn. Associate Professor and Division Head, Dr. George 0.Johnson (1996) Health Services Administration, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. The Hon. LaJune Thomas Lange, J.D. (1995) Judge, Hennepin County Govenunent Center, Minneapolis, Minn. Control Data Business Advisors, Mankato, Mr. Gary H. Lohn (1994) Minn. The Hon. Kenneth G. Nelson (1996) Senior Fellow - Education, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. The Rev. Maynard L. Nelson (1996) Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, Minn. Ms. Roselyn J. Nordaune (1994) Partner, Nordaune and Friesen, St. Louis Park, Minn. Mr. Richard A. Norling (1998) President and Chief Executive Officer, Fairview Hospital and Healthcare Services, Minneapolis, Minn. Dr. Charles S. Anderson *as of December, 1993 Mr. Donald G. Oren (1994) Mr. Glen E. Person (1999) Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1996) Mr. Curtis A. Sampson (1995) Ms. Inez Schwarzkopf (1998) Mr. Ronald K. Speed (1994) Ms. Gladys I. Strommen (1994) Mr. Leland N. Sundet (1998) -Mr.David L. Swanson (1996) Mr. Michael W. Thompson (1996) Ms. Pamela L. Tibbetts (1994) Ms. Kathryn H. Tunheim (1998) Mr. William A. Urseth (1998) flo wiger, Ph.D. (1995) Ms. May Ka-Yee Yue (1994) President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, Minn. Retired businessman, Eden Prairie, Minn. President, Catco Company, St. Paul, hhn. President and Chief Executive Officer, CommunicationSystems, Hector, Minn. Program Administrator, Communications Director, Region 3 - ELCA, St. Paul, Minn. Vice President, Public Affairs, Honeywell, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn. Homemaker, St. Paul, Minn. Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Sundet Companies, Eden Prairie, Minn. Retired businessman, Minneapolis, Minn. Realtor, Edina Realty, Inc., Edina, Minn. Senior Vice President, Corporate Development, Fairview Hospital, Minneapolis, h. Tunheim Santrios Co., Minneapolis, Minn. President and Chief Executive Officer, U.S. Directives, U.S. Restaurant, Minneapolis, Minn. Associate Professor, St. Cloud State University, St. Cloud, Minn. President, Financial Services Associates, Inc., Edina, Minn. IN AMERICA (ELCA) Chair The Rev. Stephen P. Bournan Executive Director The Rev. W. Robert Sorenson Secretary The Rev. David L. Echelbarger Assistant Director for Finance Ms. Beata H. Sorenson Vice-Chair The Rev. Karen S. Parker Director for Colleges and Universities Mr. James M. Unglaube Asst. Dir. for Colleges and Universities Ms. Naomi E. Linnell - 48 + .................................... .Thomas I. Be u m m r , C q o r a t e and Foundation Relations ........................... Carol Fc Senim Development Officer ........................................ Jeroy C. Car Senior Development Officer ......................................... Howard 0 D i P e c t ~College , Relations ........................................... Forrest M Director, Publications ...................................... Shirley Westman Safg &rector, Sports Information ........................................ Gene McGi Graphics S p h l i s t ............................................ .Chris Holland-T Director,AludJParent Relations ................................... Donna McL Associate Director, Augsburg Fund ................................. Norm Okerst Assistant Director. Augsburg Fund .................................... Kay Helm Enrollment Management Vice President for Enrollment Management ........................... Richard J. Th Secretary ............................................................. Julie Sz Director, Admissions ................................................. Sally Dan Associate Director of Admissions ......................................... Deb Ba Associate Director of Admissions ........................................ Heidi B Associate Director of Admissions ....................................... .Tom Lar Registrar .......................................................... .Paul Simm Associate Registrar ................................................... .Jay Phim Coordinator, Institutional Research .................................... Kathy Ku Admissions Coccrdinator, Weekend College .......................... .JeanetteWitt Director, Hispanic Support Program .............................. Eloisa EchavezDirector of Studcrnt Finandal Semi=; .............................. Herald A. John Associate Director of Student Financial Services ........................... Lois Lar Assistant Director of Student Financial Services ....................... Sheila Ander Assistant Direct0.r of Student Finanaal Services ........................... Paul Te Student Loan Coordinator .......................................... Kaye Schro Finance and Management Vice President for Finance and Management .......................... Michael Ran Administrative Assistant ............................................... Pat Ostr Director, Personnel .................................................. Gaye Lind ControlIer ......................................................... Dick Adam Director, Administrative Information Services ...........................Steve Ter Manager, Christensen Center .....................................Mildred A. Nel Manager, Central Services ................................. Charles E. Christopher Manager, Bookstore ................................................. Mark Eck Director. Food Senrices ................................................ Tim Wag Fireftor, Plant Services ............................................. James Wenin Supervisor, Maintenance ........................................... .Robin A. Cu Manager,Ice Arena ..................................................JamesJ. Ca Managa, Telecommunications ...................................... Vivian Skord Manager, Safe@and Senuity ....................................... Vada Ander Dr. Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lyla M. Anderegg, Professor Emerita of Psychology. Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. Dr. Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Margaret J. Anderson, Professor Emerita, Library. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Dr. Raymond E. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Valeria Baltina, Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia. Dr. Carl H. Chrislock, Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. L. Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English. Dr. Ailene Cole, Professor Emerita of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dr. Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Dr. Henry G. Follingstad, Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. B.E.E., MS., University of Minnesota. Dr. Orloue Gisselquist, Professor Emeritus of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dr. Theodore J. Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig, Artist-in-Residence - Music. M.A., University of Minnesota. Dr. Edwina L. Hertzberg, Professor Emerita of Social Work. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dr. John R. Holum, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Dr. Irene Khin Khin Jensen, Professor Emerita of History. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dr. Einar 0. Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. James D. Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Music. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mary E. "Mimi" Johnson, Professor Emerita of Modem Languages. Edwin D. Mickelberg, Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Dr. Patricia A. Parker, Associate Academic Dean. B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Anne Pederson, Professor Emeritus of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. Lauretta E. Pelton, Professor Emerita of Education. Dr. Philip A. Quanbeck, Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Dr. Gunta Rozentals, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marianne B. Sander, Dean of Students. Dr. Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D.Mus, Lakeland College. Mq-orie H. Sibley, Professor Emerita, Library. B.A., M.A., University of Illinois; M.A., University of Minnesota. Dr. Myles C Stenshoel, Professor Emeritus of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Dr. Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Mimesota. John Thut, Professor Emeritus of Music. A.B., Northwestern University; B.M., M. Mus., American Conservatory of Music. Dr. Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beginning year of service flaculty is indicated zuith parentheses. Charles S. Anderson (1976).President. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Mt. Camel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of WisconsinMadison. A Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Modem Languages. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ruth L. Aaskov (1960).Associate Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Michael L. Agin (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Beloit College; M.A., Loyola University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Virginia P. Allery (1993). Associate Professor of Education/Director of American Indian Studies Minor. B.S., Viterbo College; M.S., Eastern Montana College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Earl R. Alton (1960).Professor of Chemistry. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Patricia K. Amo (1990).Instructor, Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Barbara L. Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College; M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kristin M. Anderson (1984).Assistant Professor of Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary. Stuart M. Anderson (1989).Assistant Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Trudi J. Anderson (1990). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time, Music. B.M., Augsburg College; M.M., Northwestern University. H. Janice Antholz (1983). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., University of WisconsinEau Claire; M.A., University of St. Thomas. Andrew L. Aoki (1988).Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison. David B. Apolloni (1989). Assistant Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminar; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Rene C. Aravena (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., Whitman College; M.M., M.A., University of Nevada; D.M.A. (A.B.D.), University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty 25 Jermaine D. Arendt (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B,A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ten L. Aslakson (1993).Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., St. Olaf College. Eric J. Aureille (1993).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., Georgetown University. Matthew C. Barber (1992). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Michigan. Deborah L. Bart (1981).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary Ann Bayless (1990). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., San Diego State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Eustolio Benavides, 111 (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., Creighton University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. John E. Benson (1963).Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Anthony A. Bibus, 111(1992). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Randi S. Birk (1993). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., University of St. Thomas; Ph.D., Minnesota School of Professional Psychology. Beverly J. Blinde (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Nebraska. Vern M. Bloom (1965). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Jeanne M. Boeh (1990). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois. Lynn Allen Bollman (1991). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Julie H. Bolton (1976). Associate Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard A. Borstad (1977). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Lisa A. Broek (1993).Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Central College; M.A., University of Iowa. Maria L. Brown (1980).Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Laine Bryce (1987).Studio Artiit/Bassoon, part-time, Music. B.A., University of Minnesota. Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1981). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. - Augsburg College Faculty Michael R. Burden (1990). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University. Thomas L. Busico (1988).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University. Laura V. Castor (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Muhlenberg College; M.A., A.B.D., University 0f'~innesota. John C. Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Margaret (Peggy) Murphy Cemto (1991). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/ MIS. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Hamline University. Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work/MSW Coordinator. B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Steven D. Chapman (1991). Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Hamline University. Mary Knop Chelberg (1992). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Samir Cherif (1993). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Tunis, Tunisia; M.A., University of Minnesota. Rosalie V. Clark (1979). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A.S., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Carolyn S. Clemmons (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Talladega College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor, part-time, Sociology, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Patrick J. Conge (1993). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., M.A., Arizona State University; Ph.D., The University of Texas-Austin. Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Robert J. Cowgill (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota. Lany J: Crockett (1985).Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty Cathleen A. Dalglish (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, English. B.A., College of St. Catherine; M.F.A., Vermont College. Mary E. Dean (1990). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Massachusetts; J.D., Suffolk University; M.L.T., Georgetown University. Suzanne I. Doree (1989). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., University of Wisconsin. Marilyn Doyle (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., University of St. Thomas; Psy.D., Minnesota School of Professional Psychology. Bruce K. Drewlow (1988). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Moorhead State University; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Susan Sacquitne Druck (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., Iowa State University; M.A., University of Iowa. Francoise duRivage (1993). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Universite de Bordeaux 111; M.A., Universite de Paris IV (Sorbonne); M.A., Ph.D., Duke University. Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace B. D p d (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Earl W. Eames, Jr. (1987). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Rabbi Joseph A. Edelheit (1994). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., University of California - Berkley; M.A., Hebrew Union College. Blanca-Rosa Egas (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. M.P.H., University of M i m e sota; Lic.Ed., M.D., University of Guayaquil, Ecuador. Mary G. Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Hamline University; M.S., State University of New York-Cortland; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Professor of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Carol A. Enke (1986). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., University of Minnesota. Marian S. Enos (1987).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Heid Ellen Erdrich (1994). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., Johns Hopkins University. Joseph A. Erickson (1990). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., University of St. Thomas; M.A., Luther-Northwestem Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. - Augsburg College Faculty Kenneth N. Erickson (1964).Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Lynn M. Erickson (1991).Studio Artist/Trumpet, part-time, Music. B.A., Bethel College; M.F.A., D.M.A., University of Minnesota. Hans G. Eriksson (1993).Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Wilmington College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Jacqueline R. Fendler (1992).Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., M.S.W., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Lucie K. Ferrell(1992). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S., College of St. Catherine; M.N., University of Califomia-Los Angeles, Ph.D., Adelphi University. Anita L. Fisher (1991).Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Montana. Phillip F. Fishman (1988).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison; J.D., Washington University; M.S.W., St. Louis University. Ann C. Fleener (1987).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Marilyn E. Florian (1980).Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education, Women's Athletic Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St. cloud State University. Bruce D. Forbes (1990).Instructor, part-time, Religon. B.A., Morningside College; M.Th., Perkins School of Theology; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Karen B. Franzmeier (1993).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Robert P. Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College; M.A.,Pennsylvania State University. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969).Professor of Philosophy. B.A., University of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. David A. Gabrielson (1991).Associate Dean for Academic Affairs, Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota. George M. Gaetano (1993). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty Ethelind K. Garetz (1989).Assistant Professor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University, Baton Rouge; M.A., Howard University. Jerry Gerasimo (1971).Professor of Sociology. B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard A. Germundsen (1987).Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.A., American University; Cand. Mag.,Universitet i Bergen, Norway; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Peter J. Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. Ronald D. Grace (1994). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Karen M. Graves (1991).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of St. Thomas. Douglas E. Green (1988). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Amherst College; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University. William D. Green (1991).Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., J.D., University of Minnesota. Richard A. Gresczyk (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Joan L. Griffin (1986). Associate Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Hanard University. Nancy J. Grundahl(1993). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., St. Olaf College; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Katherine A. Guenther (1993). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Lawrence University. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Nancy G. Guilbeault (1988). Instructor, part-time, Health and Physical Education, Director of Counseling. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961).Professor of History. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg (1967).Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Brian P. Hackney (1983). Instructor, part-time, Education, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of Wisconsin-Stout. -2 - Augsburg College Faculty Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., American University. Anthony R. Hansen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., University of MinnesotaMorris; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University. Daniel S. Hanson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. John A. Hanson (1991). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout; M.S.Ed., University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh; Ph.D., University of Toledo. M. Anaam Hashmi (1990). Instmctor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.E., N.E.D., University of Engineering & Technology, Karachi, India; M.B.A, Ball State University; D.B.A., Kent State University. James T. Hayes (1991).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.S.E., M.S., Emporia State University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Milda K. Hedblom (1971).Professor of Political Science, Director of Canadian Studies Program. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. David A. Heitke (1993). Instructor of Computer Science. B.A., North Central College, Naperville; M.S. (Mathematics), Brown University; M.S. (Computer Science), University of Rhode Island. Robert S. Herforth (1967). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Susanne M. Herrlin (1994).Instructor, part-time, Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., University of Linkoping, Sweden. Garry W. Hesser (1977). Professor of Sociology, Director of Experiential Education, Director of Metro-Urban Studies. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Anne Holmquest (1991).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.F.A., Drake University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa. Bradley P. Holt (1981).Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University. Marilyn N. Horowitz (1988).Instructor, part-time, Business Adrninistration/MIS. B.A., M.B.E., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Budd Horozaniecki (1988). Studio Artist/Violin and Viola, part-time, Music. B.M., Indiana University. Martha J. Houser (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Kenneth B. Huber (1989). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., Indiana University. David Hudson (1990). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty Gretchen Kranz Irvine (1993).Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., College of St. Teresa; M.S., University of Wisconsin-River Falls; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. M. Shahidul Islam (1989). Instructor, part-time, Economics. M.B.A., Dhaka University, Bangladesh; University of Minnesota. Willie B. Jackson (1994). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., McKendree College; M.S., Southern Illinois University. William H. Jasperson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Physics. M.B.A., University of M i m e sota. B.S., MS., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Hamet W. Johnson (1989).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Richmond; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Karen E. Johnson (1993).Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., Luther College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Martha B. Johnson (1988).Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre. Director, East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Amin E. Kader (1974). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.Comrn., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan. Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Professor of Mathematics. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University. Jane A. Kammerman (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota. Robert A. Karl6n (1959). Professor of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. John W. Kenny (1992). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., John Carroll University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois-Urbana. Christopher W. Kimball(1991).Assistant Professor of History. B.A., McGill University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. -2 - Augsburg College Faculty Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Carol F. Kuechler (1994).Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Marquette University; M.S.W., University of Wisconsin-Madison; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Thomas L. Kuhlman (1990). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Marquette University; M.A., Xavier University; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University. Joan C. Kunz (1987). Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Steven J. LaFave (1991). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A. Michigan State University; M.A., University of Michigan; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S.B.,University of Minnesota. David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Andrew P. Lawson (1992). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Portland State University; M.Ed., Penn State University. Caroline M. Lemen (1991). Studio Artist/French Horn, part-time, Music. B.A., Potsdam College of Arts and Science, SUNY; M.M., Northwestern University. Lynn Lindow (1985). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.S. North Dakota State University. Rosemary J. Link (1986). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Southampton; M.Sc., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Victoria M. Littlefield (1992). Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., University of Michigan-Flint; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University. Cynthia D. Lohman (1985). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., M.M., University of Minnesota. Lori L. Lohman (1990).Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A., University of Minnesota. J. Lynne F. Lorenzen (1988). Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., University of Iowa; M.Div., Northwestern Lutheran Theological Semirary; M.A., The Claremont Graduate School. Mark E. Ludwig (1993). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Steven P. Lund (1982).Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time, Music. B.S., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty -2 Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Assistant Professor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Milton H. Luoma, Jr. (1992). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Case Institute of Technology; M.S., M.B.A., University of Dayton; J.D., William Mitchell College of Law. Ann Lutterman (1993).Instructor, Global Education. B.A., Earlham College; M. Div., Yale Divinity School. Janet L. MacKenzie-Polanski (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Macalester College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa. John B. McAllister, I11 (1991). Instructor, Global Education. B.A., Bates College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Elena McCollim-Medina (1991).Instructor, Global Education. B.A., University of California-Berkeley; M.A., Johns Hopkins University. Mary Lee McLaughlin (1993). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.A., Western Michigan University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan; M.A., Michigan State University. Esther G. McLaughlin (1989). Associate Professor of Biology. B.A., Ph.D., University of California-Berkeley. Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education, Director of Faculty Development. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Roberta K. Metzler (1974). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B.Music Ed., M.Music Ed., University of Kansas. Fekri Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Tunis,Tunisia; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ernest Miel (1993). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., University of Minnesota; B.A., M.Ed., Macalester College. JeannetteH. Milgrom (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S.W., Christian Social Academy, Groningen, Netherlands; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Dawn L. McDougal Miller (1993).Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.M.Ed., University of Kansas. Jay A. Miskowiec (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Universite de Paris VIII, France; Ph.D., City University of New York. Kinney G. Misterek (1989). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.S., M.B.A., University of South Dakota; M.B.T., University of Minnesota. John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. - Augsburg College Faculty William B. Monsma (1987). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M-Div., Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado. Thomas F. Morgan (1983). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon; PkD., University of Minnesota. William D. Morris (1987). Instructor, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Oakland University; Ph.D., Camegie-Mellon University. John N. Moye (1991). Assistant Professor of Music, Orchestra Director. B.M., M.A., Jacksonville University; Ph.D., Florida State University. Mildred ("Mike")Mueller (1988). Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., Central Michigan University; Ed.D., University of Minnesota. Robert M. Murphy (1986). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Toledo. Sharol A. Nau (1993).Instructor, part-time, Art. B.A., Carleton College; M.F.A., Michigan State University. Eliawira N. Ndosi (1990). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Leslie D. Nelson (1993). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics. B.A., St. Olaf College. Richard C. Nelson (1968).Professor of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jack Nelson-Pallmeyer (1984).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary. Melissa R. Newman (1993).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. Ph.D., University of Mimesota. Catherine C. Nicholl(1973).Professor of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., MS., PhD., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time, Music. B.A., Harnline University. JohnJ. O'Brien (1992). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Augustana College; M.Phil., University of Dublin, Ireland; A.B.D., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty -2 Michael E. OfNeal(1989).Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., University of Missouri; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sandra L. Olmsted (1979).Assistant Professor, Chemistry. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Bettye Olson (1992). Director, College of the Third Age. B.S., M.Ed., University of Minnesota. JeremiahOlson (1989). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Minot State University; M.Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminar; D.Th., Luther-Northwestern Theological Seminary. Lila J. Olson (1990). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Kansas; M.M., University of Nebraska. Vicki B. Olson (1987). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Magdalena M. Paleczny-Zapp (1986). Assistant Professor of Economics. B.A., M.A., Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw, Poland; Ph.D., Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow, Poland. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B.Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia A. Parker (1960). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Sharon K. Patten (1991). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine L. Paulsen (1990). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Lone Mountain College. Curtis Paulsen (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Fielding Institute. Richard W. Pearl (1992). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., M.A., University of St. Thomas. Dale C. Pederson (1992).Assistant Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Paul E. Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., M.B.A., University of Wisconsin. Rick Penning (1993). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time, Music. B.A., Luther College; M.M., University of Cincinnati. Curtis C. Peter (1983). Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College; M.Div., Wartburg Theological Seminar. Vincent Peters (1988). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., Loyola College, Madras, India; M.A., Madras School of Social Work. - Augsburg College Faculty Noel J. Petit (1984).Professor of Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ronald W. Petrich (1980). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., United Theological Seminary. Joyce M. Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Glenn S. Pickering (1994). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.E.E., Ph.D., University of Minnesota; M. Div., United Theological Seminary. Diane L. Pike (1981).Professor of Sodalogy. A.B., Comecticut College; PhD., Yale University. Alisa M. Potter (1993). Instructor, part-time, Sociology. B.A., Concordia College, St. Paul; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sandra L. Powers (1990).Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.M., Eastrnan School of Music; M.M., Northwestern University. T. Peter Przytula (1993).Instructor, part-time, Political Science. M.A., University of Lodz, Poland; M.A., A.B.D., University of Minnesota A.B.D., University of Poznan, Foland. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminar; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Philip A. Quanbeck, I1 (1987). Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Randi Quanbeck (1990). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Northwestern University. Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. 0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., M.M., University of Minnesota. Patricia L. Redding (1992). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Indiana University; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Bruce R. Reichenbach (1968).Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Cynthia D. Richards (1992). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A., Brown University; M.A., M. Phil., New York University. James F. Rodde (1993). Choral Director/Instructor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., D.M.A., University of Iowa. Steven P. Rohde (1993). Visiting Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts (Designer and Technical Director). B.S., University of WisconsinLacrosse; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Augsburg College Faculty I. Michael Romanov (1992). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., Hofstra University; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas. Glenda D. Rooney (1992). Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.S., University of North Texas; M.S.W., University of Illinois. Patricia L. Rude (1990). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. William R. Russell (1991).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa; M.Div., Luther Northwestern Seminary. Edward M. Sabella (1967). Professor of Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Pauline Sateren (1974). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.A., Northwestern College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado. Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Jack B. Schaffer (1993). Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Buena Vista College; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Milo A. Schield (1985). Associate Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., Iowa State University; MS., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. John S. Schmit (1990).Assistant Professor of English. B.S., St. John's University; M.A., University of New Orleans; Ph.D., The University of Texas. Michael D. Schock (1993). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.A., University of Washington; M.S.W., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Washington. Sandra Nei Schulte (1987). Costume Designer, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre Arts. B.A., M.A., M.F.A, University of Minnesota. Robert T. Schultheis (1990).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.B.A., College of Santa Fe; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas. Kathryn A. Schwalbe (1991). Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.B.A., Northeastern University. Laura Sewell (1991). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time, Music. B.M., The Juilliard School; M.M., The Cleveland Institute of Music. Frankie B. Shackelford (1990). Assistant Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University of Texas. Judith E. Shevelev (1991). Instructor, Global Education. B.A., University of California at Davis; M.A., Columbia University. Deep Shikha (1991). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Delhi University, India; M.A., M.Ph., Delhi School of Economics; Ph.D., Louisiana State University. Barbara J. Shin (1991).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. *( - Augsburg College Faculty Edward R Skarnulis (1990). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.A., Omaha University; M.S.W., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Eugene M. Skibbe (1964). Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Gail S. Smogard (1993). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts. B.A., St. Cloud State College; M.F.A., Southern Methodist University. Yong Nam Song (1987). Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.A., Jeon Buk National University, Korea. Roman Soto-Feliu (1993). Assistant Professor of Modern Languages. B.A., M.A., Universidad de Concepcion, Chile; Ph.D., The Catholic University of America. Robert J. Stacke (1990). Assistant Professor of Music, Band and Jazz Director. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A.C.I., University of St. Thomas. John J. Stangl(1991).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.A.; University of Minnesota. Nancy K. Steblay (1988). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A., Bemidji State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Montana. John P. Stein (1992).Instructor, part-time, Economics. B.S., University of Detroit; M.A., University of Illinois. Donald B. Steinmetz (1968). Professor of Modem Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Robert Stenstrom (1990). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.S., University of South Dakota. Stuart M. Stoller (1986).Assistant Professor of Business Administration/MIS. B.S., M.S., Long Island University. Diane L. Strandberg (1989).Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State University. Beverly J. Stratton (1986). Assistant Professor of Mathematics. B.A., M.A., Boston University. Marie J. Struss (1988). Instructor, part-time, Education. B.S., M.S., Mankato State University. Mary Jo Stump (1988). Student Teacher Supervisor, part-time, Education. B.A., Ball State University; M.A., Northern State College. Grace K. Sulerud (1966). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph L. Sulerud (1964).Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Kathryn A. Swanson (1985).Associate Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gabriela Sweet (1992).Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.S., State University of New York, Oneonta. William Swenson (1989). Instructor, part-time, Philosophy. A.B., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Augsburg College Faculty Philip J. Thompson (1959).Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Sonja K. Thompson (1993).Instructor, part-time, Music. B.M., University of Mimesota; M.M., The Juilliard School. Mark A. Thomsen (1994).Instructor, part-time, Music. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.M., Eastman School of Music. Diane Thoreson (1993).Instructor, part-time Education. B.S., University of South Dakota; M.A., University of St. Thomas. James Trelstad-Porter (1993). Instructor, Global Education. B.A., Augustana College; M.A., American University. Cynthia K. Troy (1990).Instructor, part-time, Psychology. B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. David E. Venne (1992). Instructor, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Mimesota; Ph-D., Iowa State University. Joseph M. Volker (1993). Instructor, part-time, M.A.L. Program. B.A., University of California-Irvine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Mimesota. Anthony R. Wagner (1993).Instructor) part-time, Social Work. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Ronald F. Walter (1988). Instructor, part-time, Modem Languages. B.A., Swarthrnore College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Gloria M. Warner (1988).Instructor, part-time, Biology. B.S., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Mimesota. Donald M. Warren (1980). Instructor, part-time, Introduction to Liberal Arts, Director of Academic Enrichment. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Martha A. (Cary) Waterman (1991). Instructor, part-time, English. B.A.,University of Denver; B.S., M.A., Mankato State University. Charee M. Watters (1990).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.A., University of Mimesota; M.&g.L., College of St. Catherine; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas. -2, - Augsburg College Faculty Mark I. Wegener (1993).Instructor, part-time, Religion. B.A., Concordia Senior College; M.Div., Concordia Theological Seminary; M.S.Th., Christ Seminary-Seminex;Th.D., Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago. Rita R. Weisbrod (1991). Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Cornell University. Pamela J. Weiss (1983). Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., University of Nebraska; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Patricia F. Weiss (1991).Associate Professor, part-time, Education, Paideia Associate-inResidence. B.A., Boston College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. Mary Louise Williams (1984). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. Theartrice Williams (1993).Instructor, part-time, Social Work. B.A., University of Illinois; M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. Helen Woelfel(1993).Adjunct Faculty in Nursing, Coordinator of Nursing Center. M.S., Marquette University; M.S. University of Minnesota. Maria K. Woroby (1990). Assistant Professor, Librarian, Director of Women's Studies. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Angela J. Wyatt (1981). Studio Artist/Saxophone and Clarinet, part-time, Music. B.A., St. Olaf College. Robert D. Wykstra (1989).Instructor, part-time, Business Administration/MIS. B.k, Calvin College; M.B.A., Western Michigan University. R. D. Zehnder (1991). Instructor, part-time, History. B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Stanford University, University of California, Davis; Ph.D., Kansas University. Fall 1994 New student orientation ..... Su. Sept.4 - Tu. Sept. 6 Freshman registration ........... summer Upperclass validation ......... W. Sept.7 Classes begin ................ W. Sept. 7 Last day to register .......... Tu. Sept. 13 Last day to add a class. drop a class without notation on record ................. Tu. Sept. 13 Last day to designate grading option .............. F. Oct. 21 Mid-term break ............... F. Oct. 21 Interim registration . M. Oct.24 - F. Oct. 28 Spring term registration .... M. Nov . 14 - Tu. Dec. 2 Last day to withdraw from a class ................ F. Nov . 18 Thanksgiving recess begins ...Th, Nov . 24 Classes resume .............. M. Nov .28 Classes end .................... F. Dec. 9 Final exams begin ............ M. Dec. 12 Final exams end ............. Th,Dec. 15 Interim 1995 Interim classes begin ............ T. Jan. 2 Last day to register. add a class. or drop a class without notation on record ............ T. Jan.3 Last day to designate grading option. or withdraw from a class ................. F. Jan. 13 Classes end .................. W. Jan. 25 Spring 1995 Classes begin ................ M. Jan. 30 Last day to register ............. F. Feb . 3 Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation on record .................... F. Feb . 3 Last day to withdraw from a class ...................... F. Apr. 7 Mid-tern break begins ....... M. Mar.20 Classes resume .............. Tu. Mar. 27 Last day to designate grading option .............. F. Apr. 7 Early registration for fall .......... M. Apr.24 .F. May 5 Classes end .................. F. May 12 Final exams begin ............ M. May 15 Final exams end ............. Th. May 18 Baccalaureate/ Commencement ........... Su. May 21 Fall 1995 New student orientation .....Su. Sept. 3 - Tu. Sept.5 Freshman registration ........... summer Upperclass validation ......... W. Sept. 6 Classes begin ................ W. Sept. 6 Last day to register .......... Tu. Sept. 12 Last day to add a class. drop a class without notation on record ................. Tu. Sept. 12 Last day to designate grading option .............. F. Oct. 20 Mid-term break ............... F. Oct. 20 Interim registration . M. Oct. 23 - F. Oct. 27 Spring term registration .... M. Nov . 13 - Tu. Dec. 1 Last day to withdraw from a class ................ F. Nov . 27 Thanksgiving recess begins ... Th.Nov . 23 Classes resume .............. M. Nov . 27 Classes end .................... F. Dec . 8 Final exams begin ............ M. Dec. 11 Final exams end ............. Th. Dec. 14 Interim 1996 Interim classes begin ............ T. Jan. 2 Last day to register. add a class. or drop a class without notation on record ........... W. Jan. 3 Last day to designate grading option. or withdraw from a class ................. F. Jan. 12 Classes end ..................Th. Jan.25 Spring 1996 Classes begin ................ M. Jan. 29 Last day to register ............. F. Feb.2 Last day to add a class or drop a class without notation on record .................... F. Feb.2 Last day to withdraw from a class ...................... F. Apr .5 Mid-term break begins ....... M. Mar. 18 Classes resume .............. Tu. Mar. 25 Last day to designate grading option .............. F. Apr .5 Early registration for fall .......... M. Apr .22 .F. May 3 Classes end .................. F. May 10 Final exams begin ............ M. May 13 Final exams end ............. Th. May 16 Baccalaureate/ Commencement ........... Su. May 19 1. Admissions House 2. George Sverdrup Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. Quad 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Umess Tower 8. Christensen Center 9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11.2222 Murphy Place 12. Si Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage I1 Theatre 15. College Relations 16. Nordic Center 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 18. Center for Global Education 19. Jeroy C. Carlson Alumni Center 20. Youth and Family Institute 21. American Indian Support and Black Student Affairs 22. Oscar Anderson Hall 23. East Hall 24. Murphy Square 25. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field 26. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts Parking Lots A. Admissions Parking B. Faculty/Staff/Comrnuter/Residence Parking C. Faculty/Staff Parking D. Faculty/Staff/Commuter Parking E. Commuter - Street Parking F. Resident Parking G. Visitor Parking H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS I Directions to Campus Public Parking From Minneapolis on 1-94 EastTake the Riverside/25th Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn left at 21st Avenue South. All posted Augsburg College faculty/ staff/commuter lots are free and open for use from 4:30 p.m. Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and north or south of 8th Street between 24th and 25th Avenues. Most street parking is four hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the Riverside Medical Center ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue. From St. Paul on 1-94 WestTake the Riverside Avenue exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue South. From the South on 35WFollow 1-94St. Paul signs, take the Riverside/25th Avenue exit, turn left on 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue South. Froni the North on 35WTake the Washington Avenue exit, turn left on Washington (turns to the right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside Avenue, turn right at 21st Avenue South. - I - . -- - *- - - 'I 1 I I I I - --. . -. - .- - - . . - , - - _ - --I - - - 7 ; -- It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, religion, sexual or affectional preference, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex, status with regard to public assistance, or disability as required by Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments or Section 504 of the RehabilitationAct of 1973, as amended, in i t s admissions policies, education programs, activities and employment practices. d- About Augsburg 6, 245 Academic Advising Center 39 Academic Affairs 51, 248, 249 Academic Calendar 38 Academic Information 38 Academic Internships 49 Academic Policies and Procedures 51 Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal 70 Academic Skills Enrichment 29 Accessibility 4 Accounting 91-93 Accreditation 4, 7 Accreditation and Memberships 4, 11 Activities 28, 33 Administration 249 Admissions 1416 Advanced Placement Program Test (AP) 68 Alumni Center 9 American Indian Studies 31, 75, 144 American Indian Support Program 30 Anderson Hall 8, 35 Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field 8 Anishinabe Library Project 31 Annex Houses 9 Application Procedures 14 Art 75-79 Art History 78 Asian American Support Program 31 Asian Studies 106-107 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program 68 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) 44 Associated Support Organizations 10 Athletic Affiliation 4 Athletics 29 Audio-Visual Services 39 Audit Fee 18 Auditing Courses 67 Augsburg Echo 29 Augsburgian, The 29 Biology 80-84 Black Student Support Program 31 Board of Regents 246 Books and Supplies 19 Business Administration 86-90 Calendar 38 Campus Location 4, 8, 272 Campus Map 271 Campus Ministry 28 Campus Tours 14 Canadian Program 51 Career Services 32 Center for Global Education 9, 46, 154 Center for Global Education Courses 154-157 Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS) 30 Chemical Dependency Program 45 Chemistry 97-101 Chinese 171 Choir 29 Christensen Center 8 Class Confirmation 52 Class Schedule 74 Classification (Class Year) 67 Coaching Endorsement 134 College Costs 1994-'95 18 College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 68 College of the Third Age 51 College Relations 9, 249 Commons 34 Communication 235-239 Community Internships in Latin America 163-164 Community Service-Learning 49 Computer Resources 39 Computer Science 103-105 Concert Band 29 Contemporary Issues in Mexico and Central America 47 Continuing Education Program 51 Cooperative Education 48, 49 Counseling 32 Counseling and Health Promotion 32 Course Descriptions 74243 Credit Assessment Program (CAP) 68 Credits 74 Index Dean's List 70 Degrees Offered 38 Departmental Comprehensive Exams 68 Departments and Programs 74243 Deposits 15, 19, 35, 69 Development and College Relations 249 Directory 248 Disabled Student Program 30 Dismissal 70 Distribution Requirements 64-66 Divisions and Departments 40 Dormitories 8, 35 Dual Degree Programs 42, 124 Early Admission of Freshmen 15 East and Southeast Asian Studies 106-107 East European Studies 41, 178 East Hall 9 Echo 29 Economics 87, 108-112 Education 113-122 Education for Seniice 6 Elderhostel 51 Elementary Education 113-117 Employment 24, 32 Engineering 123-124 English 125-130 English as a Second Language (ESL) Program 69-70 English Placement Test 126 English-Language Arts Teaching Major 126 Enrollment 4 Enrollment Deposit 19 Enrollment Management 250 Ensembles 182, 185 Entry-level Skills 64 Ethnic Studies 131, 145 Evaluation and Grading 66 Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA) 4, 247 Experiential Education Programs 48-50 Explanation of Grades 66 Facilities and Housing 8, 35 Facts and Figures 4 Faculty 38, 252-268 Famlty Emeriti 251 Federal Work Study Program 25 Eees - 18-19 Finance and Management 250 Finance Specialization 86 Financial Aid 4, 21-25 Financial Policies 20 Fine Arts 29 First Year Experience 33, 39, 55, 56, 131 Food Service 34 Foreign Languages 59, 60, 170-180 Foreign Study 34, 35, 153-161 Former Students 15 Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 9 Four Year Assurance Program 71 French 172-173 Freshman Performance Scholarships 182 Freshmen 14-15 Full-time Students 18 General Education Curriculum 53-54, 5559, 64 General Education Requirements 5354, 55-59, 64 General Studies 132 German 173-175 Gift Assistance 23 Global Education Center 9, 46, 154 Global Education Program Courses 46, 154-157 Global Issues and World Churches 47, 161 Grade Point Average 67 Grading 66 Graduate Program Office 52 Graduate Programs 38, 50 Graduation Level Skills 58 Graduation Requirements 53-54, 5559, 64-66 Graduation with Distinction 71 Grants 23 Gymnasium (Si Melby Hall) 9, 29 Index Health and Physical Education 133-138 Health Promotion 33 Health Service 33 HECUA Courses 162-164 Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) 44, 47, '162 Hispanic/Latino Support Program 32 History 139-143 History of Augsburg College 6 Honors Program 43 Housing 8, 18, 35 Hoversten Peace Scholarships 22 Ice Arena 9 Incomplete Grade 67 Inter-InstitutionalPrograms 44 Inter-Race 10 Intercollegiate Athletics 29 Interdisciplinary Studies 144-152 Interim 38 Interim Abroad 48 Interim Office 52 International Business Minor 87 International Development and Hurhan Rights in Latin America 47, 159-160 International Programs 33 International Relations 153-154 International Student Services 16 International Students 33 International Studies 154-161 Internships 47, 4E-50, 134 Intertribal Student Union 31 Intramural Athletics 29 Japanese 176 KCMR Radio 29 Language Courses 106, 170-180 Learning Disabilities Program 30 Learning Laboratory 29, 30 Leave of Absence 52 Liberal Arts Perspectives 58-64 Library 4, 10, 39, 44 Lifetime Sports 58, 66 Linguistics 176 Loan Assistance 23 Location 4, 8, 272 Lutheran Leader Scholarships 23 Majors and Minors 4, 40-41, 74243 Management Information Systems 9496 Management Specialization 86 Maps 271, 272 Marketing Specialization 86 Master's Degrees 38, 50 Math Placement Group (MPG) 166 Mathematics 165-169 Mathematics Placement Group (MPG) Requirements 94, 166 Media Center 44 Melby Hall 9 Memberships 4, 11 Memorial Hall 10, 29 Merit Scholarships 22 Metro Urban Studies 145-147 Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) 147 Minnesota Indian Teacher Training Partnership 31 Minnesota Minority Education Partnership (MMEP) 10 Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants 23 Minnesota Work Study Program 25 Minority Studies 66, 144 Minors 4, 40-41, 74-243 MIS Courses 94-96 Mission Statement 6 Modern Languages 170-180 Mortensen Tower 9, 35 Murphy Place 10 Murphy's 34 Music 181-192 Music Education 183-184 Music Ensembles 29, 182 Music Hall 9 Music Performance Major 181, 184-185 Music Therapy Major 184-185 Index Natural Science 193-194 No-Credit Grades 66 Nordic Area Studies 148-150 Nordic Center 10 Norwegian 176177 Notification of Admissions Decision 14 Number Grades 66 Numbering of Courses 74 Nursing 195-198 Off-Campus Programs 4 Ojibwe 177-178 Old Main 9 Orchestra 29 Orientation @YE) 33 Ostfold, Norway Exchange Program 46, 158-159 Paired Resources in Ministry and Education (PRIME) 23 Part-Time Students 18 Pass/No Credit 66 Pastor 28 Payments 19 Performance Studies 183 Performing Arts Scholarships 22 Perspective Requirements 59-64 Perspectives 58-64 Philosophy 199-202 Physical Disabilities Program 30 Physical Education 133-138 Physics 203208 Piano Proficiency Test 187 Policies 4, 10, 248 Political Science 209-214 Pre-Professional Programs 42 Pre-Registration 52 Prerequisites 74 President's Greeting 3 President's Office 249 President's Scholarships 22 Probation 70 Psychology 215-219 Refunds 20 Regents 246 Regents' Merit Scholarships 22 Registrar's Office 52 Registration 51 Religion 220-223 Religious Affiliation 4 Residence Life Program 35 Residence Requirements 56, 65 Room and Board 18 ROTC 45 Russian 178 Russian, Central and East European Studies 224 ScandinavianStudies 225, 234 ScandinavianUrban Studies 47, 162-163 Scholarships 22-23 School Year 4 Science Hall 9 Secondary Education 117-121 Secondary Education Courses 118 Service-Learning 49 Sigma Pi Sigma 205 Skills Requirements 57-58 Social, Cultural, Recreational 28 Social Policy and Human Services in Latin America 156 Social Studies 225 Social Welfare Minor 227 Social Work 226-230 Sociology 231-234 South American Urban Semester 163 Southern Africa Societies in Transition 157 Space Physics 204 Spanish 178-180 Special Education 121-122 Special Interest Housing 35 Special Students (Non-Degee) 15 Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts 235242 Sponsored Scholarships 25 Student Activities 33 Student Affairs 29, 249 Student Educational Loan Fund (SELF) 24 Student Employment 24 Student/Faculty Ratio 4 Student Government 28 Student Life 28-36 Student Newspaper 29 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) 4 Student Publications 29 Student Rights 28 Student standards of Behairior, Complaints, Records 36 Student Teaching Abroad 48 Studio Art 77 Study Abroad 34, 45, 48 Summer School Office 52 Support Programs 30 Sverdrup Library 10 Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10 Teaching Licensure (see also Majors) 42 Test Scores 14 Theatre Arts 239-242 Transcripts 14 Transfer Scholarships 22 Transfer Students 15, 53, 57 Tuition, Fees, Room and Board 18-19 Tuition Grants 23 Tutor Center 30 Upper Midwest Association of Intercultural Education 4 Urban Studies 147-148 Urban Studies Options 147-148 Urness Tower 10, 35 Veterans 71 W Weekend College 50 Withdrawal from College 52 Women and Development: A Southern Africa Perspective 46, 160-161 Women and Development: Latin American Perspectives 46, 155 Women's Studies 150-152 Work Study Program 25 X, Y, Z Yearbook 29 Youth and Family Institute 10
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog Supplement, 1994-1995
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: TUITION AND . FEES .................................................................................................. .2 Academic Calendar ................ ...... ................................ ................. ..... .... ..... .... 3 1994-1995 Tuition and Fees ..........................
Show more TUITION AND . FEES .................................................................................................. .2 Academic Calendar ................ ...... ................................ ................. ..... .... ..... .... 3 1994-1995 Tuition and Fees .............................. . . ..............................................................................4 General Education Guidelines ................................................................................................... ..............5 Graduation Requirements . ........ .... .................................................................................................. 6 Class Schedule, Fall 1994-1995................... . . ......................................................................................7 Program Information Sessions . ........................... ..............................................................,....,... Class Schedule, Winter 1994-1995 12 Class Schedule, Spring 1994-1995 ........................................................................................................ 17 Note: Class schedule changes may occur afrer this schedule is published. Students should consult the course list each term for the most current schedule of classes. ,I, I Fall Trimester Winter Trimester Spring Trimester Application Deadline Aug. 26 Dec. 16 Mar. 17 Applicant File Completion Deadline Sept. 2 Dec. 22 Mar. 24 Registration Begins June 17 Nov. 11 Feb. 10 New Student Orientation Sept. 10 Jan. 3 April 1 Payment Information Sent Aug. 19 Dec. 9 Mar. 25 Classes Meet Sept.16-18 Sept. 30-Oct. 2 Jan. 6-8* April 7-9 Jan. 13-15 April 2 1-23 Oct. 14-16 Oct. 28-30 Jan. 27-29 Feb. 10-12" May 5-7 May 19-21** Nov. 11-13" Feb. 17-19 Dec. 2-4* Mar. 3-5 Mar. 17-19* June 2-4 June 16-18" June 23-25 Dec. 9-1 1 Mar. 24-26 Finals Dec. 9-1 1 Mar. 24-26 June 23-25 Last Day to Add or Drop Class Without Record Notation Sept. 18 Jan. 8 Apr. 9 Last Day to Change Grade O ~ t i o n Oct. 30 Feb. 12 May 22 Last Day to Drop a Class Nov. 14 Feb. 20 June 5 Final Grades Due Dec. 19 April 3 July 5 - - .. * ** One week between classes Classes scheduled on Sunday, May 21, will meet Monday night, May 22, from 6-10 p.nr, to allow studenfs to participate in gradualion ceremonies. The college reserves the right lo change one or more of the above dales should it be necessary. I n such cases, suflcient advance notice will be given. Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately two hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Office (330-1782) to receive additional details on these information sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates: For Fall Trimester, 1994-1995 Tuesday, May 24 Tuesday, June 14 Tuesday, June 28 Saturday, July 16 Tuesday, August 2 Tuesday, August 16 For Winter Trimester, 1994-1995 Tuesday, October 18 Saturday, November 19 For Spring Trimester, 1994-1995 Saturday, January 21 9:00 p.m. Tuesday, February 28 5:30 p.m. For more information write or call: Augsburg Weekend College Office Augsburg College 221 1 Riverside Avenue Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454 Phone: 6 121330-1782 FAX: 6 121330- 1649 1994-1995 TUITION AND FEES Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per course) ($242.50 per semester credit) Tuition (per summer course 1994) Activity Fee (per trimester) Audit a Course Lifetime Sports: Fee for Course Lifetime Sports: Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning Nursing Clinical Fee Student Teaching Fee (per course) Late Fee (per day) Registration change after first class meeting (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) Transcript Fee (first is free, per copy after first) Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of I % per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Augsburg College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate, Students who entered Augsburg during the 1991-1992 academic year and transferred in seven or more Augsburg course equivalents will follow the General Distribution requirements; students who transferred in less than seven Augsburg course equivalents will follow the Liberal Arts Perspectives along with the requirements for their major. Students who entered Augsburg during the 1392-1993 academic year and transferred in 16 or more Augsburg course equivalents will follow the General Distribution requirements; students who transferred in less than 16 Augsburg course equivalents will follow the Liberal Arts Perspectives along with the requirements for their major. Students who entered Augsburg during the 1993-1994 academic year and transferred in 24 or more Augsburg course equivalents will follow the General Distribution requirements; students who transferred in less than 24 Augsburg course equivalents will follow the Liberal Arts Perspectives along with the requirements for their major. A list of courses that fulfill Liberal Arts Perspectives is available with registration materials or may be obtained from the Registrar's office. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. must complete 34 courses,* meet the full Liberal Arts Perspectives requirements, Entry Level Skills Assessments, and Graduation Skills Requirements. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Regist